Teledyne Microphone T700 Users Manual

T700 to the manual 9c770034-caf1-4867-8b1e-24bde634536b

2015-02-03

: Teledyne Teledyne-Microphone-T700-Users-Manual-464484 teledyne-microphone-t700-users-manual-464484 teledyne pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 392 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Operation Manual
Model T700
Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
Also supports operation of
Model T700U
(when used in conjunction with T700U addendum, PN 06876)
© TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: api-sales@teledyne.com
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Copyright 2010-2012 06873B DCN6388
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation 08 May 2012
i
ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne Instruments, Inc., is a
worldwide market leader in the design and manufacture of precision analytical instrumentation used for air
quality monitoring, continuous emissions monitoring, and specialty process monitoring applications. Founded
in San Diego, California, in 1988, TAPI introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring (AQM)
instrumentation, which comply with the United States Environmental Protection Administration (EPA) and
international requirements for the measurement of criteria pollutants, including CO, SO2, NOX and Ozone.
Since 1988 TAPI has combined state-of-the-art technology, proven measuring principles, stringent quality
assurance systems and world class after-sales support to deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in
the business.
For further information on our company, our complete range of products, and the applications that they serve,
please visit www.teledyne-api.com or contact sales@teledyne-api.com.
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© 2010-2012 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation. All rights reserved.
TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing in this document are the
property of their respective owners and are used herein for identification purposes only.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
ii
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
iii
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of avoiding personal injury or
instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully. Each safety message is associated with a safety
alert symbol, and are placed throughout this manual and inside the instrument. The symbols with messages are
defined as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
HAZARD: Strong oxidizer
GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for
specific information.
CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning
Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without
protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the
instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.
Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
safety grounding point for the instrument.
CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the
manner described in this manual. If you use this instrument in a
manner other than that for which it was intended, unpredictable
behavior could ensue with possible hazardous consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es)!
Note For Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this
instrument or any other Teledyne API product, please contact Teledyne
API’s Customer Service Department:
Telephone: 800-324-5190 Email: api-customerservice@teledyne.com
or by accessing various service options on our website:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
iv
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ
Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel dans le but d’éviter des
blessures corporelles ou d’endommager les instruments. Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes. Chaque
consigne de sécurité est représentée par un pictogramme d’alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes se retrouvent
dans ce manuel et à l’intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux consignes suivantes :
AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique
DANGER : Oxydant puissant
AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL / MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne
complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques
MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude
Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l’instrument sans protection ou
sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à
l’instrument.
Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent
être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.
Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l’intérieur de l’instrument détermine le point central
de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l’instrument.
MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière décrite dans
ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre manière que celle pour
laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se comporter de façon imprévisible
et entraîner des conséquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz
combustibles!
06873B DCN6388
v
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024F)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should equipment
failure occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready to
provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers
in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting are to be
performed by the customer.
NON-TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired to the
extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment
manufacturer’s warranty.
PRODUCT RETURN
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center. After the
repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/terms_and_conditions.asp
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) handling and
packing instructions and Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) procedures when
returning parts for repair or calibration may void your warranty. For anti-ESD handling
and packing instructions please refer to “Packing Components for Return to Teledyne
API’s Customer Service” in the Primer on Electro-Static Discharge section of this
manual, and for RMA procedures please refer to our Website at http://www.teledyne-
api.com under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
vi
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
vii
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Presented here is information regarding the documents that are included with this
manual (Structure) and how the content is organized (Organization).
STRUCTURE
This T700 manual, PN 06873, is comprised of multiple documents, assembled in PDF
format, as listed below.
Part No. Rev Name/Description
06873 B Operation Manual, T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
05623 D Appendix A, Menu Trees and related software documentation
06852 B Spare Parts List (in Appendix B of this manual)
07565 A Recommended Spares Stocking Levels (in Appendix B of this manual)
05625 B Appendix C, Repair Form
069140100 A Interconnect List (in Appendix D of this manual)
Appendix D, Schematics:
06914 A Interconnect Diagram
04420 B SCH, PCA 04120, UV DETECTOR
04422 A SCH, PCA 04144, DC HEATER/TEMP SENSOR
04421 A SCH, PCA 04166, UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY
04354 D SCH, PCA 04003, Pressure/Flow Transducer Interface
04524 E SCH, PCA 04523, RELAY CARD
05698 B SCH, PCA 05697 ADPTR, EXT VALVE DRIVER
05803 B SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
06698 D SCH, PCA 06670, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN,
06882 B SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
06731 B SCH, AUX-I/O BOARD
Note We recommend that this manual be read in its entirety before any attempt is
made to operate the instrument.
ORGANIZATION
This manual is divided among three main parts and a collection of appendices at the end.
Part I contains introductory information that includes an overview of the calibrator,
descriptions of the available options, specifications, installation and connection
instructions, and the initial calibration and functional checks..
Part II comprises the operating instructions, which include basic, advanced and remote
operation, calibration, diagnostics, testing, validating and verifying.
Part III provides detailed technical information, such as principles of operation,
maintenance, and troubleshooting and repair. It includes Frequently Asked Questions
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
viii
and a Glossary, and also has a section that provides important information about electro-
static discharge and avoiding its consequences.
The appendices at the end of this manual provide support information such as, version-
specific software documentation, lists of spare parts and schematics.
06873B DCN6388
ix
REVISION HISTORY
This section provides information regarding the initial release and subsequent changes to this manual.
T700 Manual, PN 06873 Rev B, DCN 6388
Date Rev DCN Change Summary
2012 May 08 B 6388 Administrative changes: restructure/reformat
Technical changes: various
2010 October 06 A 5839 Initial Release
Document part numbers and revision letters included in the initial release are as follows:
PN Rev Document
06873 B Operation Manual, T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
05623 D Appendix A, Menu Trees w/ related software documentation
06852 B Spare Parts List (in Appendix B of this manual)
05625 B Appendix C, Repair Form
069140100 A Interconnect List (in Appendix D of this manual)
06914 A Interconnect Diagram
04420 B SCH, PCA 04120, UV DETECTOR
04422 A SCH, PCA 04144, DC HEATER/TEMP SENSOR
04421 A SCH, PCA 04166, UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY
04354 D SCH, PCA 04003, Pressure/Flow Transducer Interface
04524 E SCH, PCA 04523, RELAY CARD
05698 B SCH, PCA 05697 ADPTR, EXT VALVE DRIVER
05803 B SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
06698 D SCH, PCA 06670, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN,
06882 B SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
06731 B SCH, AUX-I/O BOARD
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
x
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
xi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I – GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................... 21
1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................23
1.1. T700 Calibrator Overview ............................................................................................................................23
1.2. Features .......................................................................................................................................................23
1.3. Options.........................................................................................................................................................24
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS............................................................................... 27
2.1. Specifications ...............................................................................................................................................27
2.2. Approvals and Certifications ........................................................................................................................28
2.2.1. Safety.....................................................................................................................................................28
2.2.2. EMC .......................................................................................................................................................29
2.2.3. Other Type Certifications .......................................................................................................................29
3. GETTING STARTED........................................................................................................... 31
3.1. Unpacking and Initial Setup .........................................................................................................................31
3.1.1. VENTILATION CLEARANCE ................................................................................................................32
3.2. Calibrator Layout..........................................................................................................................................32
3.2.1. Front Panel ............................................................................................................................................33
3.2.2. Rear Panel .............................................................................................................................................36
3.2.3. Internal Layout .......................................................................................................................................38
3.3. Connections and Setup................................................................................................................................40
3.3.1. Electrical Connections ...........................................................................................................................40
3.3.1.1. Connecting Power ..........................................................................................................................40
3.3.1.2. Connecting Analog Outputs ...........................................................................................................41
3.3.1.3. Connecting the Status Outputs ......................................................................................................41
3.3.1.4. Connecting the Control Inputs........................................................................................................43
3.3.1.5. Connecting the Control Outputs .....................................................................................................45
3.3.1.6. Connecting the External Valve Driver Option.................................................................................46
3.3.1.7. Connecting the Communications Interfaces ..................................................................................47
3.3.2. Pneumatic Connections.........................................................................................................................54
3.3.2.1. About Diluent Gas (Zero Air) ..........................................................................................................54
3.3.2.2. About Calibration Gas ....................................................................................................................54
3.3.2.3. Connecting Diluent Gas to the Calibrator.......................................................................................58
3.3.2.4. Connecting Calibration Source Gas to the T700 Calibrator...........................................................58
3.3.2.5. Connecting Gas Outputs from the Calibrator .................................................................................59
3.3.2.6. Other Pneumatic Connections .......................................................................................................63
3.3.3. Permeation Tube Setup for the T700 ....................................................................................................74
3.3.4. Permeation Tube Calculation ................................................................................................................75
3.4. Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial calibration.......................................................................................77
3.4.1. Start Up..................................................................................................................................................77
3.4.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................77
3.4.3. Functional Checks .................................................................................................................................80
3.4.4. Setting Up the Calibration Gas Inlet Ports.............................................................................................81
3.4.5. Default Gas Types .................................................................................................................................81
3.4.6. User Defined Gas Types .......................................................................................................................81
3.4.6.1. User Defined Gas Types – General ...............................................................................................81
3.4.6.2. User Defined Gas Types – Defining the Gas Name ......................................................................83
3.4.6.3. User Defined Gas Types – Setting the MOLAR MASS..................................................................84
3.4.6.4. Enabling and Disabling Gas Types ................................................................................................86
3.4.7. Defining Calibration Source Gas Cylinders ...........................................................................................87
3.4.7.1. Setting Up the Ports with Single Gas Cylinders .............................................................................87
3.4.7.2. Setting Up the Ports with Multiple Gas Cylinders...........................................................................89
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xii
3.4.8. Selecting an Operating Mode for the O3 Generator..............................................................................90
3.4.8.1. CNST (CONSTANT).......................................................................................................................90
3.4.8.2. REF (REFERENCE).......................................................................................................................90
3.4.8.3. BNCH (BENCH) .............................................................................................................................90
3.4.9. Setting the T700’s Total Gas Flow Rate................................................................................................91
PART II – OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.............................................................................. 93
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES AND BASIC OPERATION .................................... 95
4.1. STANDBY MODE ........................................................................................................................................98
4.1.1. Test Functions .......................................................................................................................................99
4.2. GENERATE MODE................................................................................................................................... 102
4.2.1. GENERATE AUTO: Basic Generation of Calibration Mixtures...................................................... 104
4.2.2. GENERATE MAN: Generating Calibration Mixtures Manually ...................................................... 106
4.2.2.1. Determining the Source Gas Flow Rate...................................................................................... 106
4.2.2.2. Determining the Diluent Gas Flow Rate...................................................................................... 107
4.2.2.3. Determining the Diluent Gas Flow Rate with the Optional O3 Generator Installed..................... 107
4.2.2.4. Setting the Source Gas and Diluent Flow Rates Using the GENERATE MAN Menu............ 108
4.2.3. GENERATE GPT: Performing a Gas Phase Titration Calibration ................................................. 109
4.2.3.1. GPT Theory ................................................................................................................................. 109
4.2.3.2. Choosing an Input Concentration for the NO .............................................................................. 109
4.2.3.3. Determining the TOTAL FLOW for GPT Calibration Mixtures .................................................... 110
4.2.3.4. T700 Calibrator GPT Operation .................................................................................................. 111
4.2.3.5. Initiating a GPT Calibration Gas Generation............................................................................... 112
4.2.4. GENERATE GPTPS: Performing a Gas Phase Titration Pre-Set ................................................. 113
4.2.4.1. T700 Calibrator GPTPS Operation.............................................................................................. 113
4.2.4.2. Initiating a GPT Pre-Set............................................................................................................... 115
4.2.5. GENERATE PURGE: Activating the T700’s Purge Feature.......................................................... 116
4.2.6. GENERATE ACT>: VIEWING CONCENTRATIONS Generated from Multi-Gas Cylinders........... 118
4.2.6.1. Using the T700 Calibrator as an O3 Photometer......................................................................... 118
4.3. AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION SEQUENCES ............................................................................................ 119
4.3.1. SETUP SEQ: Programming Calibration Sequences...................................................................... 119
4.3.1.1. Activating a Sequence from the T700 Front Panel ..................................................................... 121
4.3.1.2. Naming a Sequence.................................................................................................................... 122
4.3.1.3. Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence .................................................................................. 123
4.3.1.4. Using the T700’s Internal Clock to Trigger Sequences............................................................... 124
4.3.1.5. Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence................................................................................... 127
4.3.1.6. Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence................................................................................ 128
4.3.1.7. Setting the PROGRESS Reporting Mode for the Sequences..................................................... 130
4.3.2. Adding Sequence Steps ..................................................................................................................... 131
4.3.2.1. The GENERATE Step ................................................................................................................. 132
4.3.2.2. The GPT Step.............................................................................................................................. 133
4.3.2.3. The GPTPS Step......................................................................................................................... 134
4.3.2.4. The PURGE Step ........................................................................................................................ 135
4.3.2.5. The STANDBY Step.................................................................................................................... 135
4.3.2.6. The DURATION Step .................................................................................................................. 136
4.3.2.7. The EXECSEQ Step.................................................................................................................... 136
4.3.2.8. The CC OUTPUT Step................................................................................................................ 138
4.3.2.9. The MANUAL Gas Generation Step ........................................................................................... 139
4.3.2.10. Deleting or Editing an Individual Step in a Sequence ............................................................... 140
4.3.3. Deleting a Sequence .......................................................................................................................... 141
4.4. SETUP CFG ......................................................................................................................................... 142
4.5. SETUP CLK: Setting the Internal Time-of-Day Clock and Adjusting Speed........................................ 143
4.5.1. Setting the Internal Clock’s Time and Day ......................................................................................... 143
4.5.2. Adjusting the Internal Clock’s Speed .................................................................................................. 144
4.6. SETUP PASS ....................................................................................................................................... 145
4.7. SETUP COMM: Communications Ports............................................................................................... 147
4.7.1. ID (Machine Identification) .................................................................................................................. 147
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xiii
4.7.2. INET (Ethernet)................................................................................................................................... 148
4.7.3. COM1 and COM2 (Mode, Baud Rate and Test Port)......................................................................... 148
4.8. SETUP MORE FLOW...................................................................................................................... 148
4.9. SETUP MORE VARS: Internal Variables (VARS)........................................................................... 148
4.10. SETUP MORE DIAG: dIAGNOSTICS fUNCTIONS...................................................................... 151
4.10.1. TEST CHAN OUTPUT: Using the TEST Channel Analog Output............................................... 151
4.10.1.1. Configuring the Test Channel Analog Output ........................................................................... 151
4.10.1.2. Selecting a Test Channel Function to Output ...........................................................................154
4.10.1.3. Test Channel Voltage Range Configuration..............................................................................156
4.10.1.4. Turning the Test Channel Over-Range Feature ON/OFF......................................................... 157
4.10.1.5. Adding a Recorder Offset to the Test Channel ......................................................................... 158
4.10.1.6. Test Channel Calibration........................................................................................................... 160
4.10.1.7. AIN Calibration .......................................................................................................................... 165
4.11. SETUP LVL: Setting up and using LEADS (Dasibi) Operating Levels .............................................. 166
4.11.1. General Information about LEADS LEVELS .................................................................................... 166
4.11.2. Dot commands.................................................................................................................................. 166
4.11.3. Levels................................................................................................................................................ 167
4.11.4. Activating an existing LEVEL............................................................................................................ 167
4.11.5. Programming New LEVELS ............................................................................................................. 168
4.11.5.1. Creating a GENERATE LEVEL................................................................................................. 169
4.11.5.2. Creating a GPT LEVEL ............................................................................................................. 170
4.11.5.3. Creating a GPTPS LEVEL ........................................................................................................ 171
4.11.5.4. Creating a MANUAL LEVEL...................................................................................................... 172
4.11.5.5. Editing or Deleting a LEVEL...................................................................................................... 173
4.11.6. CONFIGURING LEVEL Status Blocks ............................................................................................. 174
5. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND REMOTE OPERATION............................................. 175
5.1. Data Terminal/Communication Equipment (DTE DCE)............................................................................ 175
5.2. Communication Modes, Baud Rate and Port Testing ................................................................................... 176
5.2.1. Communication Modes ....................................................................................................................... 176
5.2.2. COM Port Baud Rate.......................................................................................................................... 179
5.2.3. COM Port Testing ............................................................................................................................... 180
5.3. RS-485 (Option)........................................................................................................................................ 181
5.4. Remote Access via the Ethernet............................................................................................................... 181
5.4.1. Configuring the Ethernet Interface using DHCP................................................................................. 181
5.4.1.1. Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses........................................................................ 184
5.4.2. Changing the Calibrator’s HOSTNAME.............................................................................................. 186
5.4.3. USB PORT (Option) for Remote Access............................................................................................ 187
6. REMOTE OPERATION ..................................................................................................... 189
6.1. Computer Mode ........................................................................................................................................ 189
6.1.1. Remote Control via APICOM.............................................................................................................. 189
6.2. Interactive Mode........................................................................................................................................ 190
6.2.1. Remote Control via a Terminal Emulation Program........................................................................... 190
6.2.1.1. Help Commands in Interactive Mode .......................................................................................... 190
6.2.1.2. Command Syntax ........................................................................................................................ 191
6.2.1.3. Data Types .................................................................................................................................. 192
6.2.1.4. Status Reporting.......................................................................................................................... 192
6.2.1.5. General Message Format............................................................................................................ 193
6.3. Remote Access by Modem ....................................................................................................................... 193
6.4. Password Security for Serial Remote communications............................................................................ 196
7. CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION ............................................................................... 197
7.1. Viewing the Performance Statistics for the T700’s MFC’s.......................................................................197
7.2. Calibrating the Output of the T700’s MFC’s.............................................................................................. 199
7.2.1. Setup for Verification and Calibration of the T700’s MFC’s................................................................ 200
7.2.2. Verifying and Calibrating the T700’s MFC’s ....................................................................................... 201
7.3. Verifying and Calibrating the T700’s Optional O3 Photometer.................................................................. 202
7.3.1. Setup for Verifying O3 Photometer Performance ............................................................................... 202
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xiv
7.3.2. Verifying O3 Photometer Performance............................................................................................... 203
7.3.3. Setup for Calibration of the O3 Photometer ....................................................................................... 204
7.3.3.1. Setup Using Direct Connections ................................................................................................. 204
7.3.3.2. Setup Using a Calibration Manifold ............................................................................................. 205
7.3.3.3. Calibration Manifold Exhaust/Vent Line ...................................................................................... 205
7.3.4. Performing an O3 Photometer External Calibration............................................................................ 205
7.3.4.1. Photometer Zero Calibration ....................................................................................................... 206
7.3.4.2. Photometer Span Calibration ...................................................................................................... 207
7.3.5. O3 Photometer Dark Calibration......................................................................................................... 208
7.3.6. O3 Photometer Gas Flow Calibration................................................................................................. 209
7.3.7. O3 Photometer BackPressure Compensation Calibration ................................................................. 210
7.4. Calibrating the O3 Generator .................................................................................................................... 211
7.4.1. Setup for Verification and Calibration the O3 Generator..................................................................... 211
7.4.1.1. Setup Using Direct Connections ................................................................................................. 211
7.4.2. O3 Generator Calibration Procedure .................................................................................................. 213
7.4.2.1. Viewing O3 Generator Calibration Points .................................................................................... 213
7.4.2.2. Adding or Editing O3 Generator Calibration Points ..................................................................... 214
7.4.2.3. Deleting O3 Generator Calibration Points.................................................................................... 215
7.4.2.4. Turning O3 Generator Calibration Points ON / OFF.................................................................... 216
7.4.2.5. Performing an Automatic Calibration of the Optional O3 Generator............................................ 217
7.5. T700 Gas Pressure Sensor Calibration .................................................................................................... 218
7.5.1.1. Calibrating the Diluent, Cal Gas Optional O3 Generator Pressure Sensors ............................... 220
7.5.1.2. Calibrating the Optional O3 Photometer Sample Gas Pressure Sensors ................................... 221
PART III – MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE ........................................................................ 223
8. MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................ 225
8.1. Maintenance Schedule ............................................................................................................................. 225
8.2. Maintenance Procedures .......................................................................................................................... 227
8.2.1. Auto Leak Check................................................................................................................................. 227
8.2.1.1. Equipment Required.................................................................................................................... 227
8.2.1.2. Setup Auto Leak Check............................................................................................................... 227
8.2.1.3. Performing the Auto Leak Check Procedure...............................................................................230
8.2.1.4. Returning the T700 to Service after Performing an Auto Leak Check ........................................ 230
8.2.2. Cleaning or Replacing the Absorption Tube....................................................................................... 231
8.2.3. UV Source Lamp Adjustment ............................................................................................................. 232
8.2.4. UV Source Lamp Replacement .......................................................................................................... 233
8.2.5. Ozone Generator UV Lamp Adjustment or Replacement .................................................................. 234
9. TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE............................................................................. 239
9.1. General Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................... 239
9.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages........................................................................................ 240
9.1.2. Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions .................................................................................................. 244
9.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function ........................................................................................... 246
9.2. Using the Analog Output Test Channel .................................................................................................... 248
9.3. Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs................................................................................................ 249
9.3.1. CPU Status Indicator .......................................................................................................................... 249
9.3.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ..................................................................................................................... 249
9.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs .................................................................................................. 249
9.3.2.2. O3 Option Status LEDs................................................................................................................ 250
9.3.3. Valve Driver PCA STATUS LEDs....................................................................................................... 251
9.4. Subsystem Checkout ................................................................................................................................ 252
9.4.1. Verify Subsystem Calibration.............................................................................................................. 252
9.4.2. AC Main Power ................................................................................................................................... 252
9.4.3. DC Power Supply................................................................................................................................ 253
9.4.4. I2C Bus ................................................................................................................................................ 254
9.4.5. Touchscreen Interface ........................................................................................................................ 254
9.4.6. LCD Display Module ........................................................................................................................... 255
9.4.7. Relay PCA .......................................................................................................................................... 255
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xv
9.4.8. Valve Driver PCA................................................................................................................................ 255
9.4.9. Input Gas Pressure / Flow Sensor Assembly ..................................................................................... 256
9.4.10. PHOTOMETER O3 Generator Pressure/FLOW SENSOR Assembly ............................................. 257
9.4.11. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 258
9.4.11.1. A/D Functions ............................................................................................................................ 258
9.4.11.2. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage.................................................................................... 258
9.4.11.3. Status Outputs........................................................................................................................... 260
9.4.11.4. Control Inputs ............................................................................................................................ 261
9.4.11.5. Control Outputs ......................................................................................................................... 261
9.4.12. CPU .................................................................................................................................................. 262
9.4.13. The Calibrator Doesn’t Appear on the Lan or Internet...................................................................... 262
9.4.14. RS-232 Communications.................................................................................................................. 263
9.4.14.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting.............................................................................................. 263
9.4.14.2. Troubleshooting Calibrator/Modem or Terminal Operation....................................................... 263
9.4.15. Temperature Problems ..................................................................................................................... 264
9.4.15.1. Box / Chassis Temperature....................................................................................................... 264
9.4.15.2. Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature ............................................................................. 264
9.4.15.3. UV Lamp Temperature.............................................................................................................. 264
9.4.15.4. Ozone Generator Temperature ................................................................................................. 265
9.5. TroubleShooting the Optional O3 Photometer .......................................................................................... 265
9.5.1. Dynamic Problems with the Optional O3 Photometer ........................................................................ 265
9.5.1.1. Noisy or Unstable O3 Readings at Zero ...................................................................................... 265
9.5.1.2. Noisy, Unstable, or Non-Linear Span O3 Readings .................................................................... 266
9.5.1.3. Slow Response to Changes in Concentration............................................................................. 266
9.5.1.4. The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel Readings........................... 266
9.5.1.5. Cannot Zero................................................................................................................................. 266
9.5.1.6. Cannot Span................................................................................................................................ 266
9.5.2. Checking Measure / Reference Valve ................................................................................................ 267
9.5.3. Checking The UV Lamp Power Supply .............................................................................................. 268
9.6. TroubleShooting the Optional O3 generator.............................................................................................. 269
9.6.1. Checking The UV Source Lamp Power Supply.................................................................................. 269
9.7. Service Procedures................................................................................................................................... 270
9.7.1. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure.......................................................................................... 270
9.8. Technical Assistance ................................................................................................................................ 270
9.9. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) ........................................................................................................ 271
10. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION....................................................................................... 273
10.1. Basic Principles of Dynamic Dilution Calibration.................................................................................... 273
10.1.1. Gas Phase Titration Mixtures for O3 and NO2................................................................................. 275
10.2. Pneumatic Operation .............................................................................................................................. 276
10.2.1. Gas Flow Control .............................................................................................................................. 277
10.2.1.1. Diluent and Source Gas Flow Control ....................................................................................... 277
10.2.1.2. Flow Control Assemblies for Optional O3 Components ............................................................ 278
10.2.1.3. Critical Flow Orifices.................................................................................................................. 279
10.2.2. Internal Gas Pressure Sensors......................................................................................................... 280
10.3. Electronic Operation ............................................................................................................................... 281
10.3.1. Overview ........................................................................................................................................... 281
10.3.2. CPU .................................................................................................................................................. 282
10.3.2.1. Disk-on-Module (DOM).............................................................................................................. 283
10.3.2.2. Flash Chip ................................................................................................................................. 283
10.3.3. Relay PCA ........................................................................................................................................ 284
10.3.3.1. Valve Control ............................................................................................................................. 285
10.3.3.2. Heater Control ........................................................................................................................... 285
10.3.3.3. Relay PCA Status LEDs & Watch Dog Circuitry ....................................................................... 285
10.3.3.4. Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator (D1)......................................................................................... 286
10.3.4. Valve Driver PCA.............................................................................................................................. 287
10.3.4.1. Valve Driver PCA Watchdog Indicator ...................................................................................... 287
10.3.5. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 288
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xvi
10.3.5.1. A to D Conversion ..................................................................................................................... 288
10.3.5.2. Sensor Inputs ............................................................................................................................ 288
10.3.5.3. Thermistor Interface .................................................................................................................. 288
10.3.5.4. Analog Outputs.......................................................................................................................... 288
10.3.5.5. External Digital I/O..................................................................................................................... 289
10.3.5.6. I2C Data Bus.............................................................................................................................. 289
10.3.5.7. Power-up Circuit ........................................................................................................................ 289
10.3.6. Input Gas Pressure Sensor PCA...................................................................................................... 289
10.3.7. Power Supply and Circuit Breaker.................................................................................................... 290
10.4. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface ........................................................................................... 291
10.4.1.1. Front Panel Interface PCA ........................................................................................................ 291
10.5. Software Operation................................................................................................................................. 292
10.6. O3 Generator Operation.......................................................................................................................... 293
10.6.1. Principle of Photolytic O3 Generation ............................................................................................... 293
10.6.2. O3 Generator – Pneumatic Operation.............................................................................................. 294
10.6.3. O3 Generator – Electronic Operation ............................................................................................... 295
10.6.3.1. O3 Generator Temperature Control........................................................................................... 296
10.6.3.2. Pneumatic Sensor for the O3 Generator.................................................................................... 297
10.7. Photometer Operation ............................................................................................................................ 297
10.7.1. Measurement Method....................................................................................................................... 298
10.7.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration .................................................................................................... 298
10.7.1.2. The Measurement / Reference Cycle........................................................................................ 299
10.7.1.3. The Absorption Path.................................................................................................................. 301
10.7.1.4. Interferent Rejection .................................................................................................................. 301
10.7.2. Photometer Layout............................................................................................................................ 302
10.7.3. Photometer Pneumatic Operation .................................................................................................... 302
10.7.4. Photometer Electronic Operation...................................................................................................... 303
10.7.4.1. O3 Photometer Temperature Control ........................................................................................ 304
10.7.4.2. Pneumatic Sensors for the O3 Photometer ............................................................................... 304
11. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE .......................................................... 305
11.1. How Static Charges are Created............................................................................................................ 305
11.2. How Electro-Static Charges Cause Damage ......................................................................................... 306
11.3. Common Myths About ESD Damage ..................................................................................................... 307
11.4. Basic Principles of Static Control............................................................................................................ 308
11.4.1. General Rules................................................................................................................................... 308
11.4.2. Basic anti-ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and Maintenance ................................................. 310
11.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack ................................................................................................ 310
11.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench........................................................................................ 310
11.4.2.3. Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back......................................................... 311
11.4.2.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne API’s Customer Service.................................................... 311
11.4.2.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API’s Customer Service .................................... 312
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xvii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1: T700 Front Panel Layout ......................................................................................................................33
Figure 3-3: Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts ......................................................................35
Figure 3-4: T700 Rear Panel Layout .......................................................................................................................36
Figure 3-5: T700 Internal Layout – Top View – Base Unit ......................................................................................38
Figure 3-6: T700 Internal Layout – Top View – with Optional O3 Generator and Photometer................................39
Figure 3-7: T700 Analog Output Connector ............................................................................................................41
Figure 3-8: Status Output Connector ......................................................................................................................42
Figure 3-9: T700 Digital Control Input Connectors..................................................................................................44
Figure 3-10: T700 Digital Control Output Connector...............................................................................................45
Figure 3-11: T700 Rear Panel Valve Driver Installed..............................................................................................46
Figure 3-12: Valve Driver PCA Layout ....................................................................................................................47
Figure 3-13: Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode.............................................................................49
Figure 3-14: Default Pin Assignments for CPU COMM Port Connector (RS-232). ................................................50
Figure 3-15: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode..............................................................................................52
Figure 3-16: RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram ............................................................53
Figure 3-17: Set up for T700 – Connecting the Basic T700 to a Sample Manifold.................................................59
Figure 3-18: Set up for T700 – Connecting the T700 to a Sample Manifold...........................................................60
Figure 3-19: Set up for T700 – Connecting the T700 to a Calibration Manifold......................................................61
Figure 3-20: Set up for T700 – Connecting the T700 to a Dual Span Gas / Zero Air Manifold ..............................62
Figure 3-21: T700 Pneumatic Diagram – Base Unit................................................................................................63
Figure 3-22: Internal Pneumatics for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator and GPT Chamber. ................64
Figure 3-23: Internal Pneumatics for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator and Photometer......................66
Figure 3-24: Basic T700 with Multiple Calibration Gas MFCs.................................................................................68
Figure 3-25: T700 with Multiple Calibration Gas MFCs and O3 Options 1A and 2A Installed ................................69
Figure 3-26: Permeation Tube Gas Generator Option............................................................................................70
Figure 3-27: Pneumatic Diagram of T700 with Permeation Generator...................................................................71
Figure 3-28. Rear Panel with Dual Output Option....................................................................................................76
Figure 3-29: Internal Pneumatics for T700 Calibrator with Optional Dual Gas Output (NOy – Special) .................77
Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display...............................................................................................................................96
Figure 4-2: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Generator and Photometer Options during STANDBY .....................99
Figure 4-3: Viewing T700 Test Functions............................................................................................................. 100
Figure 4-4: Gas Flow through Basic T700 in GENERATE Mode......................................................................... 102
Figure 4-5: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when Generating Non-O3 Source Gas .............................. 103
Figure 4-6: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when Generating O3.......................................................... 103
Figure 4-7: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when in GPT Mode ........................................................... 111
Figure 4-8: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when in GPTPS Mode....................................................... 114
Figure 4-9: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when in PURGE mode ...................................................... 116
Figure 4-10: T700 the TEST CHANNEL Connector............................................................................................. 151
Figure 4-11: Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL...................................................................................... 163
Figure 6-1: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface..................................................................................... 190
Figure 7-1: Location of MFC Outlet Ports............................................................................................................. 200
Figure 7-2: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer ..................................................................................... 202
Figure 7-3: External Photometer Validation Setup – Direct Connections ............................................................ 204
Figure 7-4: External Photometer Validation Setup with Calibration Manifolds..................................................... 205
Figure 7-5: O3 Generator Calibration Setup – Direct Connections....................................................................... 211
Figure 7-6: Pressure Monitor Points – T700 – Basic Unit .................................................................................... 219
Figure 7-7: Pressure Monitor Points – T700 with O3 Options and Multiple Cal MFCs Installed .......................... 219
Figure 8-1: Bypassing the Photometer Sensor PCA and Pump .......................................................................... 227
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xviii
Figure 8-2: Gas Port Setup for Auto-Leak Check Procedure............................................................................... 228
Figure 8-3: Gas Flow for Auto-Leak Check Procedure of Base Model T700’s .................................................... 229
Figure 8-4: Gas Flow for Auto-Leak Check Procedure of T700’s with Optional Photometer............................... 229
Figure 8-5: Photometer Assembly – Lamp Adjustment / Installation ................................................................... 233
Figure 8-6: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations .................................................... 234
Figure 8-7: Location of O3 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot ......................................................... 235
Figure 9-1: Example of Signal I/O Function ......................................................................................................... 247
Figure 9-2: CPU Status Indicator.......................................................................................................................... 249
Figure 9-3: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting .......................................................................... 250
Figure 9-4: Valve Driver PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting................................................................ 251
Figure 9-5: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA ............................................................................. 253
Figure 10-1: Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies for T700’s with O3 Options Installed ............................. 278
Figure 10-2: Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice................................................................................. 279
Figure 10-3: T700 Electronic Block Diagram........................................................................................................ 281
Figure 10-4: T700 CPU Board Annotated ............................................................................................................ 283
Figure 10-5: Relay PCA........................................................................................................................................ 284
Figure 10-6: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram. ............................................................................................... 285
Figure 10-7: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA................................................................................................. 286
Figure 10-8: Status LED Locations – Valve Driver PCA ...................................................................................... 287
Figure 10-9: T700 Power Distribution Block diagram........................................................................................... 290
Figure 10-10: Front Panel Display Interface Block Diagram ................................................................................ 291
Figure 10-11: Schematic of Basic Software Operation ........................................................................................ 292
Figure 10-12: O3 Generator Internal Pneumatics................................................................................................. 293
Figure 10-13: O3 Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations............................................................................. 294
Figure 10-14: O3 Generator – Electronic Block Diagram ..................................................................................... 295
Figure 10-15: O3 Generator Electronic Components Location............................................................................. 296
Figure 10-16: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations ................................................ 297
Figure 10-17: O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle ................................................................................... 300
Figure 10-18: O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle ................................................................................ 300
Figure 10-19: O3 Photometer Absorption Path.....................................................................................................301
Figure 10-20: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed .............................................................................. 302
Figure 10-21: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram ...................................................................................... 303
Figure 11-1: Triboelectric Charging ...................................................................................................................... 305
Figure 11-2: Basic Anti-ESD Work Station........................................................................................................... 308
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xix
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Analyzer Options ....................................................................................................................................24
Table 2-1: T700 Dilution System Specifications......................................................................................................27
Table 2-2: T700 Dilution Electrical and Physical Specifications..............................................................................27
Table 2-3: T700 Specifications for Optional Ozone Generator ...............................................................................28
Table 2-4: T700 Specifications for Optional O3 Photometer ...................................................................................28
Table 3-1: Display Screen and Touch Control Description .....................................................................................34
Table 3-2: Rear Panel Description ..........................................................................................................................37
Table 3-3: Status Output Pin Assignments .............................................................................................................42
Table 3-4: T700 Control Input Pin Assignments......................................................................................................43
Table 3-5: T700 Control Output Pin Assignments...................................................................................................45
Table 3-6: NIST Standards for CO2.........................................................................................................................55
Table 3-7: NIST Standards for CO ..........................................................................................................................56
Table 3-8: NIST Standards for H2S .........................................................................................................................56
Table 3-9: NIST Standards for CH4.........................................................................................................................56
Table 3-10: NIST Standards for O2.........................................................................................................................56
Table 3-11: NIST Standards for SO2.......................................................................................................................57
Table 3-12: NIST Standards for NO ........................................................................................................................57
Table 3-13: NIST Standards for Propane (C3H8).....................................................................................................57
Table 3-14: Operating Mode Valve States for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator...................................64
Table 3-15: Operating Mode Valve States for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator and Photometer........66
Table 3-16: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up .............................................................................................78
Table 3-17: T700 Default Gas Types ......................................................................................................................81
Table 3-18: T700 Units of Measure List ..................................................................................................................88
Table 4-1: Calibrator Operating Modes ...................................................................................................................97
Table 4-2: Status of Internal Pneumatics During STANDBY Mode ........................................................................98
Table 4-3: Test Functions Defined ....................................................................................................................... 101
Table 4-4: Status of Internal Pneumatics During GENERATE Mode................................................................... 102
Table 4-5: Status of Internal Pneumatics During GENERATE GPT Mode...................................................... 111
Table 4-6: Status of Internal Pneumatics During GENERATE GPTPS Mode................................................. 113
Table 4-7: Internal Pneumatics During Purge Mode ............................................................................................ 116
Table 4-8: Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes ........................................................................ 119
Table 4-9: Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction............................................................................................ 120
Table 4-10: Sequence Progress Reporting Mode................................................................................................ 130
Table 4-11: Password Levels ............................................................................................................................... 145
Table 4-12: Variable Names (VARS) ................................................................................................................... 148
Table 4-13: DIAG – Analog I/O Functions............................................................................................................ 151
Table 4-14: Test Channels Functions available on the T700’s Analog Output .................................................... 154
Table 4-15: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max............................................................................................ 156
Table 4-16: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration ................................................................. 163
Table 5-1: COMM Port Communication Modes ................................................................................................... 176
Table 5-2: Ethernet Status Indicators................................................................................................................... 181
Table 5-3: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties ................................................................................................ 182
Table 6-1: Terminal Mode Software Commands.................................................................................................. 190
Table 6-2: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types .......................................................................................... 192
Table 7-1: Examples of MFC Calibration Points .................................................................................................. 199
Table 7-2: T700 Pressure Sensor Calibration Setup............................................................................................ 218
Table 8-1: T700 Maintenance Schedule .............................................................................................................. 226
Table 9-1: Warning Messages in Front Panel Display Param Field..................................................................... 243
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
xx
Table 9-2: Test Functions – Indicated Failures .................................................................................................... 245
Table 9-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools......................................................................................... 248
Table 9-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications ................................................................................... 249
Table 9-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications ......................................................................................... 250
Table 9-6: Valve Driver Board Watchdog LED Failure Indications ...................................................................... 251
Table 9-7: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications ......................................................................................... 251
Table 9-8: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes ................................................................................... 253
Table 9-9: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels.................................................................................................. 254
Table 9-10: Relay PCA Control Devices .............................................................................................................. 255
Table 9-11: Analog Output Test Function – Nominal Values Voltage Outputs .................................................... 259
Table 9-12: Status Outputs Check ....................................................................................................................... 260
Table 9-13: T700 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions ............................... 261
Table 9-14: Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions Check ........................ 262
Table 10-1: Relay PCA Status LEDs.................................................................................................................... 286
Table 10-2: T700 Photometer Measurement / Reference Cycle.......................................................................... 299
Table 11-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities .............................................................................. 306
Table 11-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD ....................................................................... 306
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX A-1: T700 Software Menu Trees, Revision B.7
APPENDIX A-2: T700 Setup Variables Available Via Serial I/O, Revision B.7
APPENDIX A-3: T700 Warnings and Test Measurements via Serial I/O, Revision B.7
APPENDIX A-4: T700 Signal I/O Definitions, Revision B.7
APPENDIX A-5: Model T700 Terminal Command Designators, Revision B.7
APPENDIX B - T700 SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS
06873B DCN6388
21
PART I
–
GENERAL INFORMATION
06873B DCN6388
22
06873B DCN6388
23
1. INTRODUCTION
This section provides an overview of the Model T700 calibrator, its features, and its
options.
1.1. T700 CALIBRATOR OVERVIEW
The Model T700 (typically referred to as T700) is a microprocessor-controlled calibrator
for precision gas calibrators. Using a combination of highly accurate mass flow
controllers and compressed sources of standard gases, calibration standards are provided
for multipoint span and zero checks. Up to four gas sources may be used.
The T700 can be equipped with an optional built-in, programmable ozone generator for
accurate, dependable ozone calibrations. The T700 also produces NO2 when blended
with NO gas in the internal GPT chamber. A multi-point linearization curve is used to
control the generator to assure repeatable ozone concentrations. An optional photometer
allows precise control of the ozone generator, both during calibrations and during Gas
Phase Titrations (GPT). To ensure accurate NO2 output, the calibrator with photometer
option measures the ozone concentration prior to doing a GPT.
As many as 50 independent calibration sequences may be programmed into the T700,
covering time periods of up to one year. The setup of sequences is simple and intuitive.
These sequences may be actuated manually, automatically, or by a remote signal. The
sequences may be uploaded remotely, including remote editing. All programs are
maintained in non-volatile memory.
The T700 design emphasizes fast response, repeatability, overall accuracy and ease of
operation. It may be combined with the Model 701 Zero Air Generator to provide the
ultimate in easy to use, precise calibration for your gas calibrators.
1.2. FEATURES
Some of the exceptional features of your T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator are:
Advanced T-Series electronics
LCD color graphics display with touch screen interface
Microprocessor control for versatility
Bi-directional USB (optional), RS-232, optional RS-485, and 10/100Base-T Ethernet
for remote operation
Precise calibration gas generation for Ozone, NO, NO2, CO, HC, H2S, SO2
12 independent timers for sequences
Nested sequences (up to 5 levels)
06873B DCN6388
Introduction Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
24
Software linearization of Mass Flow Controllers (MFC)
4 calibration gas ports configurable for single or multi-blend gases
Optional 3rd MFC for wide dynamic range
Optional gas phase titration chamber
Optional zone generator and photometer to allow use as primary or transfer
standard
Inlets for external ozone reference sources
1.3. OPTIONS
The options available for your analyzer are present in with name, option number, a
description and/or comments, and if applicable, cross-references to technical details in this
manual, such as setup and calibration. To order these options or to learn more about them,
please contact the Sales Department of Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instruments at:
TOLL-FREE: 800-324-5190
PHONE: +1 858-657-9800
FAX: +1 858-657-9816
EMAIL: apisales@teledyne.com
WEBSITE: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Table 1-1: Analyzer Options
Option Option
Number Description/Notes Reference
Flow Options For mass flow control (MFC)
7A Source MFC 0-50 CC/MIN (Replaces 0-100 CC/MIN)
7B Source MFC 0-200 CC/MIN (Replaces 0-100 CC/MIN)
8A Diluent MFC 0-5 SLPM (Replaces 0-10 SLPM)
8B Diluent MFC 0-20 SLPM (Replaces 0-10 SLPM)
9 Third MFC (Can only be on source)
Section 3.3.2.6
Calibration Options Gas generators
1A
Internal Ozone (O3) Generator with
Optical Feedback and GPT Mixing Chamber Section 3.3.2.6
2A
UV Photometer Module (to increase accuracy of O3
Generator, Option 1A) Section 3.3.2.6
5
Permeation Tube Oven Section 3.3.3
73
Dual Gas Output (NOy – special) Section 3.3.4
Figure 3-28
Rack Mounting For mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks
20A Rack mount brackets with 26 in. (660 mm) chassis slides N/A
20B Rack mount brackets with 24 in. (610 mm) chassis slides N/A
21 Rack mount brackets only N/A
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Introduction
25
Option Option
Number Description/Notes Reference
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
THE T700 CALIBRATOR WEIGHS CLOSE TO 18 KG (40 POUNDS) WITH ALL OPTIONS. TO AVOID
PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND THAT TWO PERSONS LIFT AND CARRY IT BUT FIRST
DISCONNECTING ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE CALIBRATOR BEFORE MOVING IT.
Parts Kits Spare parts and expendables for 1-year operation
46A Kit, Spares for One Unit (Customer Svc)
46B Photometer Kit, Spares for One Unit (Customer Svc)
46C Photometer W/ IZS Spares Kit For 1 Unit (Customer Svc)
Communications For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.
Type Description
60A RS-232
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about
1.8 m long. Used to interface with older computers or
code activated switches with DB-25 serial connectors.
Section 3.3.1.7
60B RS-232
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about
1.8 m length. Section 3.3.1.7
60C Ethernet
Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN
communications.
Section 3.3.1.7,
4.7.2, and 5.4
Cables
60D USB
Cable for direct connection between instrument (rear
panel USB port) and personal computer. Section 3.3.1.7
USB Port 64A For rear panel connection to personal computer. Sections 4.7 and
5.4.3
RS-232 Multidrop 62
Multidrop/LVDS card seated on the analyzer’s CPU card.
Each instrument in the multidrop network requres this card and a
communications cable (Option 60B).
Sections 3.3.1.7
and 4.7.3
External Valve Driver Capability - For driving up to eight, 8-watt valves
48A 12V External Valve Driver Capability
48B 24V External Valve Driver Capability Section 3.3.1.6
NIST Traceable, Primary Standard Certification for use as a Primary Ozone Standard if purchased with the O3
generator and photometer options, 1A and 2A, respectively.
95A Factory Calibration
95B Calibration as a Primary Standard
95C Calibration to NIST-SRP
Section 3.3.2.2
For this application the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator’s performance is calibrated to Standard Reference Photometer
(SRP). Calibrators ordered with this option are verified and validated in accordance with procedures prescribed by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix D.
Special Features Built in features, software activated
N/A
Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places
the analyzer in maintenance mode where it can continue sampling,
yet ignore calibration, diagnostic, and reset instrument commands.
This feature is of particular use for instruments connected to
Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks.
Call Customer Service for activation.
N/A
N/A
Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display
messages in a language other than the instrument’s default
language.
Call Customer Service for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing
the second language.
N/A
06873B DCN6388
Introduction Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
26
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
27
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1: T700 Dilution System Specifications
Parameter Specification
Flow Measurement Accuracy 1.0% of Full Scale
Repeatability of Flow Control 0.2% of Full Scale
Linearity of Flow Measurement 0.5% of Full Scale
Flow Range of Diluent Air 0 to 10 SLPM – Optional Ranges: 0 to 5 SLPM; 0 to 20 SLPM
Flow Range of Cylinder Gases 0 to 100 cc/min – Optional Ranges: 0 to 50 cc/min; 0 to 200 cc/min
Zero Air Required 10 SLPM @ 30 PSIG Optional: 20 SLPM @ 30 PSIG
CAL Gas Input Ports 4 (configurable)
Diluent Gas Input Ports 1
Response Time 60 Seconds (98%)
Table 2-2: T700 Dilution Electrical and Physical Specifications
Parameter Specification
AC Power 85V-264V, 47Hz-63Hz
Actual Power Draw At 115V ~ Start up: 110 W, Steady State: 140 W
At 230V ~ Start up: 159 W, Steady State: 148 W
Analog Outputs 1 user configurable output
Analog Output Ranges (Test
Channel)
10V, 5V, 1V, 0.1V (selectable)
Range with 5% under/over-range
Analog Output Resolution 1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage (12 bit)
Standard I/O
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
12 opto-isolated digital control outputs
12 opto-isolated digital control inputs
8 opto-isolated digital status outputs
Optional I/O
1 USB com port
1 RS485
Multidrop RS232
Operating Temperature Range 5-40ºC
Humidity Range 0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
06873B DCN6388
Specifications and Approvals Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
28
Parameter Specification
Operating Altitude 10,000 ft Maximum
Materials Cal Gas Output Wetted Surfaces: PTFE.
Cal Gas Output Manifold: Glass-coated Steel
Dimensions (H x W x D) 7” x 17” x 24” (178 mm x 432 mm x 609 mm)
Weight 31 lbs (14.06 kg);
39.2 lbs (17.78 kg) with optional photometer, GPT, and O3 generator
Table 2-3: T700 Specifications for Optional Ozone Generator
Parameter Specification
Maximum Output 6 ppm LPM
Minimum Output 100 ppb LPM
Response Time: 180 seconds to 98%
Optical Feedback Standard
Stability (7 days) 1% with photometer option
3% without photometer option
Linearity 1% with photometer option
3% without photometer option
Table 2-4: T700 Specifications for Optional O3 Photometer
Parameter Specification
Full Scale Range 100 ppb to 10 ppm ; User Selectable
Precision 1.0 ppb
Linearity 1.0% of reading
Rise/Fall Time <20 sec (photometer response)
Response Time (95%) 180 sec. (system response)
Zero Drift <1.0 ppb / 24 hours
Span Drift <1% / 24 hours
Minimum Gas Flow Required 800 cc/min
2.2. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS
The Teledyne API Model T700 calibrator was tested and certified for Safety and
Electromagnet Compatibility (EMC). This section presents the compliance statements
for those requirements and directives.
2.2.1. SAFETY
IEC 61010-1:2001
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive
North American:
cNEMKO (Canada): CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04
NEMKO-CCL (US): UL No. 61010-1 (2nd Edition)
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Specifications and Approvals
29
2.2.2. EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
2.2.3. OTHER TYPE CERTIFICATIONS
For additional certifications, please contact Customer Service.
06873B DCN6388
Specifications and Approvals Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
30
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
31
3. GETTING STARTED
This section addresses the procedures for unpacking the instrument and inspecting for
damage, presents clearance specifications for proper ventilation, introduces the
instrument layout, then presents the procedures for getting started: making electrical and
pneumatic connections, and conducting an initial calibration check.
3.1. UNPACKING AND INITIAL SETUP
CAUTION – RISK of Personal Injury
THE T700 WEIGHS ABOUT 18 KG (40 POUNDS) WITHOUT OPTIONS INSTALLED.
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, WE RECOMMEND USING TWO PERSONS TO
LIFT AND CARRY THE CALIBRATOR.
ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static
discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to
use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
the instrument warranty. See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge in
this manual for more information on preventing ESD damage.
Note Teledyne API recommends that you store shipping containers/materials
for future use if/when the instrument should be returned to the factory for
repair and/or calibration service. See Warranty section in this manual and
shipping procedures on our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com
under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
CAUTION – Avoid Damage to the Instrument
BEFORE oprating instrument, remove dust plugs from pneumatic ports.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
32
1. Inspect the received packages for external shipping damage. If damaged, please
advise the shipper first, then Teledyne API.
2. Included with your calibrator is a printed record of the final performance
characterization performed on your instrument at the factory. This record, titled
Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 05731) is an important quality assurance
and calibration record for this instrument. It should be placed in the quality records
file for this instrument.
3. Carefully remove the top cover of the calibrator and check for internal shipping
damage.
Remove the locking screw located in the top, center of the Front panel.
Remove the two screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side towards
the rear).
Slide the cover backwards until it clears the calibrator’s front bezel.
Lift the cover straight up.
4. Inspect the interior of the instrument to ensure all circuit boards and other
components are in good shape and properly seated.
5. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses
to ensure they are firmly and properly seated.
6. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed.
These are checked on the paperwork accompanying the calibrator.
3.1.1. VENTILATION CLEARANCE
Whether the calibrator is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack, be sure
to leave sufficient ventilation clearance.
AREA MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE
Behind the instrument 10 cm / 4 inches
Sides of the instrument 2.5 cm / 1 inch
Above and below the instrument. 2.5 cm / 1 inch
Various rack mount kits are available for this calibrator. See Table 1-1 of this manual
for more information.
3.2. CALIBRATOR LAYOUT
Figure 3-1 shows the calibrator’s front panel layout, followed by a close-up of the
display/touchscreen in and description in Table 3 1. The two USB ports on the front
panel are provided for the connection of peripheral devices:
plug-in mouse (not included) to be used as an alternative to the touchscreen
interface
thumb drive (not included) to download updates to instruction software (contact T-
API Customer Service for information).
WARNING!
NEVER DISCONNECT ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARDS, WIRING HARNESSES
OR ELECTRONIC SUBASSEMBLIES WHILE THE UNIT IS UNDER POWER.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
33
3.2.1. FRONT PANEL
Figure 3-1: T700 Front Panel Layout
Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control
The front panel liquid crystal display (LCD) screen includes touch control. Upon
calibrator start-up, the LCD shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators
before the main display appears, similar to Figure 3-2 above.
CAUTION – Avoid Damaging Touchscreen
Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to operate the touch
screen buttons.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
34
Table 3-1: Display Screen and Touch Control Description
Field Description/Function
LEDs indicating the states of the calibrator:
Name Color State
Definition
Active Green off
Unit is operating in STANDBY mode.
This LED is lit when the instrument is actively producing
calibration gas (GENERATE mode).
Auto Timer Yellow off This LED is lit only when the calibrator is performing an automatic
calibration sequence.
Fault Red blinking
The calibrator is warming up and therefore many of its subsystems
are not yet operating within their optimum ranges. Various warning
messages may appear in the Param field.
Target/ Actual Gas concentrations, Cal gas MFC and Diluent MFC values with unit of measure
Mode Displays the name of the calibrator’s current operating mode (default is STANDBY at initial startup).
Param Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Touchscreen control: row of eight buttons with dynamic, context sensitive labels; buttons are blank when inactive/inapplicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts that are
illustrated throughout this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Target/Actual
(gas concentration) fields in the display screen are represented across the top row of
each menu chart. The eight touch control buttons along the bottom of the display screen
are represented in the bottom row of each menu chart.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
35
Figure 3-3: Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
36
3.2.2. REAR PANEL
Figure 3-4: T700 Rear Panel Layout
Table 3-2 provides a description of each component on the rear panel.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
37
Table 3-2: Rear Panel Description
Component Function
Fan Cools instrument by pulling ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausting
through rear.
AC Power
Connector
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer
CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the
power specs on the calibrator’s rear panel Model number label.
EXHAUST
(option)
Exhaust gas from ozone generator and photometer
CAUTION! Exhaust gas must be vented outside.
PHOTOMETER
INLET
(Photometer option)
Measurement gas input for O3 photometer
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
(Photometer option)
Calibration gas outlet to O3 photometer
PHOTO ZERO IN
(Photometer option)
Inlet for photometer Zero Gas
PHOTO ZERO OUT
(Photometer option)
Outlet for photometer Zero Gas
DILUENT IN Diluent or zero air gas inlet.
CALGAS OUT Outlets for calibration gas
VENT Vent port for output manifold
CYL 1 thru CYL 4 Inlets for up to 4 calibration gases.
COM 2 Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485.
RX TX LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
RS-232 Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
DCE DTE Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment
during RS-232 communication. (Section 5.1)
CONTROL OUT For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
STATUS For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
ANALOG OUT For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable.
(optional) USB Connector for direct connection to a personal computer, using USB cable.
Label w/power specs Identifies the analyzer model number and lists voltage and frequency specifications
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
38
3.2.3. INTERNAL LAYOUT
Diluent
Mass Flow
Controller
AC Power
Connector
Gas Inlets & Outlets
Motherboard
Relay PCA
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
CPU PC
A
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller
ON / OFF Switch
DC Power
supplies
Fan
REAR
FRONT
Figure 3-5: T700 Internal Layout – Top View – Base Unit
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
39
Diluent
Mass Flow
Controller
AC Power
Connector
Gas Inlets & Outlets
Motherboard
Relay PCA
Input Gas
Pressure
Sensor PCA
CPU PC
A
Cal Gas
Mass Flow
Controller
ON / OFF
Switch
DC Power
supplies
Fan
PHOTOMETER
Optional 2nd
Cal Gas
Mass Flow
Controller
Photometer
Pump
GPT
Valve
GPT
Chamber
O
3
Generato
& Photometer,
Pressure/Flow
Sensor PCA
O
3
Generator
Pressure
Regulator
)
O
3
Generator
Assembly
O
3
Generator
Lamp Drive
r
Photomete
r
M/R Valve
REAR
FRONT
Figure 3-6: T700 Internal Layout – Top View – with Optional O3 Generator and Photometer
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
40
3.3. CONNECTIONS AND SETUP
This section presents the electrical (Section 3.3.1) and pneumatic (Section 3.3.2)
connections for setup and preparing for instrument operation.
3.3.1. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Note To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable
length be no greater than 3 meters for all I/O connections, which include
Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232,
and RS-485.
3.3.1.1. Connecting Power
Attach the power cord to the calibrator and plug it into a power outlet capable of
carrying at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a
functioning earth ground.
WARNING – ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE CALIBRATORS CASE.
POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND CONNECTION.
DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG.
TURN OFF CALIBRATOR POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR
CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES.
DO NOT OPERATE WITH COVER OFF.
CAUTION – AVOID PERSONAL INJURY
DO NOT LOOK AT THE PHOTOMETER UV LAMP; UV LIGHT CAN CAUSE EYE
DAMAGE.
ALWAYS WEAR GLASSES MADE FROM SAFETY UV FILTERING GLASS
(PLASTIC GLASSES ARE INADEQUATE).
Note The T700 calibrator is equipped with a universal power supply that allows
it to accept any AC power configuration, within the limits specified in
Table 2-2.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
41
3.3.1.2. Connecting Analog Outputs
The T700 is equipped with an analog output channel accessible through a connector on
the back panel of the instrument. The standard configuration for this output is 0-5 VDC.
It can be set by the user to output one of a variety of diagnostic test functions (see
Section 4.10.1.2).
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the appropriate
analog output connections on the rear panel of the calibrator.
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
ANALOG OUT
+
–
Figure 3-7: T700 Analog Output Connector
3.3.1.3. Connecting the Status Outputs
The status outputs report calibrator conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors,
which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used to interface with
devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as Programmable Logic Controllers
(PLCs). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC.
All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D.
ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input
will draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit that does
not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must be used to limit
the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA, the
transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are accessed via a 12-pin connector on the calibrator’s rear panel
labeled STATUS. The function of each pin is defined in Table 3-3.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
42
STATUS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D +
SYSTEM OK
CAL ACTIVE
POWER OK
DIAG
TEMP ALARM
PRESS ALARM
Unassigned
Unassigned
EMITTER BUSS
+ 5 VDC
CALIBRATOR
INTERNAL GROUND
Figure 3-8: Status Output Connector
The pin assignments for the Status Outputs are:
Table 3-3: Status Output Pin Assignments
OUTPUT
#
STATUS
DEFINITION CONDITION
1 SYSTEM OK On if no faults are present.
2 POWER OK On if no faults are present.
3 CAL ACTIVE On if the calibrator is in GENERATE mode.
4 DIAG On if the calibrator is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.
5 TEMP ALARM On whenever a temperature alarm is active.
6 PRESS ALARM On whenever gas pressure alarm is active.
7 & 8 Unassigned
D Emitter BUS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.
(blank) (blank) Not Used
+ DC POWER + 5 VDC
Digital Ground The ground level from the calibrator’s internal DC power supplies.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
43
3.3.1.4. Connecting the Control Inputs
The calibrator is equipped with 12 digital control inputs that can be used to initiate
various user programmable calibration sequences (see Section 4.3.1.5 for instructions on
assigning the control inputs to specific calibration sequences).
Access to these inputs is via two separate 10-pin connectors, labeled CONTROL IN,
that are located on the calibrator’s rear panel.
Table 3-4: T700 Control Input Pin Assignments
CONNECTOR INPUT DESCRIPTION
Top 1 to 6 Can be used as either 6, separate on/off switches or as bits 1 through
6 of a 12-bit wide binary activation code.
Bottom 7 to 12 Can be used as either 6, separate on/off switches or as bits 7 through
12 of a 12-bit wide binary activation code.
BOTH
Chassis ground.
Top U
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins 1 – 6. This can be from
an external source or from the “+” pin of the connector.
Bottom U
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins 7 – 12. This can be
from an external source or from the “+” pin of the connector.
BOTH + Internal source of +5V used to actuate control inputs when connected
to the U pin.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
44
There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V available
from the pin labeled “+” is the most convenient method. However, if full isolation is
required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be used.
Example of Local Power Connections Example of External Power Connections
-
7 8 9 10 11 12 U +
CONTROL Bit-07
CONTROL Bit-08
CONTROL Bit-09
CONTROL Bit-10
CONTROL Bit-11
CONTROL Bit-12
+
5 VDC Power
Supply
7 8 9 10 11 12 U +
CONTROL Bit-07
CONTROL Bit-08
CONTROL Bit-09
CONTROL Bit-10
CONTROL Bit-11
1 2 3 4 5 6 U +
CONTROL Bit-01
CONTROL Bit-02
CONTROL Bit-03
CONTROL Bit-04
CONTROL Bit-05
1 2 3 4 5 6 U +
CONTROL Bit-01
CONTROL Bit-02
CONTROL Bit-03
CONTROL Bit-05
CONTROL Bit-06
CONTROL Bit-06
CONTROL Bit-04
CONTROL Bit-12
Figure 3-9: T700 Digital Control Input Connectors
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
45
3.3.1.5. Connecting the Control Outputs
The calibrator is equipped with 12 opto-isolated, digital control outputs. These outputs
are activated by the T700’s user-programmable calibration sequences (see Sections
4.3.1.6 and 4.3.2.8 for instructions on assigning the control inputs to specific calibration
sequences).
These outputs may be used to interface with devices that accept logic-level digital
inputs, such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), data loggers, or digital
relays/valve drivers.
They are accessed via a 14-pin connector on the calibrator’s rear panel (see Figure 3-4).
CONTROL OUTPU
T
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 E
Figure 3-10: T700 Digital Control Output Connector
ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current the input will
draw. When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature, external
resistors must be used to limit the current through the individual
transistor outputs to ≤50mA (120 Ω for 5V supply).
The pin assignments for the control outputs are:
Table 3-5: T700 Control Output Pin Assignments
PIN # STATUS DEFINITION CONDITION
1 - 12 Outputs 1 through 12 respectively Closed if the sequence or sequence step activating output is operating
E Emitter BUS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 12 are bussed together.
Digital Ground The ground level from the calibrator’s internal DC power supplies.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
46
3.3.1.6. Connecting the External Valve Driver Option
Either one of two external valve driver assemblies (12V or 24V) is available that can
drive up to eight, 8-watt valves based on the condition of the status block bits described
below The option consists of a custom Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA) that mounts to
the back of the T700 and a universal AC-to-DC power supply.
Figure 3-11: T700 Rear Panel Valve Driver Installed
OPTION DESCRIPTION
OPT 48A External Valve Driver Capability – 12V
OPT 48B External Valve Driver Capability – 24 V
Depending upon the capacity of the external supply either four (standard) or eight valves
can be simultaneously energized.
The PCA is constructed such that it plugs through the rear panel into the Control Output
connector, J1008, on the T700’s motherboard.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
47
057760000A
LEADS Val ve Dri ver I nterf ace
+12V IN
Return
ValveDrive 8
ValveDrive 7
Return
ValveDrive 6
ValveDrive 5
Return
ValveDrive 4
ValveDrive 3
Return
ValveDrive 2
ValveDrive 1
Figure 3-12: Valve Driver PCA Layout
When one of the Control Outputs is energized, the base of the associated PNP valve
driver transistor (U1 through U8) is taken to ground and the emitter-collector junction
becomes active.
Electronic connections should be made as follows:
Valves should be connected between one of the Valve Drive outputs and one of the
Return pins.
The external power supply must be connected to the Valve Driver Interface using
the +12V coaxial input connector on the top, right-hand side of the assembly.
The external supply in turn must be connected to 85-264V, 47-63Hz mains.
The Valve Driver Outputs are mapped one-for-one to the Control Outputs 1 through 8
and can be manually actuated for troubleshooting using the Signal-I/O diagnostic
function in the T700 software (see Section 9.4.11.5). However, the drive outputs are
mapped in reverse to the status control bits such that Bit-0 (LSB) is valve drive 8 and
Bit-7 is valve drive 1.
3.3.1.7. Connecting the Communications Interfaces
The T-Series analyzers are equipped with connectors for remote communications
interfaces: Ethernet, USB, RS-232, RS-232 Multidrop and RS-485 (each described
here). In addition to using the appropriate cables, each type of communication method
must be configured using the SETUP>COMM menu (see Sections 4.7 and 5).
ETHERNET CONNECTION
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable
from the analyzer’s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port. Although
the analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default (Section 5.4), it should be
manually assigned a static IP address.
Configuration: (manual, i.e., static) Section 5.4.1.1
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
48
USB (OPTION) CONNECTION
The USB option can be used for direct communication between the analyzer and a PC;
connect a USB cable between the analyzer and computer USB ports. A USB driver is
required for complete configuration.
Note If this option is installed, the COM2 port cannot be used for anything
other than Multidrop communication.
Configuration: Section 5.4.3.
RS-232 CONNECTION
For RS-232 communications with data terminal equipment (DTE) or with data
communication equipment (DCE) connect either a DB9-female-to-DB9-female cable
(Teledyne API part number WR000077) or a DB9-female-to-DB25-male cable (Option
60A), as applicable, from the analyzer’s rear panel RS-232 port to the device. Adjust the
DCE-DTE switch (Figure 3-4) to select DTE or DCE as appropriate (Section 5.1).
Configuration: Section 4.7.3
IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors
may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check
cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin
assignments (Figure 3-13) before using.
RS-232 COM PORT CONNECTOR PIN-OUTS
Electronically, the difference between the DCE and DTE is the pin assignment of the
Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.
DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
49
Figure 3-13: Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode
The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring
harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12 (Figure 3-14).
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
50
Figure 3-14: Default Pin Assignments for CPU COMM Port Connector (RS-232).
Teledyne API offers two mating cables, one of which should be applicable for your use.
P/N WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long. Allows connection
of the serial ports of most personal computers.
P/N WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows connection to the most
common styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible) and code activated switches.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no additional
adapters.
Note Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors
may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check
cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin
assignments before using.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem, there
are activity indicators just above the RS-232 port. Once a cable is connected between
the analyzer and a computer or modem, both the red and green LEDs should be on.
If the lights are not lit, locate the small switch on the rear panel to switch it between
DTE and DCE modes.
If both LEDs are still not illuminated, ensure that the cable properly constructed.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
51
RS-232 COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS
Received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate a DCE or modem, with Pin
3 of the DB-9 connector designated for receiving data and Pin 2 designated for sending
data.
RS-232 (COM1): RS-232 (fixed) DB-9 male connector.
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud)
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
Parity: None
COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS-485), DB-9 female connector.
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud)
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
Parity: None
RS-232 MULTI-DROP (OPTION 62) CONNECTION
When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and
configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides instructions
for the internal connection adjustments, then for external connections, and ends with
instructions for menu-driven configuration.
Note Because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2
DB9 connectors on the analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of
instruments, COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232 or
RS-485 operation.
ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static
discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to
use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 11 for more information on
preventing ESD damage.
In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins on the
serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown in Figure 3-15.
This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that designated as last in the
multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This requires powering off and opening
each instrument and making the following adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel open for
access to the Multidrop/LVDS PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCA’s JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers Pins
21 22 as indicated in. (Do this for all but the last instrument in the chain where the
shunt should remain at Pins 21 22).
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
52
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments (again refer to
Figure 3-15):
4. J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPU’s COM1 connector
5. (Note that the CPU’s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop)
6. J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard
7. J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD
Figure 3-15: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode
8. (Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured chain,
remove the shunt between Pins 21 22 of JP2 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA in the
instrument that was previously the last instrument in the chain.)
9. Close the instrument.
10. Referring to Figure 3-16 use straight-through DB9 male DB9 female cables to
interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then from the first
analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s RS232 port; from the second analyzer’s
COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port, etc., connecting in this fashion up to eight
analyzers, subject to the distance limitations of the RS-232 standard.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
53
11. On the rear panel of each analyzer, adjust the DCE DTE switch (see Figure 3-4 and
Section 5.1) so that the green and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector
(labeled RS232) are both lit. (Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables internally
wired specifically for RS-232 communication; see Table 1-1, “Communication Cables”
and Section 3.3.1.7: Connecting the Communications Interfaces, “RS-232 Connection”).
Analyzer Analyzer Analyzer Last Analyzer
Female DB9
Male DB9
RS-232
COM2
RS-232
COM2
RS-232
COM2
RS-232
COM2
Host
RS-232 port
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21
22 in
last instrument of
multidrop chain.
Figure 3-16: RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram
12. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check that the
Machine ID code is unique for each (Section 4.7.1).
a. In the SETUP Mode menu go to SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default ID is
typically the model number or “0”.
b. to change the identification number, press the button below the digit to be changed.
c. Press/select ENTER to accept the new ID for that instrument.
13. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2 menu for
multidrop), edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows: press/select EDIT and set only
QUIET MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and MULTIDROP MODE to ON. Do not change
any other settings.
14. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1 MODE now
shows 35.
15. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it reads the same
for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are set at the same baud rate).
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
54
Note The (communication) Host instrument can address only one instrument at a
time, each by its unique ID (see step 12 above).
Note Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and the
first analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
RS-485 CONNECTION
As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications. This
port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485 port. Using
COM2 for RS-485 communication disables the USB port. To reconfigure this port for
RS-485 communication, please contact the factory.
3.3.2. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS
Note that each time the pneumatic configuration is changed for any purpose, a
backpressure compensation calibration must be performed (Section 7.3.7).
3.3.2.1. About Diluent Gas (Zero Air)
Zero Air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but scrubbed of
all components that might affect the calibrator’s readings.
Diluent Air should be dry (approximately -20ºC of Dew Point).
Diluent Air should be supplied at a gas pressure of between 25 PSI and 35 PSI with
a flow greater than the flow rate for the calibrator. For the standard unit this means
greater than 10 SLPM.
For calibrator’s with the 20 LPM diluent flow option (OPT) the diluent air should
be supplied at a gas pressure of between 30 PSI and 35 PSI.
T700 calibrator’s with optional O3 generators installed require that the zero air
source supply gas flowing at a continuous rate of at least 100 cm3/min.
If the calibrator is also equipped with an internal photometer, the zero air source
supply gas must be capable of a continuous rate of flow of at least 1.1 LPM.
Zero Air can be purchased in pressurized canisters or created using a Teledyne API’s
Model 701 Zero Air Generator.
3.3.2.2. About Calibration Gas
Calibration gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the
type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range. Usually
it is a single gas type mixed with N2 although bottles containing multiple mixtures of
compatible gases are also available (e.g. H2S, O2 and CO mixed with N2).
Calibration gas should be supplied at a pressure of between 25 PSI and 35 PSI with
a flow greater than the flow rate for the calibrator.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
55
NIST TRACEABLE CALIBRATION GAS STANDARDS
All calibration gases should be verified against standards of the National Institute for
Standards and Technology (NIST). To ensure NIST traceability, we recommend
acquiring cylinders of working gas that are certified to be traceable to NIST Standard
Reference Materials (SRM). These are available from a variety of commercial sources.
The following tables lists some of the most common NIST Primary gas standards
Table 3-6: NIST Standards for CO2
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
1676 Carbon Dioxide in Air 365 ppm
1674b Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 7 %
1675b Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 14 %
2619a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 0.5 %
2620a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 1.0 %
2621a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 1.5 %
2622a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 2.0 %
2623a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 2.5 %
2624a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 3.0 %
2625a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 3.5 %
2626a Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 4.0 %
2745 Carbon Dioxide in Nitrogen 16 %
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
56
Table 3-7: NIST Standards for CO
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
2612a Carbon Monoxide in Air 10 ppm
2613a Carbon Monoxide in Air 20 ppm
2614a Carbon Monoxide in Air 42 ppm
1677c Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 10 ppm
1678c Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 50 ppm
1679c Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 100 ppm
1680b Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 500 ppm
1681b Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 1000 ppm
2635a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 25 ppm
2636a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 250 ppm
2637a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 2500 ppm
2638a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 5000 ppm
2639a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 1 %
2640a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 2 %
2641a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 4 %
2642a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 8 %
2740a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 10 %
2741a Carbon Monoxide in Nitrogen 13 %
Table 3-8: NIST Standards for H2S
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
2730 Hydrogen Sulfide in Nitrogen 5 ppm
2731 Hydrogen Sulfide in Nitrogen 20 ppm
Table 3-9: NIST Standards for CH4
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
1658a Methane in Air 1 ppm
1659a Methane in Air 10 ppm
2750 Methane in Air 50 ppm
2751 Methane in Air 100 ppm
1660a Methane-Propane in Air 4 : 1
Table 3-10: NIST Standards for O2
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
2657a Oxygen in Nitrogen 2 %
2658a Oxygen in Nitrogen 10 %
2659a Oxygen in Nitrogen 21 %
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
57
Table 3-11: NIST Standards for SO2
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
substance
1661a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 500
1662a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 1000 ppm
1663a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 1500 ppm
1664a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 2500 ppm
1693a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 50 ppm
1694a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 100 ppm
1696a Sulfur Dioxide in Nitrogen 3500 ppm
Table 3-12: NIST Standards for NO
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
1683b Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 50 ppm
1684b Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 100 ppm
1685b Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 250 ppm
1686b Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 500 ppm
1687b Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 1000 ppm
2627a Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 5 ppm
2628a Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 10 ppm
2629a Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 20 ppm
2630 Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 1500 ppm
2631a Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 3000 ppm
2735 Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 800 ppm
2736a Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 2000 ppm
2737 Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 500 ppm
2738 Nitric Oxide in Nitrogen 1000 ppm
Table 3-13: NIST Standards for Propane (C3H8)
SRM Description
Nominal Amount of
Substance
1665b Propane in Air 3 ppm
1666b Propane in Air 10 ppm
1667b Propane in Air 50 ppm
1668b Propane in Air 100 ppm
1669b Propane in Air 500 ppm
2764 Propane in Air 0.25 ppm
2644a Propane in Nitrogen 250 ppm
2646a Propane in Nitrogen 1000 ppm
2647a Propane in Nitrogen 2500 ppm
2648a Propane in Nitrogen 5000 ppm
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
58
MINIMUM CALIBRATION GAS SOURCE CONCENTRATION
Determining minimum Cal Gas Concentration to determine the minimum concentration
of a calibration gas required by your system:
1. Determine the Total Flow required by your system by adding the gas flow requirement of
each of the analyzers in the system.
2. Multiply this by 1.5.
3. Decide on a Calibration Gas flow rate.
4. Determine the Calibration Gas ratio by divide the Total Flow by the Calibration Gas Flow
Rate.
5. Multiply the desired target calibration gas concentration by the result from step 4.
EXAMPLE: Your system has two analyzers each requiring 2SLPM of cal gas flow.
6. 2SLPM + 2SLPM = 4SLPM
7. 4SLPM x 1.5 = 6SLPM = Total Gas Flow Rate
8. If the T700 calibrator so that the cal gas flow rate is 2SLPM (therefore the Diluent Flow
Rate would need to be set at 4 SLPM) the Calibration Gas ratio would be:
9. 6SLPMm ÷ 2SLPM = 3:1
10. Therefore if your Target Calibration Gas Concentration is intended to be 200 ppm, the
minimum required source gas concentration for this system operating at these flow rates
would be:
11. 3 x 200ppm = 600 ppm
3.3.2.3. Connecting Diluent Gas to the Calibrator
12. Attach the zero air source line to the port labeled Diluent In.
13. Use the fittings provided with the calibrator to connect the zero air source line.
First, finger tighten.
Then using the properly sized wrench, make an additional 1 and ¼ turn.
3.3.2.4. Connecting Calibration Source Gas to the T700 Calibrator
14. Connect the source gas line(s) to the ports labeled CYL1 through CYL4 on the back of
the calibrator (see Figure 3-4).
Source gas delivery pressure should be regulated between 25 PSI to 30 PSI.
Use stainless steel tubing with a 1/8 inch outer diameter.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
59
3.3.2.5. Connecting Gas Outputs from the Calibrator
SET UP FOR DIRECT CONNECTIONS TO OTHER INSTRUMENTS
Use this setup if you are connecting the T700 calibrator directly to other instruments
without the use of any shared manifolds.
Enclosure Wall
Figure 3-17: Set up for T700 – Connecting the Basic T700 to a Sample Manifold
To determine if the gas flow on the vent line is ≥ 5 SLPM subtract the gas flow for each
instrument connected to the outlets of the T700 from the TOTAL FLOW setting for
the calibrator (see Section 3.4.9).
If the T700 has the optional O3 photometer installed remember that this option requires
800 cc3/min (0.8 LPM) of additional flow (see Section 3.4.9 or Figure 3-23).
EXAMPLE: Your system has two analyzers each requiring 2SLPM of cal gas flow and
the T700 includes the O3 photometer. If the TOTAL FLOW rate for the
calibrator is set at 10 SLPM:
10LPM - 2LPM - 2LPM - 0.8 LPM = 5.2LPM
Therefore, the vent would require a gas line with an O.D. 3/8 inch.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
60
CONNECTING THE CALIBRATOR TO A SAMPLE GAS MANIFOLD
Use this setup when connecting the T700 calibrator to an analyzer network using a
sample manifold. In this case, the sampling cane and the manifold itself act as the vent
for the T700.
&
gas outlets
be capped
T700 output flow rate
must be greater than the
requirements
of the entire system,
whichever is higher.
Minimum O.D. of this gas line
must be 3/8 inch
Figure 3-18: Set up for T700 – Connecting the T700 to a Sample Manifold
Note • This is the recommended method for connecting the T700 calibrator to a
system with analyzers that DO NOT have internal zero/span valves.
• The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the
drawing. Their actual orientation in your set-up is with the ports facing
upward. All unused ports must be capped.
• When initiating calibration, wait a minimum of 15 minutes for the calibrator to
flood the entire sampling system with calibration gas.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
61
CONNECTING THE CALIBRATOR TO A CALIBRATION MANIFOLD
Using a calibration manifold provides a pneumatic interface between the calibration
system and other devices (or systems) which use the calibrator’s gas output. Calibration
manifolds usually have one or more ports for connections to other external devices (such
as an analyzer).
Figure 3-19: Set up for T700 – Connecting the T700 to a Calibration Manifold
Note • This method requires the analyzers connected to the calibration system have
internal zero/span valves.
• The manifold should be kept as clean as possible to avoid loss of sample gas
flow from blockages or constrictions.
• The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the
drawing. Their actual orientation in your set-up is with the ports facing
upward. All unused ports must be capped.
• When initiating calibration, wait a minimum of 15 minutes for the calibrator to
flood the entire calibration manifold with calibration gas..
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
62
CALIBRATION MANIFOLD EXHAUST/VENT LINE
The manifold’s excess gas should be vented outside of the room. This vent should be of
large enough internal diameter to avoid any appreciable pressure drop, and it must be
located sufficiently downstream of the output ports to assure that no ambient air enters
the manifold due to eddy currents or back diffusion.
CONNECTING THE CALIBRATOR TO A DUAL SPAN GAS / ZERO AIR
CALIBRATION MANIFOLD
Another type of calibration setup utilizes separate span gas and the zero air manifolds
(see Figure 3-20).
Figure 3-20: Set up for T700 – Connecting the T700 to a Dual Span Gas / Zero Air Manifold
Note This set up is subject to the same notes and conditions as the single calibration
manifold described previously with the following two exceptions:
• The T700 total gas flow rate (Cal Gas Flow Rate + Diluent Flow Rate) out should
be greater than the Total Flow requirements of the entire system.
• The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the
drawing. Their actual orientation in your set-up is with the ports facing upward.
All unused ports must be capped.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
63
SPAN GAS/ZERO AIR CALIBRATION MANIFOLD EXHAUST/VENT LINES
The span and zero air manifolds’ excess gas should be vented to a suitable vent outside
of the room. This vent should be of large enough internal diameter to avoid any
appreciable pressure drop, and it must be located sufficiently downstream of the output
ports to assure that no ambient air enters the manifold due to eddy currents or back
diffusion.
Figure 3-21: T700 Pneumatic Diagram – Base Unit
The standard T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is equipped with one calibration gas
mass flow controller (flow rate 0 – 100 cm3/min) and one diluent gas mass flow controller
(flow rate 0-10 LPM). See Table 1-1 for the various flow rate options.
3.3.2.6. Other Pneumatic Connections
Some of the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator’s optional equipment requires additional
pneumatic connections.
O3 GENERATOR OPTION
Because ozone (O3) quickly breaks down into molecular oxygen (O2), this calibration
gas cannot be supplied in precisely calibrated bottles like other gases such as SO2, CO,
CO2 NO, H2S, etc. The optional O3 generator extends the capabilities of the T700
Dynamic Dilution Calibrator dynamically generate calibration gas mixtures containing
O3.
Additionally a glass mixture volume, designed to meet US EPA guidelines for Gas
Phase Titration (GPT), is included with this option. This chamber, in combination with
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
64
the O3 generator, allow the T700 to use the GPT technique to more precisely create NO2
calibration mixtures
On Back Panel
orn
yel yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blu
blk
red
grn
brn
brn
orn
yel yel
Figure 3-22: Internal Pneumatics for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator and GPT Chamber.
Table 3-14: Operating Mode Valve States for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator.
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs
MODE CYL
1
CYL
2
CYL
3
CYL
4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
Generate Source Gas O2 O2 O
2 O
2 X O X X ON3 ON3 ON
Generate O3 X X X X X O X O OFF OFF OFF
Leak Check 0-17% X X X X O O X X ON ON ON
Leak Check 17%-100% X X X X O X X X ON ON ON
GPT O2 O2 O
2 O
2 X O O O ON3 ON3 ON
GPTPS X X X X X O O O OFF OFF ON
PURGE X X X X O O O O ON3 ON3 ON
STANDBY X X X X X O X X OFF OFF OFF
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
2 The valve associated with the cylinder containing the chosen source gas is open.
3 In instrument with multiple MFCs the CPU chooses which MFC to use depending on the target gas flow requested.
The output of the O3 generator can be controlled in one of two ways:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
65
CONSTANT mode: By selecting a specific, constant drive voltage (corresponding to
a specific O3 concentration) for the generator, or;
REFERENCE mode: The user selects a desired O3 concentration and the
calibrator’s CPU sets the intensity of the O3 generator’s UV lamp to an intensity
corresponding to that concentration. The voltage output of a reference detector,
also internal to the generator, is digitized and sent to the T700’s CPU where it is
used as input for a control loop that maintains the intensity of the UV lamp at a level
appropriate for the chosen set point.
See Section 10.6 for more details on the operation of the O3 generator.
In addition to the diluent gas, calibration source gas, and gas output connections
discussed in the preceding sections, this option also requires an O3 exhaust line be
connected to the EXHAUST outlet on the back of the T700 (see Figure 3-4).
Note The EXHAUST line must be vented to atmospheric pressure using maximum of
10 meters of ¼” PTEF tubing.
Venting must be outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the
instrument..
O3 GENERATOR WITH PHOTOMETER OPTION
The photometer option increases the accuracy of the T700 calibrator’s optional O3
generator (OPT 1A) by directly measuring O3 content of the gas output by the generator.
The photometer’s operation is based on the principle that ozone molecules absorb UV
light of a certain wavelength. A mercury lamp internal to the photometer emits UV light
at that wavelength. This light shines down a hollow glass tube that is alternately filled
with sample gas (the measure phase), and zero gas (the reference phase). A detector,
located at the other end of the glass tube measure the brightness of the UV light after it
passes though the gas in the tube. The O3 content of the gas is calculated based on the
ratio the UV light intensity during the measure phase (O3 present) and the reference
phase (no O3 present).
When the photometer option is installed, a third more precise and stabile option, called
the BENCH feedback mode, exists for controlling the output of the O3 generator. In
BENCH mode the intensity of the O3 generator’s UV lamp is controlled (and therefore
the concentration of the O3 created) by the T700’s CPU based on the actual O3
concentration measurements made by the photometer.
See Section 10.7 for more details on the operation of the O3 photometer.
This option requires that the O3 generator (OPT 1A) be installed.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
66
O3 Generator Assembly
On Back Panel
orn
yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
wht
vio
vio
grn
brn brn
orn
yel yel
yel
gry
wht
Figure 3-23: Internal Pneumatics for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator and Photometer
Table 3-15: Operating Mode Valve States for T700 Calibrator with Optional O3 Generator and Photometer
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs PHOT
PUMP
GAS TYPE CYL
1
CYL
2
CYL
3
CYL
4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN PHOT M/R CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
Generate
Source Gas O2 O2 O
2 O
2 X O X X Reference Phase ON3 ON3 ON OFF
Generate O3 X X X X X O X O Switching OFF OFF OFF ON4
Leak Check
0-17% X X X X O O X X ON ON ON
Leak Check
17%-100% X X X X O X X X ON ON ON
GPT O2 O2 O
2 O
2 X O O O
Reference Phase ON3 ON3 ON OFF
GPTPS X X X X X O O O
Switching OFF OFF ON ON4
PURGE X X X X O O O O
Reference Phase ON3 ON3 ON OFF
STANDBY X X X X X O X X Reference Phase OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
2 The valve associated with the cylinder containing the chosen source gas is open.
3 In an instrument with multiple MFCs the CPU chooses which MFC to use depending on the target gas flow requested.
4 When generating O3 or in GPT Pre-Set mode, the photometer pump is the primary creator of gas flow through the T700. Flow rates are controlled by critical flow
orifice(s) located in the gas stream
In addition to the connections discussed in the previous sections, this option also
requires the following:
Loop back lines must be connected between:
PHOTOMETER OUTLET fixture and the PHOTOMETER INLET fixture.
PHOTOMETER ZERO OUT fixture and the PHOTOMETER ZERO IN fixture.
An O3 exhaust line must be connected to the EXHAUST outlet.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
67
See Figure 3-4 for the location of these fixtures.
Note The EXHAUST line must be vented to atmospheric pressure
using maximum of 10 meters of ¼” PTEF tubing. This venting must be outside
the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument.
MULTIPLE CALIBRATION SOURCE GAS MFC’S
An optional third mass flow controller can be added on the calibration gas stream.
When this option is installed the T700 has both calibration gas MFCs on the same gas
stream, installed in parallel (see Figure 3-24 and Figure 3-25). The calibrator turns on
the MFC with the lowest flow rate that can accommodate the requested flow and can
therefore supply the most accurate flow control. When a flow rate is requested that is
higher than the highest rated MFC (but lower than their combined maximum flow
rating), both controllers are activated.
EXAMPLE:
Calibrator with one calibration gas MFC configured for 0-5 LPM:
Maximum gas flow = 5 LPM
Minimum gas flow = 500 cm3/min
Calibrator with two calibration gas MFCs configured for 0-1 LPM and 0-5 LPM:
Calibration gas flow rates:
5.001 to 6.000 LPM; both MFCs active
1.001 LPM – 5.000 LPM; High MFC active;
0.100 LPM – 1.000 LPM; Low MFC active
When this option is installed the test measurements that show the MFC actual and target
flows (e.g., ACT CAL; TARG CAL) show the sum of the flows of all the active MFCs.
On the other hand, the pressure test measurements show the pressure for only one MFC,
not the sum as it is assumed that gas pressure is the same for all MFCs.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
68
On Back Panel
brn
orn
yel
yel
blu
yel
yel
yel
brn
brn
yel
blu
yel
orn
Figure 3-24: Basic T700 with Multiple Calibration Gas MFCs
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
69
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
O3GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3FLOW
SENSOR
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(1.0 LPM)
Flow Control
(10 cm3)
On Back Panel
Instrument Chassis
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 1
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Volume
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER BENCH
PUMP
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 2
INTERNAL
VENT
Pressure
Regulator
GPT
Valve
O3Gen
Valve
REF/MEAS
Valve
DILUENT
Valve
grn
blk
red
blu
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
gry
wht
vio
vio
wht
grn
brn
brn
brn
orn
yel
orn
yel yel
yel
yel yel
Figure 3-25: T700 with Multiple Calibration Gas MFCs and O3 Options 1A and 2A Installed
PERMEATION TUBE GAS GENERATOR PNEUMATICS AND SETUP
The permeation tube gas generator (see Figure 3-26) is an alternative method for
producing known concentrations of stable gas such as SO2, NO2, etc. The generator
consists of a temperature regulated permeation tube oven, a flow restrictor, an optional
output desorber, and a user-supplied permeation tube. The optional desorber can
improve the response time of the calibrator especially when operating with NO2 tubes
(when operating with sulfur based gases it MUST be removed).
The permeation tube consists of a small container of a liquefied gas, with a small
window of PTFE through which the gas slowly permeates at a rate in the nanogram/min
range. If the tube is kept at constant temperature, usually about 50C, the device will
provide a stable source of gas for a year or more. A pneumatic diagram of the T700 with
this option is shown in Figure 3-27, including the generator.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
70
Figure 3-26: Permeation Tube Gas Generator Option
O
Op
pt
ti
io
on
na
al
l
D
De
es
so
o
r
r
b
be
e
r
r
P
Pe
er
r
m
m
T
Tu
ub
be
e
O
Ov
ve
en
n
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
71
Figure 3-27: Pneumatic Diagram of T700 with Permeation Generator
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
72
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
73
Once installed and stabilized, generating a calibration gas from the T700 with a permeation
generator is the same as if the gas was being produced using a gas cylinder as the source, with the
following exceptions and note:
If you need a particular flow and don’t require a specific concentration then use
MANUAL mode. When generating in MANUAL mode the output concentration is
set by adjusting the DILUENT flow. The target and actual concentrations are
displayed as test values.
If you need a particular concentration but don’t require a specific flow then use
AUTO mode. When generating in AUTO mode the output concentration is set by
entering the desired concentration. The TOTAL flow entry has no effect; the
calibrator’s output flow depends on the target concentration. Again the target and
actual concentrations as well as the target and actual flows will be indicated as test
parameters.
Please note that the name for the permeation tube gas MUST be different than any
gas supplied to the calibrator from a bottle. For example if there is a H2S
permeation tube installed and a bottle of H2S gas connected to the calibrator, one
should be named H2S, while the second should be named something like H2S2.
The generator is shipped WITHOUT a permeation tube installed. The tube MUST be
removed during shipping or anytime that there is no diluent gas connected to the
calibrator since there must be a continuous purge flow across the tube. Permeation tubes
require 48 hours at 50C to reach a stable output. We recommend waiting this long
before any calibration checks, adjustments, or conclusions are reached about the
permeation tube. Once the T700 has stabilized, the response to the permeation tube is
not expected to change more than 5% if the zero air is provided for Teledyne API’s
M701 or other dry zero air source.
Teledyne API recommends that you purchase replacement permeation tubes from:
VICI METRONICS
2991 Corvin Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95051 USA
Phone 408-737-0550 Fax 408-737-0346
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
74
3.3.3. PERMEATION TUBE SETUP FOR THE T700
1. Press SETUP and GAS
2. Press PERM
3. Enter the elution rate for the permeation tube and select the type of gas by pressing the
gas button to scroll through the gas list until the desired gas is shown.
Note The name of the gas produced by the permeation tube generator MUST be
different from the name of any bottle connected to the calibrator.
4. Then enter the gas flow through the permeation tube. This should be done with the flow
standard connected at the outlet of the perm tube oven.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
75
3.3.4. PERMEATION TUBE CALCULATION
The permeation tube concentration is determined by the permeation tube’s specific
output or elution rate (which is normally stated in ng/min), the permeation tube
temperature (C) and the air flow across it (slpm). The elution rate of the tube is
normally stated at an operating temperature of 50°C and is usually printed on the tube's
shipping container. By design, there is nominally 100 cm3/min of air flow across the
tube and the tube is maintained at 50°C. The output of the calibrator is the product of the
elution rate with the total of the 100 cm3/min through the generator and the flow of
dilutant gas.
The temperature is set at 50.0C. Check SETUP-MORE-VARS and scroll to the IZS-
TEMP variable to verify that the temperature is properly set. It should be set to 50C
with over-and-under temperature warnings set at 49C and 51C. There is a 105
cm3/min flow across the permeation tube at all times to prevent build-up of the gas in
the tubing.
This permeation tube source gas is diluted with zero air to generate desired
concentration of the specific gas. The calibrator’s output concentration (gas
concentration) can be calculated using the following equation:
F
KmP
C
Where:
P = permeation rate, ng/min @ 50C.
Km =
M
W
46.24 , where 24.46 is the molar volume in liters @ 25C
and MW is the molecular weight.
760mmHg . Km for SO2 = 0.382, NO2 = 0.532, H2S = 0.719, and NH3 =
1.436.
F = total flow rate (sum of 100 cm3/min and diluent flow), LPM.
C = concentration, ppm.
Thus,
M
WF
P
C46.24
Where, Temperature at 50°C = 323
Temperature at 25°C = 298
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
76
DUAL GAS OUTPUT (NOY – SPECIAL) (OPT 73)
The standard output manifold has been removed and replaced with 2 output fittings,
labeled “Output A” and “Output B” (Figure 3-28). Output A is the primary calibration
gas output, all calibration functions can be performed on this output. Output B is a
secondary output, commonly used for NOy probe calibrations. This output cannot be
used for ozone generation using the photometer feedback. It can be used for standard
dilution calibrations as well as GPT using ozone.
Figure 3-28: Rear Panel with Dual Output Option
When the dual gas output option is enabled, the output must be selected when generating
gas. Use the following menu sequence: GEN>AUTO>[Select A or B]>ENTR. Your
chosen output is now selected for calibration.
The following illustration depicts the pneumatic flow for the T700 Calibrator with the
optional dual gas output at the output valve.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
77
Figure 3-29: Internal Pneumatics for T700 Calibrator with Optional Dual Gas Output (NOy – Special)
3.4. STARTUP, FUNCTIONAL CHECKS, AND INITIAL
CALIBRATION
If you are unfamiliar with the T700 principles of operation, we recommend that you read
Section 10.
For information on navigating the calibrator’s software menus, see the menu trees
described in Appendix A.
3.4.1. START UP
After the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, an initial functional check is in
order. Turn on the instrument. The exhaust fan (and pump if photometer option
installed) should start immediately. The front panel display will show a splash screen
and other information during the initialization process while the CPU loads the operating
system, the firmware and the configuration data.
The calibrator should automatically switch to STANDBY mode after completing the
brief boot-up sequence. Howevr, it the T700 dynamic dilution calibrator requires a
minimum of 30 minutes for all of its internal components to reach a stable operating
temperature. During the warm-up period, the front panel display may show messages in
the Parameters field.
3.4.2. WARNING MESSAGES
Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified limits
during the calibrator’s warm-up period, the software will suppress most warning
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
78
conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist after the 30
minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the troubleshooting
guidelines in Section 9 of this manual.
To view and clear warning messages, press:
Suppresses the
warning messages.
Press to clear the current
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
its place.
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the
function returns wil be
displayed in the calibrator’s
main
If a warning message persists after
several attempts to clear it, the message
may indicate a real problem and not an
artifact of the warm-up period.
SYSTEM RESET
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
SYSTEM RESET
TEST GEN STBY SEQ CLR SETUP
SYSTEM RESET
TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG SETUP
SETUP
returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
Table 3-16 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start up.
Table 3-16: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up
MESSAGE MEANING
ANALOG CAL WARNING The calibrator’s A/D converter or at least one analog input channel has not been
calibrated.
CONFIG INITIALIZED Stored Configuration information has been reset to the factory settings or has
been erased.
DATA INITIALIZED The calibrator’s data storage was erased.
LAMP DRIVER WARN1, 2 The firmware is unable to communicate with either the O3 generator or
photometer lamp I2C driver chips.1, 2
MFC CALIBRATION WARNING The flow setting for one of the calibrator's mass flow controllers is less than 10%
or greater than 100% of the flow rating for that controller.
MFC COMMUNICATION
WARNING Firmware is unable to communicate with any MFC.
MFC FLOW WARNING3 One of the calibrator’s mass flow controllers is being driven at less than 10% of
full scale or greater than full scale.
MFC PRESSURE WARNING One of the calibrator’s mass flow controllers internal gas pressure is outside of
allowable limits.
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING1 The O3 generator lamp temperature is outside of allowable limits.1
O3 GEN REFERENCE WARNING1 The O3 generator’s reference detector has dropped below the minimum allowable
limit.1
O3 PUMP WARNING1 The pump associated with the O3 photometer has failed to turn on.1
PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING2 The photometer lamp temperature is outside of allowable limits.2
PHOTO LAMP STABILITY
WARNING Photometer lamp reference step changes occur more than 25% of the time.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
79
MESSAGE MEANING
PHOTO REFERENCE WARNING2 The photometer reference reading is outside of allowable limits.2
REAR BOARD NOT DET
The calibrator’s motherboard was not detected during power up.
- THIS WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COMM Port(s).
- The Front Panel Display will be frozen, blank or will not respond.
REGULATOR PRESSURE
WARNING
The gas pressure regulator associated with the internal O3 generator option is
reporting a pressure outside of allowable limits.
RELAY BOARD WARN The firmware is unable to communicate with the calibrator’s relay PCA.
SYSTEM RESET The calibrator has been turned off and on or the CPU was reset.
VALVE BOARD WARN The firmware is unable to communicate with the valve controller board.
1 Only applicable for calibrators with the optional the O3 generator installed.
2 Only applicable for calibrators with the optional photometer installed.
3 On instrument with multiple Cal Gas MFCs installed, the MFC FLOW WARNING occurs when the flow rate requested
is <10% of the range of the lowest rated MFC (i.e. all of the cal gas MFC are turned off).
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
80
3.4.3. FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
5. After the calibrator’s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes, verify that the
software properly supports any hardware options that are installed.
6. Check to ensure that the calibrator is functioning within allowable operating parameters.
Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable from the calibrator’s front panel as
well as their expected values. These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing
problems with your calibrator (Section 9.1.2). The enclosed Final Test and Validation
Data sheet (P/N 05731) lists these values before the instrument left the factory.
To view the current values of these parameters press the following button sequence on
the calibrator’s front panel. Remember that until the unit has completed its warm-up,
these parameters may not have stabilized.
7. If your calibrator is operating via Ethernet and your network is running a dynamic host
configuration protocol (DHCP) software package, the Ethernet will automatically
configure its interface with your LAN. However, it is a good idea to check these settings
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
81
to ensure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the appropriate network settings
from your network server (See Section 5.4.1).
8. If your network is not running DHCP or if you wish to establish a more permanent
Ethernet connection, you will have to configure the calibrator’s Ethernet interface
manually (See Section 5.4.1.1).
3.4.4. SETTING UP THE CALIBRATION GAS INLET PORTS
The T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator generates calibration gases of various
concentrations by precisely mixing component gases of known concentrations with
diluent (zero air). When the instrument is equipped with the optional O3 generator and
photometer, it can also use the gas phase titration method for generating very precise
concentrations of NO2.
In either case, it is necessary to program the concentrations of the component gases
being used into the T700’s memory.
3.4.5. DEFAULT GAS TYPES
The T700 calibrator is programmed with the following default gas types corresponding
to the most commonly used component gases:
Table 3-17: T700 Default Gas Types
NAME GAS TYPE
NONE Used for gas inlet ports where no gas bottle is attached
SO2 sulfur dioxide
H2S hydrogen sulfide
N2O nitrous oxide
NO nitric oxide
NO2 nitrogen dioxide
NH3 Ammonia1
CO carbon monoxide, and;
CO2 carbon dioxide
HC General abbreviation for hydrocarbon
1 It is not recommended that ammonia be used in the T700.
3.4.6. USER DEFINED GAS TYPES
3.4.6.1. User Defined Gas Types – General
The T700 calibrator can accept up to four different user defined gases. This allows the
use of:
Less common component gases not included in the T700’s default list;
More than one bottle of the same gas but at different concentrations. In this case,
different user-defined names are created for the different bottles of gas.
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
82
EXAMPLE: Two bottles of CO2 are being used, allow the calibrator to create two
different CO2 calibration gases at the same flow rate.
Since identical names must not be assigned to two different bottles, one
bottle can be programmed using the default name “CO2” and the other
bottle programmed by assigning a user defined name such as “CO2A”.
Alternatively, both bottles can be assigned user defined names; e.g.
CO2A and CO2B
User defined gas names are added to the T700’s gas library and will appear as choices
during the various calibrator operations along with the default gas names listed in
Section 3.4.5.
In its default state, the T700’s four user defined gases are named usr1, usr2, usr3 and
usr4, each with a default MOLAR mass of 28.890 (the MOLAR mass of ambient air).
All four are enabled.
To define a user gas you must first define the GAS NAME and then set the MOLAR
MASS.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
83
3.4.6.2. User Defined Gas Types – Defining the Gas Name
In this example, we will be using PROPANE (C2H8). Press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700
is in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SOURCE GAS CONFIG
CYL USER EXIT
SETUP X.X 0) GAS:NONE MASS:28.890 GM
PREV NEXT EDIT PRNT EXIT
28.890 is the Molar Mass of
ambient air.
This number is used as a
default value for all user
gases until reset by the
operator
Continue pressing next until ...
SETUP X.X 15) GAS:USR1 MASS:28.890 GM
PREV NEXT EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X GAS:USR1 MASS:28.890 GM
ENAB NAME MASS EXIT
SETUP X.X GAS NAME:USR1
P R O P ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
change the GAS NAME
Available characters are
A-Z; 0-9 and “-“
EXIT discards the new
GAS NAME
ENTR accepts the new
GAS NAME
SETUP X.X GAS:PROP MASS:28.890 GM
ENAB NAME MASS EXIT
Alternatively, one could use the chemical formula for this gas, c2h8 or any other 4-letter
name(e.g., PRPN, MY-1, etc.)
Note If you have the same type of gas, but two different concentrations (for example,
two concentrations of CO2), assign the second concentration to one of the user
defined gases (e.g. CO2 {default name} and CO2B {user defined}).
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
84
3.4.6.3. User Defined Gas Types – Setting the MOLAR MASS
The molar mass of a substance is the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of that specific
substance. Conversely, one mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar
mass to be the same number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance.
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12.011 therefore the molar mass of Carbon
is 12.011 grams, conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of
carbon atoms that weighs 12.011 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
To determine the Molar mass of a gas, add together the atomic weights of the elements
that make up the gas.
EXAMPLE: The chemical formula for Propane is C2H8. Therefore the molecular mass
of propane is:
(12.011 x 2) + (1.008 x 8) = 24.022 + 8.064 = 32.086
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
85
To set the molar mass of a user defined gas, press:
Note If the contents of the bottle are predominantly N2, use the molar mass of N2
(28.01).
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
86
3.4.6.4. Enabling and Disabling Gas Types
By default, all of the gases listed in Section 3.4.5 and the four undefined USER gases
are ENABLED. Any of these can be disabled. Disabling a gas type means that it does
not appear in certain prompts during portions of the T700’s operation (e.g. setting up
sequences) and is not figured into the calibrators calculating when determining
calibration mixtures.
To disable a gas type, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
87
3.4.7. DEFINING CALIBRATION SOURCE GAS CYLINDERS
3.4.7.1. Setting Up the Ports with Single Gas Cylinders
To program the T700 calibrator’s source gas input ports for a single gas cylinder, press:
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
88
Table 3-18: T700 Units of Measure List
SYMBOL UNITS RESOLUTION
PPM parts per million 000.0
PPB parts per billion 000.0
MGM milligrams per cubic meter 000.0
UGM micrograms per cubic meter 000.0
PCT percent 0.000
PPT parts per thousand 00.00
Repeat the above steps for each of the T700 calibrator’s four gas inlet ports. If no gas is
present on a particular port, leave it set at the default setting of NONE.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
89
3.4.7.2. Setting Up the Ports with Multiple Gas Cylinders
When an application utilizes multiple gas cylinders, program as follows (note that the
GENERATE>AUTO menu (Section 4.2.6) differs from that for a single gas (Section 4.2.1):
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
90
3.4.8. SELECTING AN OPERATING MODE FOR THE O3 GENERATOR
The O3 generator can be set to operate in three different modes: Constant, Reference,
and Bench.
3.4.8.1. CNST (CONSTANT)
In this mode, the O3 output of the generator is based on a single, constant, drive voltage.
There is no Feedback loop control by the T700’s CPU in this mode.
3.4.8.2. REF (REFERENCE)
The O3 control loop will use the generator reference detector's UV lamp measurement as
input. This mode does not use the photometer to control the ozone generator.
This setting will be the default mode (if not equipped with the photometer option) of the
T700 calibrator and will be used whenever the calibrator is using the GENERATE
AUTO command or the GENERATE sequence step to create a calibration mixture.
When the GENERATE MAN command or the MANUAL sequence steps are active,
the local O3 generator mode (chosen during when the command/step is programmed)
will take precedence.
3.4.8.3. BNCH (BENCH)
The O3 concentration control loop will use the photometer’s O3 measurement as input.
To select a default O3 generator mode, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Getting Started
91
3.4.9. SETTING THE T700’S TOTAL GAS FLOW RATE
The default total gas flow rate for the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is 2 LPM. The
calibrator uses this flow rate, along with the concentrations programmed into the
calibrator for the component gas cylinders during set up, to compute individual flow
rates for both diluent gas and calibration source gases in order to produce calibration
mixtures that match the desired output concentrations.
This Total Flow rate may be changed to fit the users’ application. Once the flow is
changed, then the new flow value becomes the total flow for all the gas concentration
generated and computes again the individual flow rates of the component gases and
diluent accordingly.
Note • The minimum total flow should equal 150% of the flow requirements of all of the
instruments to which the T700 will be supplying calibration gas.
• Example: If the T700 is will be expected to supply calibration gas mixtures
simultaneously to a system in composed of three analyzers each requiring 2
LPM , the proper Total Flow output should be set at:
(2 + 2 + 2) x 1.5 = 9.000 LPM
To set the TOTAL FLOW of the of the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator, press:
Note It is not recommended that you set the TOTAL FLOW rate to be <10% or >100%
of the full scale rating of the diluent MFC
06873B DCN6388
Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
92
The TOTAL FLOW is also affected by the following:
The GENERATE AUTO menu (see Section 4.2.1) or;
As part of a GENERATE step when programming a sequence (see Section
4.3.2.1).
The operator can individually set both the diluent flow rate and flow rates for the
component gas cylinders as part of the following:
The GENERATE MANUAL menu (see Section 4.2.2) or;
As part of a MANUAL step when programming a sequence (see Section
4.3.2.9).
Note When calculating total required flow for T700’s with O3 photometers installed
ensure to account for the 800 cc/min flow it requires.
.
06873B DCN6388
93
PART II
–
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
06873B DCN6388
94
06873B DCN6388
95
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES AND BASIC
OPERATION
The T700 calibrator is a micro-computer-controlled calibrator with a dynamic menu
interface for easy and yet powerful and flexible operation. All major operations are
controlled from the front panel touch screen control.
To assist in navigating the system’s software, a series of menu trees can be found in
Appendix A of this manual.
Note The flowcharts in this section depict the manner in which the front panel touch
screen is used to operate the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator. They depict
typical representations of the display during the various operations being
described. They are not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from the
actual display of your system.
Note The ENTR button may disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or out of
the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to
25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR button will
reappear.
The T700 calibrator software has a variety of operating modes, which are controlled
from the front panel touch screen. (Remote operation is described in Section 6). The
most common mode that the calibrator will be operating in is the STANDBY mode. In
this mode, the calibrator and all of its subsystems are inactive (no LED lit on front panel
display), although TEST functions and WARNING messages are still updated and can
be examined via the front panel display.
The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used for
performing certain configuration operations, such as programming the concentration of
source gases, setting up automatic calibration sequences and configuring the
analog/digital inputs and outputs. The SETUP mode is also used for accessing various
diagnostic tests and functions during troubleshooting.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
96
Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display
The mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the
unit is currently running.
Besides STANDBY and SETUP, other modes the calibrator can be operated in are
listed in Table 4-1:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
97
Table 4-1: Calibrator Operating Modes
MODE DESCRIPTION
STANDBY The calibrator and all of its subsystems are inactive.
GENERATE In this mode, the instrument is engaged in producing calibration gas
mixtures.
MANUAL In this mode, the instrument is engaged in producing calibration
gas mixtures.
PURGE The calibrator is using diluent (zero air) to purge its internal
pneumatics of all source gas and previously created calibration
mixtures.
GPT1 The calibrator is using the O3 generator and source gas inputs to
mix and generate calibration gas using the gas phase titration
method.
GPTPS2 Stands for Gas Phase Titration Preset. In this mode the T700
determines the precise performance characteristics of the O3
generator at the target values for an upcoming GPT calibration.
SETUP3 SETUP mode is being used to configure the calibrator.
DIAG One of the calibrator’s diagnostic modes is being utilized. When
the diagnostic functions that have the greatest potential to
conflict with generating concentrations are active, the instrument
is automatically placed into standby mode.
1 This mode is not available in units without O3 generators installed.
2 This mode is not available in units without internal photometers installed.
3 The revision of the Teledyne API software installed in this calibrator will be displayed following
the word SETUP. E.g. “SETUP G.4”
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
98
4.1. STANDBY MODE
When the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is in standby mode, it is at rest. All
internal valves are closed except the diluent inlet valve. The mass flow controllers are
turned off. On units with O3 generator and photometer options installed, these
subsystems are inactive.
The SETUP GAS submenu is only available when the instrument is in STANDBY
mode.
Some functions under the SETUP MORE DIAG submenu, those which conflict
with accurate creation of calibration gas mixtures (e.g. ANALOG OUTPUT STEP
TEST) automatically place the calibrator into STANDBY mode when activated.
The MFC pressures are not monitored in standby mode since the MFCs are turned
OFF. This prevents erroneous MASS FLOW WARNING messages from
appearing.
Note The T700 calibrator should always be placed in STANDBY mode when not
needed to produce calibration gas. The last step of any calibration sequences
should always be the STANDY instruction.
Table 4-2 shows the status of the T700’s various pneumatic components when the
calibrator is in STANDBY mode.
Table 4-2: Status of Internal Pneumatics During STANDBY Mode
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs
CYL1 CYL2 CYL3 CYL4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN
PHOT
M/R1 CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
PHOT
PUMP
X X X X X O X X Reference
Phase OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
In instruments with optional O3 generators installed, airflow is maintained during
STANDBY mode so that the generator can continue to operate at its most efficient
temperature.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
99
On Back Panel
O3 Generator Assembly
orn
yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
wht
vio
vio
grn
brn brn
orn
yel yel
yel
gry
wht
Figure 4-2: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Generator and Photometer Options during STANDBY
4.1.1. TEST FUNCTIONS
A variety of TEST functions are available for viewing at the front panel whenever the
calibrator is in STANDBY Mode. These functions provide information about the
present operating status of the calibrator and are useful during troubleshooting (see
Section 9). Table 4-3 lists the available TEST functions.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
100
To view these TEST functions, press:
Figure 4-3: Viewing T700 Test Functions
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
101
Table 4-3: Test Functions Defined
DISPLAY UNITS DESCRIPTION
A-CAL LPM The actual gas flow rate of source gas being output by the calibrator.
T-CAL LPM Target source gas flow rate for which the calibrator output is set.
A-DIL LPM The actual gas flow rate of diluent (zero) gas being output by the
calibrator.
T-DIL LPM Target diluent (zero) gas flow rate for which the calibrator output is set.
O3GENREF1 mV The voltage being output by the O3 generator reference detector.
O3FLOW1 LPM The gas flow rate for which the O3 generator is set.
O3GENDRV1 mV The drive voltage of the O3 generator UV lamp.
O3LAMPTMP1 °C O3 generator UV lamp temperature.
CAL PRES PSIG The gas pressure of the source gas being supplied to the calibrator.
DIL PRES PSIG The gas pressure of the Diluent gas being supplied to the calibrator
Diluent pressure.
REG PRES2 PSIG The gas pressure at the pressure regulator on the O3 generator supply
line.
A-GAS Actual concentration, and in some modes the actual flow rate, of the
source gas in the calibration mixture being generated is displayed.
T-GAS The Target concentration, and in some modes the target flow rate, of
the source gas in the calibration mixture being generated is displayed.
BOX TMP °C Internal chassis temperature.
PH MEAS2 mV The average UV Detector output during the SAMPLE PORTION of the
optional photometer’s measurement cycle.
PH REF2 mV The average UV Detector output during the REFERENCE portion of
the optional photometer’s measurement cycle.
PH FLW2 LPM The gas flow rate as measured by the flow sensor located between the
optical bench and the internal pump.
PH LTEMP2 °C The temperature of the UV lamp in the photometer bench.
PH PRES2 In-hg-A
The pressure of the gas inside the photometer’s sample chamber as
measured by a solid-state pressure sensor located downstream of the
photometer.
PH STEMP2 °C The temperature of the gas inside the sample chamber of the
photometer.
PH SLOPE2 1.000 Photometer slope computed when the photometer was calibrated at the
factory.
PH OFFST2 ppb Photometer offset computed when the photometer was calibrated at
the factory.
TEST3 mV Displays the analog signal level of the TEST analog output channel.
TIME HH:MM:SS Current time as determined by the calibrator’s internal clock.
1 Only appears when the optional O3 generator is installed.
2 Only appears when the optional O3 photometer is installed.
3 Only appears when the TEST channel has been activated.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
102
4.2. GENERATE MODE
The Generate Mode allows the user to generate the desired calibration gas mixtures.
The types of gas include NO, NO2, SO2, CO, HC or ZERO gas based on the source gas
concentration entered during initial setup (see Section 3.4.7). If the unit has an optional
O3 generator installed, various concentrations of O3 can be generated as well.
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
On Back Panel
Instrument Chassis
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
DILUENT
Valve
orn
yel
yel
blu
brn
brn
brn
yel
yel
orn
blu
Figure 4-4: Gas Flow through Basic T700 in GENERATE Mode
Table 4-4 shows the status of the T700’s various pneumatic components when the
calibrator is in GENERATE mode:
Table 4-4: Status of Internal Pneumatics During GENERATE Mode
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs
GAS TYPE CYL
1
CYL
2
CYL
3
CYL
4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN PHOT M/R CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
PHOT
PUMP
Generate
Source Gas O2 O2 O
2 O
2 X O X X Reference
Phase ON3 ON3 ON OFF
Generate O3 X X X X X O X O
Switching OFF OFF OFF ON
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
2 The valve associated with the cylinder containing the chosen source gas is open.
3 In instrument with multiple MFCs the CPU chooses which MFC to use depending on the target gas flow requested.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
103
O3FLOW
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(100 cm3)
Figure 4-5: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when Generating Non-O3 Source Gas
O3FLOW
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(100 cm3)
Figure 4-6: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when Generating O3
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
104
4.2.1. GENERATE AUTO: BASIC GENERATION OF CALIBRATION
MIXTURES
This is the simplest procedure for generating calibration gas mixtures. In this mode, the
user makes three choices:
The type of component gas to be used from the list of gases input during initial set
up (see Section 3.4.7);
The target concentration, and;
The TOTAL FLOW to be output by the T700.
Using this information, the T700 calibrator automatically calculates and sets the
individual flow rates for the Diluent and chosen component gases to create the desired
calibration mixture.
Note This menu, which shows the SEQ (sequence) button, differs from the
GENERATE>AUTO menu for cylinders of multiple gases (Section 4.2.6).
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
105
To use the GENERATE AUTO feature, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
106
4.2.2. GENERATE MAN: GENERATING CALIBRATION MIXTURES
MANUALLY
This mode provides complete the user with more complete control of the gas mixture
process. Unlike the AUTO mode, MAN mode requires the user set the both the
component gas flow rate and diluent airflow rate. This allows the user control over the
mixing ratio and total calibration gas flow rate.
In addition, if the T700 calibrator is equipped with the optional O3 generator and O3 is to
be included in the calibration mixture (e.g. using the GPT or GPTPS features), the user
also needs to set the ozone generator mode and set point.
The TOTAL FLOW is defined by the user depending on system requirements.
Note • The minimum total flow should equal 150% of the flow requirements of all of the
instruments to which the T700 will be supplying calibration gas.
• Example: If the T700 is will be expected to supply calibration gas mixtures
simultaneously to a system in composed of three analyzers each requiring 2
LPM , the proper Total Flow output should be set at:
(2 + 2 + 2) x 1.5 = 9.000 LPM
4.2.2.1. Determining the Source Gas Flow Rate
To determine the required flow rate of the component source gas use the following
formula
Equation 4-1
i
f
flow C
TotalflowC
GAS ×
=
WHERE:
Cf = target concentration of diluted gas
Ci = concentration of the source gas
GASflow = source gas flow rate
EXAMPLE:
A target concentration of 200 ppm of SO2 is needed.
The Concentration of the SO2 Source is 600 ppm
The requirement of the system are 9.000 LPM
The required source gas flow rate would be:
GASflow = (200 ppm x 9.000 LPM) ÷ 600 ppm
GASflow = 1800.000 ppm/LPM) ÷ 600 ppm
GASflow = 3.000 LPM
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
107
4.2.2.2. Determining the Diluent Gas Flow Rate
To determine the required flow rate of the diluent gas use the following formula:
Equation 4-2
- flowflow GASTotalflowDIL =
WHERE:
GASflow = source gas flow rate (from Equation 6-1)
Totalflow = total gas flow requirements of the system
DILflow = required diluent gas flow
EXAMPLE:
If the requirement of the system is 9.000 LPM,
The source gas flow rate is set at 3.00 LPM.
The required source gas flow rate would be:
DILflow = 9.0 LPM – 3.0 LPM
DILflow = 6.0 LPM
4.2.2.3. Determining the Diluent Gas Flow Rate with the Optional O3 Generator Installed
If the optional O3 generator is installed and in use, Equation 6.2 will be slightly
different, since the O3flow is a constant value and is displayed as a TEST function on the
T700’s front panel. A typical value for O3flow is 105 cm3/min.
Equation 4-3
flow
flow OTotalflowDIL 3
= -
WHERE:
GASflow = source gas flow rate (from Equation 6-1)
Totalflow = total gas flow requirements of the system.
O3 flow = the flow rate set for the O3 generator; a constant value (typically
about 0.105 LPM)
DILflow = required diluent gas flow
EXAMPLE:
If the requirement of the system are 9.000 LPM,
The source gas flow rate is set at 3.00 LPM.
The required source gas flow rate would be:
DILflow = 9.0 LPM – 0.105 LPM
DILflow = 8.895 LPM
Note It is not recommended to set any flow rate to <10% or >100% of the full scale
rating of that associated mass flow controller.
WITH MULTIPLE CALIBRATIONS MASS FLOW CONTROLLERS INSTALLED:
• The combined flow potential of both mass flow controllers is available with the
following limits: The limits are <10% of the lowest rated MFC or >100% of the
combined full-scale ratings for both mass flow controllers.
• The T700 will automatically select the MFC with the lowest flow rate that can
accommodate the requested flow, thereby affording the most precise flow
control.
• If no single MFC can accommodate the requested flow rate, multiple mass flow
controllers are used.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
108
4.2.2.4. Setting the Source Gas and Diluent Flow Rates Using the GENERATE MAN
Menu
In the following demonstration we will be using the values from the examples given
with Equations 6-1 and 6-2 above and assume a T700 calibrator with at least one source
gas mass flow controller capable of 3.0 LPM output.
Using the example from Equations 6-1 and 6-2 above, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
109
4.2.3. GENERATE GPT: PERFORMING A GAS PHASE TITRATION
CALIBRATION
4.2.3.1. GPT Theory
The principle of GPT is based on the rapid gas phase reaction between NO and O3,
which produces quantities of NO2 as shown by the following equation:
Equation 4-4
)(
223 lighthONOONO

It has been empirically determined that under controlled circumstances the NO-O3
reaction is very efficient (<1% residual O3), therefore the concentration of NO2 resulting
from the mixing of NO and O3 can be precisely predicted and controlled as long as the
following conditions are met:
The amount of O3 used in the mixture is known.
The amount of NO used in the mixture is AT LEAST 10% greater than the amount
O3 in the mixture.
The volume of the mixing chamber is known.
The NO and O3 flow rates (from which the time the two gases are in the mixing
chamber) are low enough to give a residence time of the reactants in the mixing
chamber of >2.75 ppm min.
Given the above conditions, the amount of NO2 being output by the T700 will be equal
to (at a 1:1 ratio) to the amount of O3 added.
Since the O3 flow rate of the T700’s O3 generator is a set fixed value (typically about
0.105 LPM) and the GPT chamber’s volume is known, once the TOTAL GAS FLOW
requirements, the source concentration of NO, and the target concentration for the O3
generator are entered into the calibrator’s software. The T700 adjusts the NO flow rate
and diluent (zero air) flow rate to create the appropriate NO2 concentration at the output.
4.2.3.2. Choosing an Input Concentration for the NO
It is important to ensure that there is enough NO in the GPT chamber to use up all of the
O3. Excess O3 will react with the resulting NO2 to produce NO3. Since NO3 is
undetectable by most NOx analyzers, this will result in false low readings.
The EPA requires that the NO content of a GPT mixture be at least 10% higher than the
O3 content. Since there is no negative effect to having too much NO in the GPT
chamber, Teledyne API recommends that the NO concentration be chosen to be some
value higher (as much as twice as high) as the highest intended target NO2 value and
kept constant.
As long as the flow rate is also kept constant three of the four conditions listed in
Section 4.2.3.1 above are therefore constant and the NO2 output can be easily and
reliably varied by simply changing the O3 concentration.
EXAMPLE:
Calibration values of NO2 from 200 ppb to 450 ppb will be needed.
The NO gas input concentration should be no lower than 495 ppb and can be
as high as 900 ppb.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
110
4.2.3.3. Determining the TOTAL FLOW for GPT Calibration Mixtures
The total flow rate is defined by the user depending on system requirements.
The minimum total flow should equal 150% of the flow requirements of all of the
instruments to which the T700 will be supplying calibration gas.
EXAMPLE:
If the T700 is will be expected to supply calibration gas mixtures simultaneously
to a system in composed of three analyzers each requiring 2 LPM, the proper
Total Flow output should be set at:
(2 + 2 + 2) x 1.5 = 9.000 LPM
Note It is not recommended to set any flow rate to <10% or >100% of the full scale
rating of that associated mass flow controller.
WITH MULTIPLE CALIBRATIONS MASS FLOW CONTROLLERS INSTALLED:
• The full combined flow potential of both mass flow controllers is available to
use with the following limits: The limits are <10% of the lowest rated MFC or
>100% of the combined full-scale ratings for both mass flow controllers.
• The T700 will automatically select the MFC with the lowest flow rate that can
accommodate the requested flow, thereby affording the most precise flow
control.
• If no single MFC can accommodate the requested flow rate, multiple mass flow
controllers are used.
Given this information, the T700 calibrator determines the NO gas flow by the formula:
Equation 4-5
NO
NO
flow C
TotalflowC
GASNO ×
=2
WHERE:
CNO2 = target concentration for the NO2 output
CNO = concentration of the NO gas input
NO GASflow = NO source gas flow rate
And the diluent (zero air) gas flow by the formula:
Equation 4-6
flow
flowflow OGASNOTotalflowDIL 3
= - -
WHERE:
GASflow = source gas flow rate (from Equation 6-1)
Totalflow = total gas flow requirements of the system.
O3 flow = the flow rate set for the O3 generator; a constant value
(typically about 0.105 LPM)
DILflow = required diluent gas flow
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
111
4.2.3.4. T700 Calibrator GPT Operation
The following table and figures show the status of the T700’s internal pneumatic
components and internal gas flow when the instrument is in GPT generating modes.
Table 4-5: Status of Internal Pneumatics During GENERATE GPT Mode
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs
MODE CYL
1
CYL
2
CYL
3
CYL
4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN PHOT M/R CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
PHOT
PUMP
GPT O2 O2 O
2 O
2 X O O O
Reference
Phase ON3 ON3 ON OFF
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
2 The valve associated with the cylinder containing NO source gas is open.
3 In instrument with multiple MFCs the CPU chooses which MFC to use depending on the target gas flow requested.
Instrument Chassis
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
O3GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3FLOW
SENSOR
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(1.0 LPM)
Flow Control
(100 cm3)
GPT
Valve
O3Gen
Valve
REF/MEAS
Valve
On Back Panel
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 1
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Volume
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER BENCH
OFF
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
INTERNAL
VENT
Pressure
Regulator
DILUENT
Valve
orn
yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
wht
vio
vio
grn
brn brn
orn
yel
yel
yel
gry
wht
ON
ON
Figure 4-7: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when in GPT Mode
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
112
4.2.3.5. Initiating a GPT Calibration Gas Generation
Note It is highly recommended to perform a GPT Pre-Set before initiating any GPT gas
generation (Section 4.2.4).
To initiate GPT gas generation you will need to know:
The TOTAL GAS FLOW for the mixture output;
The Target O3 concentration (equal to the target NO2 concentration to be
generated), and;
The NO source gas concentration.
Then, press:
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
STANDBY GPT:0.0 PPB O3
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
Make sure that the
T700 is in STANDBY
mode
STANDBY SYSTEM RESET
AUTO MAN PURG GPT GPTPS
STANDBY A-CAL=0.0000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
GPT ACT CAL=2.000 LPM
TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
STANDBY GPT:0.0 PPB NO
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
MUST be at least 10%
Higher than the Target
O3Concentration
STANDBY TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
02.000 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the target TOTAL
FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
EXIT discards the new
flow rate
ENTR accepts the
new gas flow rate
The T700 will stay in generate mode
until the STBY button is pressed.
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
Should be equal to the
expected NO2
concentration
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
113
4.2.4. GENERATE GPTPS: PERFORMING A GAS PHASE TITRATION
PRE-SET
The GPT Pre-Set feature simulates a GPT mixing operation in order to determine the
exact output of the calibrators O3 generator. As described in Section 4.2.3.1, all other
things being equal, the concentration of the NO2 being generated using the GPT feature
will be equal to the amount of O3 used. Therefore, the more accurately the O3 generator
performs the more accurate the NO2 output will be.
When operating in GPTPS mode diluent gas (zero air) is substituted for the NO gas that
would be mixed with the O3 in normal GPT mode. The resulting unaffected O3 output
of the O3 generator is shunted through the T700’s internal photometer, which measures
the ACTUAL O3 concentration in the gas.
Once the exact O3 concentration being output by the generator is determined, the
calibrator’s software adjusts the O3 drive voltage up or down so that the output of the
generator matches as closely as possible, the target concentration requested. This
adjusted generator setting will be used during any subsequent real GPT operation.
Note The T700 has a learning algorithm during the O3 generation (see Section 4.2) or
Gas Phase Titration Pre-Set Mode (GPTPS) (Sections 4.2.3.5 and 4.2.4). It may
take up to one hour for each new concentration/flow (point) that is entered into
the instrument. Once the instrument has several points memorized in its cache,
any new point that is entered will automatically be estimated within 1% error
(with photometer) and 10% error (with O3 generator and GPTPS).
Note This adjustment is only valid for the O3 concentration used during the Pre-Set
operation. GPT Presets must be re-run for each different target NO2 value.
In order to keep the resulting concentration of O3 consistent with the GPT mixture being
simulated, the instrument’s software adjust the flow rate of the diluent gas to substitutes
an amount of diluent gas equal to the amount of NO gas that would normally be used.
4.2.4.1. T700 Calibrator GPTPS Operation
The following table and figures show the status of the T700’s internal pneumatic
components and internal gas flow when the instrument is in GPTPS generating modes.
Table 4-6: Status of Internal Pneumatics During GENERATE GPTPS Mode
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs
MODE CYL
1
CYL
2
CYL
3
CYL
4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN PHOT M/R CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
PHOT
PUMP
GPTPS X X X X X O O O
Switching OFF OFF ON ON
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
2 The valve associated with the cylinder containing NO source gas is open.
3 In instrument with multiple MFCs the CPU chooses which MFC to use depending on the target gas flow requested.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
114
O3FLOW
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(100 cm3)
Figure 4-8: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when in GPTPS Mode
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
115
4.2.4.2. Initiating a GPT Pre-Set
To activate the GPTPS feature you will need to know:
The TOTAL GAS FLOW for the mixture output;
The Target O3 concentration (equal to the target NO2 concentration being
simulated), and;
The NO source gas concentration.
Then, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
116
4.2.5. GENERATE PURGE: ACTIVATING THE T700’S PURGE FEATURE
The T700 calibrator’s PURGE feature clears residual source gases and calibration
mixtures gases from the previous generated steps from the instruments internal
pneumatics as well as any external pneumatic lines down stream from the calibrator.
When activated, the PURGE feature:
Opens the Diluent (zero air) inlet valve allowing zero air to flow into the calibrator
form its external, pressurized source;
Adjusts the diluent air mass flow controller (MFC1) to maximum flow;
Adjusts all of the component gas mass flow controllers installed in the calibrator to
maximum flows, 10 SLPM and 100 SCCPM accordingly, to flush out the pneumatic
system of the T700.
The PURGE air is vented through the VENT port of the rear panel of the instrument
(see Figure 3-4).
Table 4-7: Internal Pneumatics During Purge Mode
VALVES
(X = Closed; O = Open) MFCs
MODE CYL
1
CYL
2
CYL
3
CYL
4 PURGE DILUENT GPT O3
GEN
PHOT
M/R CAL1 CAL21 DILUENT
PHOT
PUMP
PURGE X X X X O O O O
Switching ON3 ON3 ON ON
1 Only present if multiple cal gas MFC option is installed.
2 The valve associated with the cylinder containing the chosen source gas is open.
3 In instrument with multiple MFCs the CPU chooses which MFC to use depending on the target gas flow requested.
O3 Generator Assembly
On Back Panel
orn
yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
wht
vio
vio
grn
brn brn
orn
yel
yel
yel
gry
wht
Figure 4-9: Gas Flow through T700 with O3 Options when in PURGE mode
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
117
To activate the PURGE feature, press:
IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
This PURGE feature does not stop automatically. Manually press the
STBY button to stop the purging process..
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
118
4.2.6. GENERATE ACT>: VIEWING CONCENTRATIONS GENERATED
FROM MULTI-GAS CYLINDERS
When a concentration mixture is being generated, using a multiple-gas cylinder as a
source the software uses the Diluent and Cal gas flow rates to calculate the actual
concentration for each gas in the cylinder so that it is possible to see the concentrations
of all of the gases being output by the T700 calibrator.
EXAMPLE: For a cylinder containing a blend of CH4, NO and NO2, a common
contaminant is present in small quantities in bottles containing NO: This will display the
actual concentration being generated for each gas in the multiple-gas cylinder.
When generating a concentration of one of the two primary gases in the cylinder (e.g.
NO or CH4) using the GEN AUTO, GEN MANUAL buttons or a preprogrammed
calibration SEQUENCE, press:
Note The ACT> button only appears if the T700 is generating gas from a multiple-gas
cylinder. To start any preprogrammed calibration SEQuences, first place the
calibrator in STANDBY mode (the SEQ button replaces the ACT> button)
For NO cylinders, the instrument will only display the amount of NO2 in the
calibration mixture if the concentration of NO2 present in the bottle is known and
was programmed into the bottle’s definition (see Section 3.4.7).
4.2.6.1. Using the T700 Calibrator as an O3 Photometer
If the T700 calibrator is equipped with the optional O3 photometer the ACT> test
function allows it to be used as an O3 photometer to measure external sources of O3.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
119
4.3. AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION SEQUENCES
The T700 calibrator can be set up to perform automatic calibration sequences of
multiple steps. These sequences can perform all of the calibration mixture operations
available for manual operation and can be initiated by one of the following methods:
front panel touch screen buttons
internal timer,
external digital control inputs
RS-232 interface
Ethernet interface
sub-processes in another sequence
4.3.1. SETUP SEQ: PROGRAMMING CALIBRATION SEQUENCES
A sequence is a database of single or multiple steps where each single step is an
instruction that causes the instrument to perform an operation. These steps are grouped
under a user defined SEQUENCE NAME.
For each sequence, there are seven attributes that must be programmed. They attributes
are listed in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8: Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes
ATTRIBUTE NAME DESCRIPTION
NAME Allows the user to create a text string of up to 10 characters identifying the sequence.
REPEAT COUNT Number of times, between 0 and 100, to execute the same sequence. A value of 0
(zero) causes the sequence to execute indefinitely.
CC INPUT Specifies which of the T700’s Digital Control Inputs will initiate the sequence.
CC OUTPUT Specifies which of the T700’s Digital Control Outputs will be set when the sequence
is active.
TIMER ENABLE Enables or disables an internal automatic timer that can initiate sequences using the
T700’s built in clock.
STEPS A series of submenus for programming the activities and instructions that make up
the calibration sequence.
PROGRESS MODE Allows the user to select the reporting style the calibrator uses to report the progress
of the sequences , on the front panels display, as it runs.
The types of instruction steps available for creating calibration sequences are listed in
Table 4-9.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
120
Table 4-9: Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction
INSTRUCTION NAME DESCRIPTION
GENERATE Puts the instrument into GENERATE mode. Similar in operation and effect to the
GENERATE AUTO function used at the front panel.
GPT Initiates a Gas Phase Titration operation.
GPTPS Initiates a Gas Phase Titration Preset procedure.
PURGE Puts the calibrator into PURGE mode.
DURATION Adds a period of time between the previous instruction and the next
EXECSEQ
Calls another sequence to be executed at this time. The calling sequence will
resume running when the called sequence is completed. Up to 5 levels of nested
sequences can be programmed.
SETCCOUTPUT Allows the sequence to activate the T700’s digital control outputs. Similar to the CC
OUPUT attribute, but can be set and reset by individual steps.
MANUAL Puts the instrument into GENERATE mode. Similar in operation and effect to the
GENERATE MAN function used at the front panel.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
121
Note It is generally a good idea to end each calibration sequence with a PURGE
instruction followed by an instruction to return the instrument to STANDBY
mode.
Even if a PURGE is not included, the last instruction in a sequence should
always be to place the T700 in STANDBY mode.
To create a sequence, use the instructions in the following sections to name the
sequence, set its associated parameters and define the steps to be included.
4.3.1.1. Activating a Sequence from the T700 Front Panel
To activate an already programmed sequence from the front panel, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
122
4.3.1.2. Naming a Sequence
The first step of creating a calibration sequence is to assign it a name. The name can be
up to 10 characters and can be comprised of any alpha character (A to Z), and numeral
(0 to 9) or the underscore character (“_“).
Note All sequences should be assigned a unique name.
To assign a name to a sequence, press:
SETUP X.X NAME:[0]
<CH CH> INS DEL [0] ENTER EXIT EXIT discards the
new NAME
ENTR accepts the
new NAME
Toggle this button to
cycle through the range of
numerals and available
characters:
(“A – Z”; “0 – 9” & “ _ ”)
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
Deletes a
character at the
cursor location.
Inserts a new a
character at the
cursor location.
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
123
4.3.1.3. Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence
The sequence can be set to repeat a certain number of times, from 1 to 100. It can also
be set to repeat indefinitely by inputting a zero (0) into the REPEAT COUNTER.
To set the REPEAT COUNTER, press:
SETUP X.X REPEAT COUNT:1
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X REPEAT COUNT:[0]
00 1 ENTEREXIT
EXIT discards the
new REPEAT
COUNT
ENTR accepts the
new REPEAT
COUNT
Toggle these buttons to set the repeat count from 1 to 100.
Enter “0” to cause the sequence to loop indefinitely
Continue pressing SET> until ...
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
124
4.3.1.4. Using the T700’s Internal Clock to Trigger Sequences
Sequences can be set to trigger based on the T700’s internal clock. The sequence can be
set up to start at a predetermined date and time. It can also be set to repeat after a
predetermined delay time.
So activate and sequence timer, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
125
To specify a starting date and time for the sequence, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences Continue pressing SET> until ...
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE:ENABLED
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X TIMER START: 01-JAN-06 00:00
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X TIMER START: 01-JAN-06 00:00
0 1 JAN 0 6 ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Toggle these
buttons to enter
starting day, month
and year.
DAY MONTH YEAR
SYSTEM TIME: 12:00
1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT
HOUR MINUTE
Toggle these
buttons to enter the
start time
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Note When the start time is set for a date/time that has passed, the sequence
will properly calculate the next run time based on that past date/time.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
126
To set the delta timer, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences Continue pressing SET> until ...
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X TIMER DELTA: 001:00:00
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X TIMER DELTA: 0 Days
00 0 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter number of days to
wait between before
running sequence again.
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SYSTEM TIMER DELTA 00:00
1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT
HOUR MINUTE
Toggle these
buttons to enter the
amount of time to
wait before running
the sequence again.
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
127
4.3.1.5. Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence
The T700 calibrator’s control inputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an
external source. This feature allows the calibrator to operate in a slave mode so that
external control sources, such as a data logger can initiate the calibration sequences.
Each of the T700 calibrator’s control outputs is located on the back of the instrument
(see Figure 3-4).
12 separate ON/OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences or;
A 12-bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095
separate calibration sequences.
To assign a CC INPUT pattern/code to a particular sequence, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure toT700 is in
standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
SETUP X.X CC INPUT:DISABLED
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X CC INPUT:[0]00000000000
<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X CC INPUT ENABLE:OFF
OFF ENTER EXIT
Toggle this
button turn the
CC input ON/
OFF
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right. Toggle this button to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
input pins located on the back of the T700 (see Figure 3-2),
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 12 (see Figure 3-9 for connector
pin assignments)
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
128
4.3.1.6. Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence
The T700 calibrator’s control outputs allow the calibrator to control devices that accept
logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers (PLCs), data loggers,
or digital relays/valve drivers.
They can be used as:
12 separate ON/OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences, or;
A 12-bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095
separate calibration sequences.
They can be set to:
Be active whenever a particular calibration sequence is operating, or;
Activate/deactivate as individual steps within a calibration sequence are run (see
Section 4.3.2.8).
To assign a CC OUTPUT pattern/code to a particular sequence, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
129
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that T700 is in
standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:DISABLED
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:[0]00000000000
<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT ENABLE:OFF
OFF ENTER EXIT
Toggle this
button to turn the
CC output ON/
OFF
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Toggle this button to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
output pins located on the back of the T700 (see Figure 3-2),
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 12 (see Figure 3-10 for connector
pin assignments)
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
130
4.3.1.7. Setting the PROGRESS Reporting Mode for the Sequences
As sequences run, the T700 calibrator reports progress by displaying a message in the
MODE field of the front panel display (See Figure 3-1). There are several types of
report modes available (see Table 4-10).
Table 4-10: Sequence Progress Reporting Mode
MODE DESCRIPTION
STEP
Shows the progress as the sequence name and step number. This is the traditional display.
Example: Progress for a sequence named “SO2_Test” would appear as “SO2_Test-2”,
indicating that it is currently executing step 2.
PCT Shows the progress as a percent (0–100%) of each duration step.
Example: “SEQ 48%”
ELAP Shows the progress as time elapsed in hours, minutes and seconds, counting upward from 0.
Example: “T+01:30:25” (i.e. 1 hour, 30 minutes, 25 seconds have elapsed)
REM
Shows the progress as time remaining in hours, minutes, and seconds remaining, counting
downward to 0.
Example: “T-01:30:25” (i.e. 1 hour, 30 minutes, 25 seconds are remaining)
To select a PROGRESS report mode, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
131
4.3.2. ADDING SEQUENCE STEPS
To insert an instruction step into a sequence, navigate to the INSERT STEP submenu
by pressing:
INSERT STEP Submenu
STEPS Submenu
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences Continue pressing SET> until ...
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the T700.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X STEPS: 1
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) STANDBY
PREV NEXT INS DEL EXIT
Use these
buttons to scroll
though existing
instructions
Deletes the
instruction
shown in the
message field
To add an isntruction, press next until ...
SETUP X.X END OF STEPS
PREV INS EXIT
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
132
4.3.2.1. The GENERATE Step
This step operates and is programmed similarly to the GENERATE AUTO.
At the end of the programming sequence, the T700 firmware will automatically insert a
DURATION step that needs to be defined.
To insert a GENERATE step into a sequence, press:
Note If the user attempts to generate a source gas type that has not been entered into
the T700’s gas library, the sequence will freeze and after a certain time-out
period, stop running.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
133
4.3.2.2. The GPT Step
This step operates and is programmed similarly to the GENERATE GPT (see
Section 4.2.3 for information on choosing the correct input values for this step).
At the end of the programming sequence, the T700 firmware will automatically insert a
DURATION step that needs to be defined.
To insert a GPT step into a sequence, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
134
4.3.2.3. The GPTPS Step
This step operates and is programmed similarly to the GENERATE GPTPS (see
Section 4.2.4 for information on choosing the correct input values for this step).
At the end of the programming sequence, the T700 firmware will automatically insert a
DURATION step that needs to be defined.
To insert a GPTPS step into a sequence, press:
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
SETUP X.X GPTPS:0.0 PPB O3
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GPTPS:0.0 PPB NO
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
MUST be at least 10%
Higher than the Target
O3Concentration
SETUP X.X TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
0 2. 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the target TOTAL
FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
EXIT discards the new
flow rate
ENTR accepts the
new gas flow rate
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
Should be equal to the
expected NO2
concentration
INSERT STEP Submenu
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Starting at the STEPS Submenu
Use the PREV and NEXT keys to scroll though the
list of available instructions
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GPTPS
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X 3) DURATION : 10.0 MIN
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X DURATION: 10.0 MIN
0 1 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
DURATION of this
step
EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
135
4.3.2.4. The PURGE Step
This step places the T700 into PURGE mode.
At the end of the programming sequence, the T700 firmware will automatically insert a
DURATION step that needs to be defined.
To insert a PURGE step into a sequence, press:
4.3.2.5. The STANDBY Step
The STANDBY step places the T700 into STANDBY mode. It is recommended, but
not required to follow this with a DURATION step.
To insert a STANDBY step into a sequence, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
136
4.3.2.6. The DURATION Step
The duration step causes the T700 to continue performing whatever action was called
for by the preceding step of the sequence.
If that step put the instrument into STANDBY mode, the calibrator stays in
STANDBY mode for the period specified by the DURATION step,
If that step put the instrument into GENERATE mode, the will continue to
GENERATE whatever calibration mixture was programmed into that step for the
period specified by the DURATION step.
To insert a DURATION step into a sequence, press:
4.3.2.7. The EXECSEQ Step
The EXECSEQ step allows the sequence to call another, already programmed
sequence. This is a very powerful tool in that it allows the user to create a “toolbox” of
often-used operations that can then be mixed and matched by an overhead sequence.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
137
To insert an EXECSEQ step into a sequence, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
138
4.3.2.8. The CC OUTPUT Step
This instruction causes the sequence to set or reset the T700’s digital control outputs. It
is very useful in situations where the control outputs are being used to trigger other
devices that need to be turned off and on in synch with the operation of the calibrator as
it progress through the sequence.
To insert a CC OUTPUT step into a sequence, press:
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:DISABLED
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:[0]00000000000
<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT ENABLE:OFF
OFF ENTER EXIT
Toggle this button
to turn the CC
output ON/OFF
Toggle this button to turn the
selected bit ON/OFF
(0 or 1)
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
INSERT STEP Submenu
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Starting at the STEPS Submenu
Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to scroll though
the list of available instructions
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: PURGE
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X 2) SET CC OUTPUT 000100010110
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
139
4.3.2.9. The MANUAL Gas Generation Step
The MANUAL step causes the T700 calibrator to enter MANUAL CALIBRATION
MODE. It is programmed in a similar manner to the calibrator’s GENERATE
MANUAL function. AT the end of the programming sequence, the T700 firmware will
automatically insert a DURATION step that needs to be defined.
To insert a MANUAL step into a sequence, press:
Note If the user attempts to generate a source gas type that has not been entered into
the T700’s gas library, the sequence will freeze and after a certain time-out
period, stop running.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
140
4.3.2.10. Deleting or Editing an Individual Step in a Sequence
To delete or edit an individual step in an existing Sequence, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
141
4.3.3. DELETING A SEQUENCE
To delete a sequence from the T700 calibrator’s memory, press:
STANDBY ACT CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT EXIT
SETUP X.X 3) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
SETUP X.X DELETE SEQUENCES
YES NO
SEQUENCE DELETED
SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES
PREV NEXT INS PRNT EXIT
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
142
4.4. SETUP CFG
Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument’s configuration information. This
display lists the calibrator model, serial number, firmware revision, software library
revision, CPU type and other information.
Use this information to identify the software and hardware when contacting Customer
Service.
Special instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed here.
SETUP X.X SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X T700 Cailbrator
PREV NEXT EXIT
Press exit at
any time to
return to the
SETUP menu
Press NEXT of PREV to move back and
forth through the following list of
Configuration information:
MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
OS REVISION
DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION
SAVED
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ2 MSG CLR1SETUP
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
143
4.5. SETUP CLK: SETTING THE INTERNAL TIME-OF-DAY
CLOCK AND ADJUSTING SPEED
4.5.1. SETTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S TIME AND DAY
The T700 has a time of day clock that supports the DURATION step of the calibration
sequence feature, time of day TEST function, and time stamps on most COMM port
messages. To set the clock’s time and day, press:
STANDBY A-GAS =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
current hour
SETUP X.X TIME: 12:00
1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X TIME: 22:30
2 2:3 0 ENTREXIT
SETUP X.X DATE: 01-JAN-10
0 1JAN1 0 ENTREXIT
SETUP X.X DATE: 18-JUN-10
1 8JUN0 5 ENTREXIT
SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
current day, month
and year.
EXIT returns to
SETUP X.X
display
HOUR MINUTE DAY MONTH YEAR
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
144
4.5.2. ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S SPEED
In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower, you can adjust a
variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount
every day. To change this variable, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
145
4.6. SETUP PASS
The T700 provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to prevent
unauthorized adjustments. When the passwords have been enabled in the PASS menu
item, the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a password-protected
function is requested.
There are three levels of password protection, which correspond to operator,
maintenance and configuration functions. Each level allows access to all of the
functions in the previous level.
Table 4-11: Password Levels
PASSWORD LEVEL MENU ACCESS ALLOWED
No password Operator All functions of the MAIN menu: TEST, GEN, initiate SEQ , MSG, CLR
101 Maintenance
Access to Primary and Secondary Setup Menus except for VARS and DIAG
818 Configuration Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG
To enable or disable passwords, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
146
Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following touch screen button sequence
would be required to enter the VARS or DIAG submenus:
SYSTEM ENTER SETUP PASS:0
8 1 8 ENTREXIT
SYSTEM ENTER SETUP PASS:0
0 0 0 ENTREXIT
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ2 MSG CLR1SETUP
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
EXAMPLE: This
password enables the
SETUP mode
Press individual
buttons to set
number
T700 enters selected menu
Note The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and DIAG
menus, even when passwords are disabled, but it displays the default password
(818) upon entering these menus. Simply press ENTR when this is the case.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
147
4.7. SETUP COMM: COMMUNICATIONS PORTS
This section introduces the communications setup menu; Section 5 provides the setup
instructions and operation information. Press SETUP>MORE>COMM to arrive at the
communications menu.
4.7.1. ID (MACHINE IDENTIFICATION)
Each type of Teledyne API’s calibrator is configured with a default ID code. The
default ID code for all T700 calibrators is typically 700 (or 0). The ID number is only
important if more than one calibrator is connected to the same communications channel
such as when several calibrators are on the same Ethernet LAN (See Section 5.4); in an
RS-232 multi-drop chain (See Section3.3.1.7) or operating over a RS-485 network (see
Section 5.3). If two calibrators of the same model type are used on one channel, the ID
codes of one or both of the instruments need to be changed.
To edit the instrument’s ID code, press:
The ID number is only important if more than one calibrator is connected to the same
communications channel (e.g., a multi-drop setup). Different models of Teledyne API’s
calibrators have different default ID numbers, but if two calibrators of the same model
type are used on one channel (for example, two T700’s), the ID of one instrument needs
to be changed.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
148
The ID can also be used for to identify any one of several calibrators attached to the
same network but situated in different physical locations.
4.7.2. INET (ETHERNET)
Use SETUP>COMM>INET to configure Ethernet communications, whether manually
or via DHCP. Please see Section 5.4 for configuration details.
4.7.3. COM1 AND COM2 (MODE, BAUD RATE AND TEST PORT)
Use the SETUP>COMM>COM1[COM2] menus to:
configure communication modes (Section 5.2.1)
view/set the baud rate (Section 5.2.2)
test the connections of the com ports (Section 5.2.3).
Configuring COM1 or COM2 requires setting the DCE DTE switch on the rear panel.
Section 5.1 provides DCE DTE information.
4.8. SETUP MORE FLOW
The Flow menu allows you to view the performance statistics for the Mass Flow
Controllers (MFCs). See Section 7.1 for more information and details on setting up for
MFC flow verification and calibration.
4.9. SETUP MORE VARS: INTERNAL VARIABLES (VARS)
The T700 has several user-adjustable software variables, which define certain
operational parameters. Usually, these variables are automatically set by the
instrument’s firmware, but can be manually redefined using the VARS menu.
The following table lists all variables that are available within the 818 password
protected level. See Appendix A2 for a detailed listing of all of the T700 variables that
are accessible through the remote interface.
Table 4-12: Variable Names (VARS)
NO. VARIABLE DESCRIPTION ALLOWED
VALUES
DEFAULT
VALUES
0 PHOTO_LAMP 1,2 Sets the photometer lamp temperature set
point and warning limits. 0ºC and 100ºC
58ºC
Warning limits
56ºC - 61ºC
1 O3_GEN LAMP 1,2 Sets the O3 generator lamp temperature set
point and warning limits. 0ºC and 100ºC
48ºC
Warning limits
43ºC - 53ºC
2 O3_CONC_RANGE Set the upper span point of the O3
concentration range for TEST CHANNEL
analog signal O3_PHOTO_CONC.
0.1–20000 ppb 500 ppb
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
149
NO. VARIABLE DESCRIPTION ALLOWED
VALUES
DEFAULT
VALUES
3 O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY 2
O3 bench control flag.
ON turns on the photometer pump and
switches measure/reference valve only
when the O3 mode is set for BNCH (See
Section 3.4.8).
ON/OFF OFF
4 STD_TEMP 1 Sets the standard Temperature used in
calculating O3 flow rates and concentrations. 0ºC and 100ºC 25ºC
5 STD PRESSURE 1 Sets the standard pressure used in
calculating O3 flow rates and concentrations.
15.00 – 50 .00
in-Hg-A 29.92 in-Hg-A
6 CLOCK_ADJ
Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock.
Choose the + sign if the clock is too slow,
choose the - sign if the clock is too fast (See
Section 4.5).
-60 to +60 s/day
Default=0 0
1 DO NOT ADJUST OR CHANGE these values unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s customer service personnel.
2 Only available in calibrators with O3 photometer and generator options installed.
IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
There is a 2-second latency period between when a VARS value is
changed and the new value is stored into the analyzer’s memory. DO NOT
turn the analyzer off during this period or the new setting will be lost.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
150
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following button sequence:
DO NOT CHANGE
these settings unless
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments’
Customer Service
personnel
STANDBY A-CAL=0.0000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD
818 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
PASSWORD
SETUP X.X 0) O3_PHOTO_LAMP=58.0 DegC
NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 1) O3_PHOT_LAMP=58.0 DegC
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 2) O3_CONC_RANGE=500.0 PPB
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X O3_CONC_RANGE=500.0 PPB
0 0050.0ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to set
the upper span point of the
O3_PHOTO_CONC Test
Channel signal
In all cases:
EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X 3) O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=OFF
OFF 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button turn this
mode ON / OFF
DO NOT CHANGE
these settings unless
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments’
Customer Service
personnel
SETUP X.X 4) STD_TEMP=25.0 DegC
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 5) STD PRESS=29.92 In-Hg
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X 6) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
PREV JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
+0 0 ENTR EXIT
Enter sign and number of
seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+)
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
151
4.10. SETUP MORE DIAG: DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS
A series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the SETUPMOREDIAG
menu, as these parameters are dependent on firmware revision (see Appendix A). These
tools can be used in a variety of troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and are
referred to in many places of the maintenance and troubleshooting sections of this
manual (see Sections 9.1 and 9.2).
This section shall focus on the test channel analog output.
4.10.1. TEST CHAN OUTPUT: USING THE TEST CHANNEL ANALOG
OUTPUT
The T700 calibrator comes equipped with one analog output. It can be set by the user to
carry the current signal level of any one of the parameters listed in Table 4-14 and will
output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in relationship with the value of the
parameter.
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
ANALOG OUT
+
–
Figure 4-10: T700 the TEST CHANNEL Connector
4.10.1.1. Configuring the Test Channel Analog Output
Table 4-13 lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the T700 calibrator.
Table 4-13: DIAG – Analog I/O Functions
SUB MENU FUNCTION
AOUTS
CALIBRATED:
Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration
of all analog output channels.
MFC_DRIVE_1
MFC_DRIVE_2
MFC_DRIVE_3
(OPTIONAL)
These channels are used by the T700 calibrator internally as drive voltages for
instruments with analog MFCs.
DO NOT alter the settings for these channels.
TEST OUTPUT Configures the analog output:
RANGE1: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and full-scale value of the
output.
OVERRANGE: Turns the ± 5% over-range feature ON/OFF for this output channel.
REC_OFS1: Sets a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set to CURRent loop.
AUTO_CAL1: Sets the channel for automatic or manual calibration
CALIBRATED1: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but on this
one channel only.
AIN CALIBRATED Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog to digital
converter circuit on the motherboard.
1Changes to RANGE or REC_OFS require recalibration of this output.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
152
To configure the calibrator’s TEST CHANNEL, set the electronic signal type of each
channel and calibrate the outputs. This consists of:
Choosing a Test Channel function to be output on the channel (Table 4-14).
Selecting a signal level that matches the input requirements of the recording device
attached to the channel (Section 4.10.1.3).
Determining if the over-range feature is needed and turn it on or off accordingly
(Section 4.10.1.4).
Adding a bipolar recorder offset to the signal if required (Section 4.10.1.5).
Calibrating the output channel. This can be done automatically or manually for each
channel (Section 4.10.1.6).
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
153
To access the analog I/O configuration sub menu, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
154
4.10.1.2. Selecting a Test Channel Function to Output
The Test Functions available to be reported are listed on Table 4-14:
Table 4-14: Test Channels Functions available on the T700’s Analog Output
TEST CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL SCALE
NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF
O3 PHOTO MEAS The raw output of the photometer during its
measure cycle
0 mV 5000 mV
O3 PHOTO REF The raw output of the photometer during its
reference cycle
0 mV 5000 mV
O3 GEN REF The raw output of the O3 generator’s
reference detector
0 mV 5000 mV
REGULATOR PRESSURE The gas pressure of the pressure regulator
on the O3 generator supply line
PSIG PSIG
SAMPLE PRESSURE The pressure of gas in the photometer
absorption tube
0" Hg-In-
A
40" Hg-In-A
SAMPLE FLOW The gas flow rate through the photometer 0 cm3/min 1000 cm3/min
SAMPLE TEMP The temperature of gas in the photometer
absorption tube
0 C 70 C
PHOTO LAMP TEMP The temperature of the photometer UV lamp 0 C 70 C
O3 LAMP TEMP The temperature of the O3 generator’s UV
lamp
0 mV 5000 mV
CHASSIS TEMP The temperature inside the T700’s chassis
(same as BOX TEMP)
0 C 70 C
O3 PHOTO CONC The current concentration of O3 being
measured by the photometer.
0 PPM 1 ppm
Once a function is selected, the instrument not only begins to output a signal on the
analog output, but also adds TEST to the list of Test Functions viewable via the Front
Panel Display.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
155
To activate the TEST Channel and select a function press:
DIAG TCHN TEST CHAN:NONE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
STANDBY A-CAL=0.0000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that
the T700 is in
standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS FLOW DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD
818 ENTREXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG TCHN SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG TCHN TEST CHAN OUTPUT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
Toggle these buttons
to choose a mass flow
controller TEST
channel parameter DIAG TCHN TEST CHANNEL:CHASSIS TEMP
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
156
4.10.1.3. Test Channel Voltage Range Configuration
In its standard configuration, the analog outputs is set to output a 0 – 5 VDC signals.
Several other output ranges are available (see Table 4-15). Each range is usable from -
5% to + 5% of the rated span.
Table 4-15: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max
RANGE SPAN MINIMUM OUTPUT MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0-100 mVDC -5 mVDC 105 mVDC
0-1 VDC -0.05 VDC 1.05 VDC
0-5 VDC -0.25 VDC 5.25 VDC
0-10 VDC -0.5 VDC 10.5 VDC
The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC.
To change the output range, press:
DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET> CAL EXIT
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.9.1.1)
DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V
0.1V 1V 5V 10V ENTR EXIT
These buttons
set the signal
level and type
of the selected
channel
Pressing ENTR records
the new setting and
returns to the previous
menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the
new setting and returns to
the previous menu.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
157
4.10.1.4. Turning the Test Channel Over-Range Feature ON/OFF
In its default configuration, a ± 5% over-range is available on each of the T700’s TEST
CHANNEL output. This over-range can be disabled if your recording device is
sensitive to excess voltage or current.
To turn the over-range feature on or off, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
158
4.10.1.5. Adding a Recorder Offset to the Test Channel
Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal is significantly different from
the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise
around the zero point. This can be achieved in the T700 by defining a zero offset, a
small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).
To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
159
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
160
4.10.1.6. Test Channel Calibration
TEST CHANNEL calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the calibrator
(performed in the factory as part of the configuration process) or whenever recalibration
is required. The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically or adjusted manually.
In its default mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all
channels, which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated with
channels that will not be used or connected to any input or recording device, e.g., data
logger.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must
be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device. Manual calibration
requires the AUTOCAL feature to be disabled.
ENABLING OR DISABLING THE TEST CHANNEL AUTOCAL FEATURE
To enable or disable the AUTOCAL feature for the TEST CHANNEL, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.9.1.1.)
DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:ON
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:ON
ON ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button
to turn AUTO CAL
ON or OFF
(OFF = manual
calibration mode).
ENTR accepts
the new setting.
EXIT ignores the
new setting
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:OFF
OFF ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET> CAL EXIT
NOTE:
TEST CHANNELS
configured for 0.1V full
scale should always be
calibrated manually.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
161
AUTOMATIC TEST CHANNEL CALIBRATION
Note Before performing this procedure, ensure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned
OFF for MFC_DRIVE_1, MFC_DRIVE_2 and MFC_DRIVE_3 if installed). Ensure
that the AUTO CAL feature is turned ON for the TEST CHANNEL (see Section
4.10.1.6).
To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command, press:
From the
(See Section 6.9.1.1.)
Analyzer
automatically
calibrates all
channels for which
is turned
If any of the channels have not
been calibrated ot if at least one
channel has AUTO-CAL turned
OFF, this message will read .
DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. MFC_DRIVE_1
DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. MFC_DRIVE_2
This message
appears when
is
Turned for
a channel
EXIT
DIAG
PREV NEXT EXIT
DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. MFC_DRIVE_3
Note Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the
outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device.
Manual calibration requires that the AUTOCAL feature be disabled.
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
162
To initiate an automatic calibration from inside the TEST CHANNEL submenu, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
163
MANUAL CALIBRATION OF THE TEST CHANNEL CONFIGURED FOR VOLTAGE
RANGES
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be calibrated manually.
Note The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only appear
if the AUTO-CAL feature is turned off for the channel being adjusted (see Section
4.10.1.6).
Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals and by
changing the actual output signal level using the front panel buttons in 100, 10 or 1
count increments.
Figure 4-11: Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL
Table 4-16: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration
FULL
SCALE
ZERO
TOLERANCE SPAN VOLTAGE SPAN
TOLERANCE
MINIMUM
ADJUSTMENT
(1 count)
0.1 VDC ±0.0005V 90 mV ±0.001V 0.02 mV
1 VDC ±0.001V 900 mV ±0.001V 0.24 mV
5 VDC ±0.002V 4500 mV ±0.003V 1.22 mV
10 VDC ±0.004V 4500 mV ±0.006V 2.44 mV
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
164
To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.9.1.1.)
DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED:NO
<SET SET> CAL EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT EXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: VOLT-Z: 0 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: VOLT-S: 4500 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED: YES
<SET SET> CAL EXIT
These menus
only appear if
AUTO-CAL is
turned OFF
These buttons increase /
decrease the analog output
signal level (not the value on the
display)
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
Continue adjustments until the
voltage measured at the output
of the analyzer and/or the input
of the recording device reads 0
mV or 90% of full scale.
DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET> CAL EXIT
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
165
4.10.1.7. AIN Calibration
This is the sub-menu in which to calibrate the A-to-D conversion circuitry (Sections
9.4.11.1 and 10.3.5.1). This calibration is only necessary after a major repair such as the
replacement of a CPU, a motherboard or a power supply.
To perform an AIN CALIBRATION, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
166
4.11. SETUP LVL: SETTING UP AND USING LEADS (DASIBI)
OPERATING LEVELS
4.11.1. GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT LEADS LEVELS
The T700 calibrator can be equipped with a version of firmware that includes support
for LEADS, a data collection and analysis system LEADS specifically designed for
handling meteorological and environmental data particularly when there is a need to
integrate data and control instrumentation from several different manufacturers. When
an T700 calibrator is equipped with the optional LEADS software used in conjunction
with data loggers located in the central data analysis facility it is possible to collect and
buffer data between the various calibrators, analyzers and metrological equipment
remotely located at an air monitoring station.
Because LEADS was originally developed for use with TNRCC using Dasibi 5008
calibrators, the LEADS version of the T700 includes support for Dasibi “Dot” serial data
commands and operational “LEVELs”.
It also includes a method for driving external devices via contact closure control outputs
in conjunction with an optional bolt-on valve driver assembly (see Section 3.3.1.6).
Note For more information on the LEADS system, please go to
http://www.meteostar.com/.
4.11.2. DOT COMMANDS
The Dasibi “Dot” commands form a text-based (ASCII) data protocol that is transmitted
between a control computer (XENO data logger in this case) and a calibrator or ambient
gas analyzer over an RS-232 connection. The details of the protocol are beyond the
scope of this document, but in its simplest form the protocol is based on a two or three
digit integer preceded by a control-A and a period (.) and then followed by a “!” and a
two digit checksum.
EXAMPLE:
^A.xxx!nn
For further information on dot commands, please contact Teledyne API’S Customer
Service.
A T700 equipped with LEADS software can be simultaneously operated over the same
COMM port using standard Teledyne API’s serial data commands and is compatible
with APICOM versions 5 and later which include an added feature that allows a user to
edit, upload and download level tables.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
167
4.11.3. LEVELS
A LEVEL is a combination of several parameters:
An ID number for the LEVEL
An action, (e.g. GENERATE, GPT, GPTPS & MANUAL)
A target concentration value
An output flow rate (if applicable)
Configuration for one or both of two status output blocks.
Up to twenty levels can be defined and used with the T700 using a range of ID numbers
from 0-98. Level 99 is reserved for standby. The levels are not time based and do not
include characteristics such as start time or duration, therefore a single LEVEL can not
switch between different concentration levels and flow rates. Separate flow and
concentration outputs must be programmed into separate LEVELs which are then
individually started and stopped either by an operator at the calibrator’s front panel or
through a serial data operation over the RS-232 or Ethernet ports.
4.11.4. ACTIVATING AN EXISTING LEVEL
To activate an existing defined LEVEL, press:
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
168
4.11.5. PROGRAMMING NEW LEVELS
To begin programming a new LEVEL find the LVL submenu by pressing:
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
LVL GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X END OF LEVELS
INS PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] )[Gas/Conc.], [Status Block Set]
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Deletes the LEVEL shown
in the message field
Edits the LEVEL shown in
the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing LEVELS
This display only appears if there are no LEVELs currently
programmed into the M700E.
OTHERWISE ...
Use these buttons to scroll though the available
instructions: GENERATE, GPT, GPTPS & MANUAL
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
169
4.11.5.1. Creating a GENERATE LEVEL
To create a LEVEL using the T700’s AUTO generation function, press:
SETUP X.X GENERATE:0.0 PPB CO2
0.000PCTCO2ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GENERATE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR EXIT Toggle this button to
scroll through the
available gas types (as
programmed during
initial setup.
Continue pressing this key until the desired
gas type appears
SETUP X.X GENERATE:0.0 PPB CO2
0 0 0 .0 PPB CO2 ENTR EXIT Toggle this button
to to scroll through
the available units
of measure
SETUP X.X TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
0 2. 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the
new flow rate
Toggle these
buttons to set the
target
concentration.
Toggle these buttons to
set the target TOTAL
FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
ENTR accepts the new gas flow rate
STANDBY LEVEL:0
00 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons
until the designation of
the existing defined level
program is reached.
EXIT discards the new
LEVEL number
ENTR accepts the new
LEVEL number
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Starting at the CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
170
4.11.5.2. Creating a GPT LEVEL
To create a LEVEL using the T700’s GPT function, press:
Use the NEXT until ...
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
GPT GPT:0.0 PPB O3
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GPT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
GPT GPT:0.0 PPB NO
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
MUST be at least 10%
higher than the target O3
Concentration
GPT TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
0 2. 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these s to set the
target TOTAL FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
EXIT discards the new
flow rate
ENTR accepts the
new gas flow rate
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
Should be equal to the
expected NO2
concentration
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Starting at the CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
STANDBY LEVEL:0
0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
until the designation of
the existing defined level
program is reached.
EXIT discards the new
LEVEL number
ENTR accepts the new
LEVEL number
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
171
4.11.5.3. Creating a GPTPS LEVEL
To create a LEVEL using the T700’s GPTPS function, press:
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Use the NEXT until ...
Starting at the CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
SETUP X.X GPTPS:0.0 PPB O3
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GPTPS:0.0 PPB NO
0 0 0 .0 PPB ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
MUST be at least 10%
Higher than the Target
O3Concentration
SETUP X.X TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
0 2. 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the target TOTAL
FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
EXIT discards the new
flow rate
ENTR accepts the
new gas flow rate
EXIT discards the new gas type &
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target concentration
Toggle these buttons
to set the NO target
concentration.
Should be equal to the
expected NO2
concentration
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GPTPS
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
STANDBY LEVEL:0
0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
until the designation of
the existing defined level
program is reached.
EXIT discards the new
LEVEL number
ENTR accepts the new
LEVEL number
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
172
4.11.5.4. Creating a MANUAL LEVEL
To create a level using the T700’s MANUAL generation function, press:
SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: MANUAL
ENTR EXIT
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Use the NEXT until ...
Starting at the CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X DILUENT GAS FLOW: 0.000 LPM
0 6 .0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X CAL GAS TYPE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to
scroll through the
available gas types (as
programmed during
initial setup. Continue pressing this key until the desired
gas type appears
SETUP X.X CAL GAS FLOW: 0.000 LPM
3 .0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set the
target
concentration.
Toggle these buttons
to set the target
GASFLOW.
EXIT discards the new
flow rate
ENTR accepts the
new gas flow rate
SETUP X.X CAL GAS TYPE:SO2
SO2 ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X O3 GEN SET POINT: 000.0 PPB
0 0 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X O3 GEN MODE: OFF
OFF CNST REF BNCH ENTR EXIT
This button
turns the O3
Generator
OFF/ON
REF: The concentration control
loop will use the generator’s
reference detector as input.
BNCH: The concentration
control loop will use the
photometer bench.
SETUP X.X O3 GEN SET POINT: 0.0 MV
0 0 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
This button sets a CONSTANT drive
voltage for the O3Generator
These buttons set a target
concentration for the O3Generator
Toggle these
buttons to set the
CONSTANT drive
voltage of the O3
generator
Toggle these keys to
set output
CONCENTRATION
of the O3 generator EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
STANDBY LEVEL:0
0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
until the designation of
the existing defined level
program is reached.
EXIT discards the new
LEVEL number
ENTR accepts the new
LEVEL number
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation
173
4.11.5.5. Editing or Deleting a LEVEL
To edit or delete an existing LEVEL, press:
SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] )[Gas/Conc.], [Status Block Set]
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT or PREV until until
LEVEL to be edited or deleted appears
SETUP X.X 7) PURGE
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X DELETEL STEP?
YES NO
SETUP X.X 7) DURATION : 10.0 MIN
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
LVL GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X LEVEL NUMBER:12
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Toggle these buttons
select the parameter
to be edited
Level ID Number
Action
Status Block 1
Status Block 2
Press EDIT then follow the instructions for the
parameter (See Sections 6.11.3 through 6.11.5.4
and 6.11.6).
06873B DCN6388
Overview of Operating Modes and Basic Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
174
4.11.6. CONFIGURING LEVEL STATUS BLOCKS
There are two STATUS BLOCKS associated with LEADS LEVELS.
BLOCK 1: This block corresponds to the physical CONTROL OUTPUT connections
located on the back panel of the T700 (see Figure 3-4 and Section 3.3.1.5).
BLOCK 2: The second status block does not correspond to any physical output but
is used to communicate status over the serial data port.
To configure the either of the STATUS BLOCKS, press:
06873B DCN6388
175
5. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION
The instrument rear panel connections include an Ethernet port, a USB port (option) and
two serial communications ports (labeled RS232, which is the COM1 port, and COM2)
located on the rear panel (refer to Figure 3-4). These ports give the user the ability to
communicate with, issue commands to, and receive data from the analyzer through an
external computer system or terminal.
This section provides pertinent information regarding communication equipment,
describes the instrument’s communications modes, presents configuration instructions
for the communications ports, and provides instructions for their use.
5.1. DATA TERMINAL/COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT (DTE DCE)
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment
(DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic terminals always fall into the
DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices. The difference
between the two is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.
• DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
• DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and computers
(which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the rear panel allows
the user to set the RS-232 configuration for one of these two data devices. This switch
exchanges the Receive and Transmit lines on RS-232 emulating a cross-over or null-
modem cable. The switch has no effect on COM2.
The T700 is equipped with two serial communication ports (labeled RS232 and
COM2), a USB com port and an Ethernet port located on the rear panel. The two serial
ports are accessible via two DB-9 connectors (see Figure 3-4): RS232 (COM1), a male
DB-9 connector, and COM2, a female DB9 connector.
The RS232 and COM2 ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to
communicate with, issue commands to, and receive data from the calibrator through an
external computer system or terminal.
The RS-232 port (COM1) can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232
multi-drop mode (option 62, Sections 3.3.1.7 and 5.2).
The COM2 port can be configured for standard RS-232 operation, half-duplex RS-
485 communication. (Contact the factory for RS-485 communication configuration).
The Ethernet connector allows the analyzer to be connected to a network running
TCP/IP or to the public Internet if access is available. The network must have routers
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
176
capable of operating at 10BaseT or 100BaseT. DHCP is enabled by default (Section
5.4.1). This configuration is useful for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a
network. However, for permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be
used (Section 5.4.1.1). Edit the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask
to the desired settings. Then, from the computer, enter the same information through an
application such as HyperTerminal.
The USB port is for optional direct communication between the calibrator and a desktop
or laptop computer. This configuration can be used when the COM2 port is not in use
except for multidrop communication. For setup instructions, please refer to Sections
3.3.1.7 and 5.2.1.
5.2. COMMUNICATION MODES, BAUD RATE AND PORT TESTING
Use the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu to configure COM1 (labeled RS232 on
instrument rear panel) and/or COM2 (labeled COM2 on instrument rear panel) for
communication modes, baud rate and/or port testing for correct connection.
5.2.1. COMMUNICATION MODES
Each of the calibrator’s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different
modes, listed in Table 5-1. As modes are selected, the calibrator sums the Mode ID
numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel display. For example, if
quiet mode (01), computer mode (02) and Multi-Drop-enabled mode (32) are selected,
the Calibrator would display a combined MODE ID of 35.
Table 5-1: COMM Port Communication Modes
MODE1 ID DESCRIPTION
QUIET 1
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the calibrator (such as warning messages)
to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a
computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication
problems.
Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.
COMPUTER 2 Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
communicating with a computer operated control program.
E,8,1 / E,7,1 2048
When turned on this mode switches the COMM port settings
from
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit
to
Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit
SECURITY 4 When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only
command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
RS-485 1024 Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
over multi-drop mode if both are enabled.
MULTI-DROP
PROTOCOL 32 Multi-drop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
channel. Multi-drop requires the use of instrument IDs.
ENABLE
MODEM 64 Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
ERROR
CHECKING2 128 Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
XON/XOFF 256 Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Communications Setup and Operation
177
HANDSHAKE2
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE 8 Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
protocols as well as by Teledyne Instrument’s APICOM software.
HARDWARE
FIFO2 512 Disables the HARDWARE FIFO (First In – First Out), When FIFO is enabled it
improves data transfer rate for that COMM port.
COMMAND
PROMPT 4096 Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP MORE COMM COM[1 OR 2] MODE menu
2 The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Customer Service
personnel.
Note Communication Modes for each COMM port must be configured independently.
Press the following buttons to select communication modes for a one of the COMM
Ports, such as the following example where RS-485 mode is enabled:
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
178
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Communications Setup and Operation
179
5.2.2. COM PORT BAUD RATE
To select the baud rate of either COM Port, go to SETUP>MORE>COMM and select
either COM1 or COM2 as follows (use COM2 to view/match your personal computer
baud rate when using the USB port:
STANDBY ACT CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:115200
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to cycle through the
available Baud rates:
300
1200
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
180
5.2.3. COM PORT TESTING
The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COMM menu.
This test sends a string of 256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COM port. While the test is
running, the red LED on the rear panel of the calibrator should flicker.
To initiate the test, press the following button sequence:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Communications Setup and Operation
181
5.3. RS-485 (OPTION)
The COM2 port of the instrument’s rear panel is set up for RS-232 communication but
can be reconfigured for RS-485 communication. Contact Customer Service. If this
option was elected at the time of purchase, the rear panel was preconfigured at the
factory. Choosing this option disallows use of the USB port.
5.4. REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE ETHERNET
Via the Ethernet interface, the calibrator can be connected to any standard 10BaseT or
100BaseT Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or routers. The
interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a remote
computer to connect through the Internet to the calibrator using APICOM, terminal
emulators or other programs.
Under the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu the INET submenu is used to manage and
configure the Ethernet interface with your LAN or Internet Server(s). The calibrator is
shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the instrument to be connected to a
network or router with a DHCP server (Section 5.4.1), but for a permanent Ethernet
connection, configure the instrument with a static IP address (Section 5.4.1.1).
The Ethernet LEDs located on the connector indicate the Ethernet connection status.
Table 5-2: Ethernet Status Indicators
LED FUNCTION
amber (link) On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity) Flickers during any activity on the LAN.
5.4.1. CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET INTERFACE USING DHCP
The Ethernet feature for your T700 uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
to configure its interface with your LAN automatically. This requires your network
servers also be running DHCP. The calibrator will do this the first time you turn the
instrument on after it has been physically connected to your network. Once the
instrument is connected and turned on, it will appear as an active device on your
network without any extra set up steps or lengthy procedures.
Note Check the INET settings the first time you power up your calibrator after it has
been physically connected to the LAN/Internet to ensure that the DHCP has
successfully downloaded the appropriate information from your network
server(s).
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
182
Table 5-3: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties
PROPERTY DEFAULT
STATE
DESCRIPTION
DHCP STATUS On This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF.
INSTRUMENT
IP ADDRESS 0.0.0.0 This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g. 192.168.76.55.)
is the address of the calibrator itself.
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS 0.0.0.0
A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address (e.g.
192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the computer used by your LAN to
access the Internet.
SUBNET MASK 0.0.0.0
Also, a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that defines that identifies the LAN to which the device is
connected.
All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have the same
subnet mask. Any transmissions sent devices with different subnet
masks are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are routed through a
different gateway computer onto the Internet.
TCP PORT1 3000
This number defines the terminal control port by which the instrument is
addressed by terminal emulation software, such as Internet or Teledyne
API’s APICOM.
HOST NAME T700
The name by which your calibrator will appear when addressed from
other computers on the LAN or via the Internet. While the default setting
for all Teledyne API’s T700 calibrators is “T700”, the host name may be
changed to fit customer needs.
1 Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Customer Service
personnel.
Note If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g.
“0.0.0.0”), the DCHP was not successful in which case you may have to
configure the calibrator’s Ethernet properties manually. See your network
administrator.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Communications Setup and Operation
183
To view the above properties listed in Table 5-3, press:
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
184
5.4.1.1. Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses
There are several circumstances when you may need to manually set the Ethernet
configuration:
Your LAN is not running a DHCP software package,
The DHCP software is unable to initialize the calibrator’s interface;
You wish to configure the interface with a specific IP address, such as for a
permanent Ethernet connection..
Manually configuring the Ethernet interface requires that you first turn DHCP to OFF
before setting the INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP and SUBNET
MASK parameters:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Communications Setup and Operation
185
Internet Configuration Touchscreen Button Functions
BUTTON FUNCTION
[0] Press to cycle thr oug h the range of numer als and
available characters (“0 – 9” & “ . ”)
<CH CH> Moves the cursor one character left or right.
DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.
ENTR Accepts the new setti ng and returns to the previous
me nu.
EXIT Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
me nu.
Some buttons only appear when applicable.
SETUP X.X DHCP: OFF
SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X INST IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X INST IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH> DEL [0] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000
<SET EDIT EXIT
The PORT number needs to remain at 3000.
Do not ch ange this setting unl ess i nstructed to by
Tel edyne API Custome r Service pe rson nel.
From Step 1 above)
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT
Pressing EXIT from
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethe rne t
to reinitialize its
internal interface
firmware
Contact your IT
Network Administrator
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
186
5.4.2. CHANGING THE CALIBRATOR’S HOSTNAME
The HOSTNAME is the name by which the calibrator appears on your network. The
default name for all Teledyne API’s T700 calibrators is T700. To change this name
(particularly if you have more than one T700 calibrator on your network), press.
BUTTON FUNCTION
<CH Moves the cursor one character to the left.
CH> Moves the cursor one character to the right.
INS Inserts a character before the cursor location.
DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.
[0]
Press this key to cycle through the range of
numerals and characters available for
insertion. 0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * (
) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
ENTR Accepts the new setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT Ignores the new setting and returns to the
previous menu.
Some buttons only appear WHEN APPLICABLE.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Communications Setup and Operation
187
5.4.3. USB PORT (OPTION) FOR REMOTE ACCESS
The analyzer can be operated through a personal computer by downloading the TAPI
USB driver and directly connecting their respective USB ports.
1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver on your computer, downloadable from the
Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads (www.teledyne-
api.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: “TAPIVCPInstaller.exe”
3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer and your
analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A – Type B cable, commonly used as a
USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically assigned to
the USB connection. (Start → Control Panel → System → Hardware → Device
Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the communications software,
such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.
Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne APIcom
Manual, PN 07463.
06873B DCN6388
Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
188
5. In the instrument’s SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following settings:
Baud Rate: 115200
COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode ON Computer Mode ON
MODBUS RTU OFF MODBUS ASCII OFF
E,8,1 MODE OFF E,7,1 MODE OFF
RS-485 MODE OFF SECURITY MODE OFF
MULTIDROP MODE OFF ENABLE MODEM OFF
ERROR CHECKING ON XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF HARDWARE FIFO ON
COMMAND PROMPT OFF
6. Next, configure your communications software, such as APIcom. Use the COM port
determined in Step 4 and the baud rate set in Step 5. The figures below show how
these parameters would be configured in the Instrument Properties window in
APIcom when configuring a new instrument. See the APIcom manual (PN 07463)
for more details.
Note USB configuration requires that the baud rates of the instrument and
the PC match; check the PC baud rate and change if needed.
Using the USB port disallows use of the rear panel COM2 port except
for multidrop communication.
06873B DCN6388
189
6. REMOTE OPERATION
This section provides information needed when using external digital and serial I/O for
remote operation. It assumes that the electrical connections have been made as described
in Section3.3.1
The T700 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data th through
the rear panel serial ports, via either Computer mode (using a personal computer with a
dedicated interface program) or Interactive mode (using a terminal emulation
program).
6.1. COMPUTER MODE
Computer mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a dedicated
interface program such as APICOM.
6.1.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA APICOM
APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows the user to access
and control any of Teledyne API’s main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from
a remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a
user can:
Establish a link from a remote location to the T700 through direct cable connection
via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be
accessed when standing in front of the instrument.
Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.
Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and trouble-
shooting. Figure 6-1 shows an example of APICOM’s main interface, which emulates
the look and functionality of the instrument’s actual front panel. Refer to the APICOM
manual available for download from http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
06873B DCN6388
Remote Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
190
Figure 6-1: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface
6.2. INTERACTIVE MODE
Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs or a “dumb” computer
terminal.
6.2.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA A TERMINAL EMULATION PROGRAM
Start a terminal emulation program such as HyperTerminal. All configuration
commands must be created following a strict syntax or be pasted in from an existing text
file, which was edited offline and then uploaded through a specific transfer procedure.
The commands that are used to operate the analyzer in this mode are listed in Table 6-1.
6.2.1.1. Help Commands in Interactive Mode
Table 6-1: Terminal Mode Software Commands
COMMAND Function
Control-T Switches the calibrator to terminal mode
(echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF,
the interface can be used in interactive
mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C Switches the calibrator to computer mode
(no echo, no edit).
CR
(carriage return)
A carriage return is required after each
command line is typed into the
terminal/computer. The command will not
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Remote Operation
191
COMMAND Function
be sent to the calibrator to be executed until
this is done. On personal computers, this is
achieved by pressing the ENTER button.
BS
(backspace)
Erases one character to the left of the
cursor location.
ESC
(escape)
Erases the entire command line.
? [ID] CR This command prints a complete list of
available commands along with the
definitions of their functionality to the
display device of the terminal or computer
being used. The ID number of the
calibrator is only necessary if multiple
calibrators are on the same
communications line, such as the multi-
drop setup.
Control-C Pauses the listing of commands.
Control-P Restarts the listing of commands.
6.2.1.2. Command Syntax
Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, keywords, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where
X is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command.
Allowed designators are listed in Table 6-2 and Appendix A-6.
[ID] is the machine identification number (Section4.7.1). Example: the
Command “? 700” followed by a carriage return would print the list of
available commands for the revision of software currently installed in the
instrument assigned ID Number 700.
COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command being
issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands may have
additional arguments that define how the command is to be executed.
Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of available command
designators.
<CR> is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage
return (usually achieved by pressing the ENTER button on a computer).
06873B DCN6388
Remote Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
192
Table 6-2: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types
COMMAND COMMAND TYPE
C Calibration
D Diagnostic
L Logon
T Test measurement
V Variable
W Warning
6.2.1.3. Data Types
Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers, Boolean
expressions and text strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of
records, a filter length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign,
followed by one or more digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They
consist of the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal digits
(0-9, A-F, a-f), which is the ‘C’ programming language convention. No plus or
minus sign is permitted. For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all valid
hexadecimal integers.
Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as
temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They
consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an
optional decimal point and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must appear
before or after the decimal point.) Scientific notation is not permitted. For
example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals
that may assume only two values. They are denoted by the keywords ON and
OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by
other data types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and
numbers. They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or more printable
characters, including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a final
quotation mark. For example, “a”, “1”, “123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid text
strings. It is not possible to include a quotation mark character within a text
string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items.
When using these commands, you must type the entire name of the item; you
cannot abbreviate any names.
6.2.1.4. Status Reporting
Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the
RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for controlling the
instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You can effectively disable
the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode (Section 5.2.1, Table 5-1).
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Remote Operation
193
Status reports include warning messages, calibration and diagnostic status messages.
Refer to Appendix A-3 for a list of the possible messages, and this for information on
controlling the instrument through the RS-232 interface.
6.2.1.5. General Message Format
All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where:
X is a command type designator, a single character indicating the
message type, as shown in the Table 6-2.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was issued.
It consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1 to 366,
the hour of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and the
minute (MM) as a number from 00 to 59.
[ID] is the calibrator ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, variable values, etc.
<CRLF> is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse
them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any
information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to log such messages
for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.
6.3. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM
The T700 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable
between the calibrator’s COMM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M
cable (available from Teledyne API with P/N WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to ensure that:
The DTE-DCE is in the DCE position.
The T700 COMM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem.
The Modem is designed to operate with an 8-bit word length with one stop bit.
The MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON (Mode 64, see
Section 5.2.1).
Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be
entered into the calibrator. The default setting for this feature is:
AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0
This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to 100
characters long.
06873B DCN6388
Remote Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
194
To change this setting, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0
<CH CH> INS DEL [A] ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
The <CH and CH>
buttons move the
cursor left and right
along the text string
The INS and CH>
buttons insert a new
character before the
cursor position
DEL deletes
character at
the cursor
position
Toggle this button to cycle through
the available character set:
Alpha: A-Z (Upper and Lower
Case);
Special Characters: space ’ ~ ! # $
% ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < > | ; : , . / ?
Numerals: 0-9
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Remote Operation
195
To initialize the modem, press:
06873B DCN6388
Remote Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
196
6.4. PASSWORD SECURITY FOR SERIAL REMOTE
COMMUNICATIONS
In order to provide security for remote access of the T700, a LOGON feature can be
enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands. This is done
by turning on the SECURITY MODE (Mode 4, Section 5.2.1). Once the SECURITY
MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also be
achieved with the LOGOFF command.
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is used.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help screen.
The following messages will be returned at logon:
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to the T700 calibrator with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable
RS232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN
Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.
06873B DCN6388
197
7. CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION
Basic electronic calibration of the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is performed at the
factory. Normally there is no need to perform this factory calibration in the field
however, the performance of several of the instrument’s key subsystems should be
verified periodically and if necessary adjusted. These subsystems are:
Mass Flow Controllers: The accuracy of the mass flow controller outputs is intrinsic
to achieving the correct calibration mixture concentrations, therefore the accuracy of
their output should be checked and if necessary adjusted every 6 months (see
Sections 7.1 and 7.2).
O
3 Photometer: If your T700 is equipped with the optional O3 photometer its
performance should be periodically verified against and external transfer standard
(see Section 7.3).
O
3 Generator: If your T700 is equipped with the optional O3 generator, it should be
periodically calibrated (see Section 7.4).
7.1. VIEWING THE PERFORMANCE STATISTICS FOR THE
T700’S MFC’S
It is possible to view the target flow rate, actual flow rate and actual gas pressure for
each MFC via the FLOW submenu in the T700 calibrator (in real time). To access this
information, press:
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
198
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
199
In the displays associated with the FLOW STAT submenu:
The numbers after “F=” are the flow.
The first number is the target flow.
The second is the actual flow.
The number after “P=” is pressure in PSIG.
If an MFC is off, its flows are displayed as OFF.
7.2. CALIBRATING THE OUTPUT OF THE T700’S MFC’S
A table exists in the memory of the T700’s for each MFC that sets the output of the
MFC at each of 20 equally spaced control points along its entire performance range.
This table may be accesses via the DIAG MFC CONFIGURATION submenu (see
Section 7.2.2).
For each calibration point, the following is displayed:
The drive voltage in 20 equal, incremental steps from 0 mVDC to 5000 mVDC;
The expected flow rate corresponding to each drive voltage point (each equal
to1/20th of the full scale for the selected mass flow controller).
This table can also be used to calibrate the output of the MFCs by adjusting either the
control voltage of a point or its associated flow output value (see Section 7.2.2).
Table 7-1: Examples of MFC Calibration Points
MFC FULL SCALE
1.0 LPM 3.0 LPM 5.0 LPM 10.0 LPM
CAL
POINT
DRIVE
VOLTAGE MFC TARGET OUTPUT
0 000 mV 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
1 250 mV 0.050 0.150 0.250 0.500
2 500 mV 0.100 0.300 0.500 1.000
3 750 mV 0.150 0.450 0.750 1.500
4 1000 mV 0.200 0.600 1.000 2.000
5 1250 mV 0.250 0.750 1.250 2.500
6 1500 mV 0.300 0.900 1.500 3.000
7 1750 mV 0.350 1.050 1.750 3.500
8 2000 mV 0.400 1.200 2.000 4.000
9 2250 mV 0.450 1.350 2.250 4.500
10 2500 mV 0.500 1.500 2.500 5.000
11 2750 mV 0.550 1.650 2.750 5.500
12 3000 mV 0.600 1.800 3.000 6.000
13 3250 mV 0.650 1.950 3.250 6.500
14 3500 mV 0.700 2.100 3.500 7.000
15 3750 mV 0.750 2.250 3.750 7.500
16 4000 mV 0.800 2.400 4.000 8.000
17 4250 mV 0.850 2.550 4.250 8.500
18 4500 mV 0.900 2.700 4.500 9.000
19 4750 mV 0.950 2.850 4.750 9.500
20 5000 mV 1.000 3.000 5.000 10.000
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
200
7.2.1. SETUP FOR VERIFICATION AND CALIBRATION OF THE T700’S
MFC’S
Note A separate flow meter is required for the procedure.
1. Turn off the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator.
2. Open the front panel to the T700 calibrator. This is the easiest access to the MFC
output ports.
A locking screw located at the top center of the front panel (See Figure 3-1)
must be removed before the panel can be opened.
3. Attach the flow meter directly to the output port of the MFC to be checked/tested.
Outlet Port for
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
Input Gas
Pressure
Sensor
PCA
Outlet Port for
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller
ON / OFF
Switch
Front Panel
PHOTOMETER
Outlet Port for
Optional 2nd Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Valve
GPT
Chamber
Figure 7-1: Location of MFC Outlet Ports
4. Turn the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator ON.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
201
7.2.2. VERIFYING AND CALIBRATING THE T700’S MFC’S
Once the external flow meter is connected to the output of the MFC being
verified/calibrated, perform the following steps:
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
202
7.3. VERIFYING AND CALIBRATING THE T700’S OPTIONAL O3
PHOTOMETER
For calibrators equipped with the O3 photometer, the accuracy of calibration mixtures
involving O3 produced by the T700 depends entirely on the accuracy of the photometer,
therefore it is very important that the photometer is operating properly and accurately.
Setup for Verifying O3 Photometer Performance is shown in Section 7.3.1.
7.3.1. SETUP FOR VERIFYING O3 PHOTOMETER PERFORMANCE
Note This operation requires an external reference photometer.
Enclosure Wall
Figure 7-2: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
203
7.3.2. VERIFYING O3 PHOTOMETER PERFORMANCE
To verify the performance of the T700’s optional internal photometer perform the
following steps:
Wait
A MINIMUM
OF
10 MINUTES
or until the
ACT reading
settles down
STANDBY GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
0400PPBO3ENTREXIT
Make sure that the
T700 is in STANDBY
mode
STANDBY SYSTEM RESET
AUTO MAN PURG
STANDBY GENERATE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR SETUP
STANDBY A-CAL=0.0000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
GENERATE ACT CAL=2.000 LPM
<SET SET> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Toggle this button to
scroll through the
available gas types (as
programmed during
initial setup.
Continue pressing this key until the desired
gas type appears
STANDBY GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
0000PPBO3ENTREXIT
Toggle
thesebuttons to
set the target
concentration.
STANDBY TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
0 2. 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the target TOTAL
FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
Toggle this button
to set the units of
measure.
Press this key until the ACT test function is displayed
STANDBY ACT= 400.0 PPB O3
<SET SET> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Record O3 concentration readings displayed by the ACT
test function and by the external reference photometer
Repeat this procedure for as many points along the
performance range of the T700 as required
Note The readings recorded from the T700’s ACT test function and the reference
photometer should be within 1% of each other.
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
204
7.3.3. SETUP FOR CALIBRATION OF THE O3 PHOTOMETER
Note This procedure requires external sources for zero air and O3 as an external
reference photometer.
Calibrating the T700 calibrator’s optional internal photometer requires a different set up
than that used during the normal operation of the calibrator. There are two ways to
make the connections between these instruments and the T700 calibrator: either with
direct connections or calibration manifolds
7.3.3.1. Setup Using Direct Connections
Figure 7-3 shows the external zero air and O3 sources as well as the reference
photometer connected directly to the fixtures on the back of the T700 Calibrator.
Figure 7-3: External Photometer Validation Setup – Direct Connections
Note A Minimum of 1.1 LPM is required for the external zero air source.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
205
7.3.3.2. Setup Using a Calibration Manifold
Figure 7-4 shows the external zero air and O3 sources as well as the reference
photometer connected to the T700 Calibrator via calibration manifolds for both zero air
and O3.
Figure 7-4: External Photometer Validation Setup with Calibration Manifolds
Note The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the
drawing. The actual orientation in your setup is with the ports facing upward.
All unused ports should be capped. A Minimum of 1.1 LPM is required for the
external zero air source.
7.3.3.3. Calibration Manifold Exhaust/Vent Line
The manifold’s excess gas should be vented to a suitable vent outside of the room. The
internal diameter of this vent should be large enough to avoid any appreciable pressure
drop, and it must be located sufficiently downstream of the output ports to ensure that no
ambient air enters the manifold due to eddy currents or back diffusion.
7.3.4. PERFORMING AN O3 PHOTOMETER EXTERNAL CALIBRATION
The following procedure sets values held in the calibrator’s memory for zero point
OFFSET and SLOPE.
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
206
7.3.4.1. Photometer Zero Calibration
To set the zero point offset for the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator’s photometer, press:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
207
7.3.4.2. Photometer Span Calibration
To set the response SLOPE for the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator’s photometer,
press:
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
208
7.3.5. O3 PHOTOMETER DARK CALIBRATION
The Dark Calibration Test turns off the Photometer UV Lamp and records any offset
signal level of the UV Detector-Preamp-Voltage to Frequency Converter circuitry. This
allows the instrument to compensate for any voltage levels inherent in the Photometer
detection circuit that might affect the output of the detector circuitry and therefore the
calculation of O3 concentration.
To activate the Dark Calibration feature:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
209
7.3.6. O3 PHOTOMETER GAS FLOW CALIBRATION
Note A separate flow meter is required for the procedure.
To calibrate the flow of gas through the T700 calibrator’s optional photometer bench.
1. Turn OFF the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator.
2. Attach the flow meter directly to the EXHAUST port of the T700 calibrator.
3. Turn the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator ON.
4. Perform the following steps:
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
210
7.3.7. O3 PHOTOMETER BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION
CALIBRATION
Any time there is a pneumatic configuration change, there is risk of impacting the
internal measure/reference pressure. To compensate for this, a backpressure
compensation calibration is required each time. Set the calibrator to generate ozone at
the flow rate intended for operation. While the instrument is generating ozone, go to the
SETUP>MORE>DIAG>929>…>BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION menu and
press ENTR, shown in the following illustration, to initiate the calibration; the operation
will take a few minutes:
GENERATE A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
generating ozone at the
intended operational flow rate.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD
818 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
PASSWORD - 929 DIAG SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
211
7.4. CALIBRATING THE O3 GENERATOR
7.4.1. SETUP FOR VERIFICATION AND CALIBRATION THE O3
GENERATOR
Note An external reference photometer is required for the procedure.
7.4.1.1. Setup Using Direct Connections
Figure 7-5 shows the reference photometer connected directly to the fixtures on the back
of the T700 Calibrator.
Figure 7-5: O3 Generator Calibration Setup – Direct Connections
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
212
Verifying O3 Generator Performance
Using the set up shown in Figure 8-4, perform the following steps:
STANDBY GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
0 400PPBO3ENTREXIT
Make sure that the
T700 is in STANDBY
mode
STANDBY SYSTEM RESET
AUTO MAN PURG
STANDBY GENERATE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR SETUP
STANDBY A-CAL=0.0000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
GENERATE ACT CAL=2.000 LPM
<SET SET> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Toggle this button to
scroll through the
available gas types (as
programmed during
initial setup.
Continue pressing this key until the desired
gas type appears
STANDBY GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
0 000PPBO3ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons
to set the target
concentration.
STANDBY TOTAL FLOW = 2.000 LPM
0 2. 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the target TOTAL
FLOW.
(Default = 2.000 LPM)
Toggle this button
to set the units of
measure.
Record O3 concentration from reference
photometer
Note The readings recorded from the T700’s A-CAL test function and the reference
photometer should be within 1% of each other.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
213
7.4.2. O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
The T700 calibrator’s software includes a routine for automatically calibration the O3
generator. A table of drive voltages stored in the T700’s memory is the basis for this
calibration. For each point included in the table used by the T700 to calibrate the
optional O3 generator the user can set a drive voltage and a dwell time for that point.
Each point can also be individually turned OFF or ON.
7.4.2.1. Viewing O3 Generator Calibration Points
To view these calibration points, press:
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
214
7.4.2.2. Adding or Editing O3 Generator Calibration Points
To add a calibration point to the table or edit an existing point, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM FLOW VARS EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
DIAG
PREV ENTR EXIT
DIAG
PREV NEXT EXIT
Continue pressing until ...
DIAG
CAL EXIT
Toggle these buttons to the place in the
table where the point is to be added or
edited. New Points are inserted
BEFORE the displayed point.
DIAG O3GEN
DEL PRNT EXIT
discards
the new setting
accepts
the new setting
DIAG O3GEN
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to move
between calibration points
parameters DIAG O3GEN
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to set
the drive voltage
DIAG O3GEN
<SET EDIT EXIT
DIAG O3GEN
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to set
the dwell time for the point.
DIAG O3GEN
<SET SET> EXIT
DIAG O3GEN
<SET EDIT EXIT
DIAG O3GEN
Toggle these buttons to set
the dwell time for the point.
DIAG O3GEN
<SET SET> EXIT
discards
the new setting
accepts
the new setting
discards
the new setting
accepts
the new setting
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
215
7.4.2.3. Deleting O3 Generator Calibration Points
To delete an existing calibration point, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM FLOW VARS EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
DIAG
PREV ENTR EXIT
DIAG
PREV NEXT EXIT
Continue pressing until ...
DIAG
CAL EXIT
DIAG O3GEN
INS DEL PRNT EXIT
DIAG O3GEN
PREV NEXT INS PRNT EXIT
Continue pressing & until your
reach the point to be deleted
DIAG O3GEN
NO
DIAG O3GEN
PREV NEXT INS DEL PRNT
DIAG O3GEN
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
216
7.4.2.4. Turning O3 Generator Calibration Points ON / OFF
To enable or disable an existing calibration point, press:
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VA DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD
818 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
PASSWORD DIAG SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
CAL PNTS EXIT
DIAG O3GEN 1) 500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Continue pressing PREV & NEXT until your
reach the point to be turned ON/OFF
DIAG O3GEN 8) 1500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DRIVE:0 MV
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT ENABLELD:ON
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT ENABLELD:ON
ON ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to turn
the point ON / OFF
EXIT discards
the new setting
ENTR accepts
the new setting
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
217
7.4.2.5. Performing an Automatic Calibration of the Optional O3 Generator
Note This procedure requires that the T700 calibrator have an optional photometer
installed.
To run the automatic O3 generator calibration program, press:
Test runs automatically
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM FLOW VAr EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
DIAG
PREV ENTR EXIT
DIAG
PREV NEXT EXIT
Continue pressing until ...
DIAG
PNTS EXIT
DIAG
DIAG
aborts
the calibration
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
218
7.5. T700 GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION
Note The procedures described in this section require a separate pressure
meter/monitor.
The T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator has several sensors that monitor the pressure of
the gases flowing through the instrument. The data collected by these sensors is used to
compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in atmospheric pressure and
is stored in the CPU’s memory as various test functions:
Table 7-2: T700 Pressure Sensor Calibration Setup
SENSOR ASSOCIATED
TEST FUNCTION UNITS PRESSURE MONITOR
MEASUREMENT POINT
Diluent Pressure Sensor DIL PRESSURE PSIG Insert monitor just before the inlet port of the
diluent MFC
Cal Gas Pressure Sensor CAL PRESSURE PSIG Insert monitor just before the inlet port of the
cal gas MFC
O3 Regulator Pressure
Sensor
(Optional O3 Generator)
REG PRESSURE PSIG
Insert monitor in line between the regulator
and the O3 gas pressure sensor located on
the O3 generator / photometer pressure /
flow sensor PCA
Sample Gas Pressure
Sensor
(Optional O3 Photometer)
PHOTO SPRESS IN-HG-A
Use monitor to measure ambient
atmospheric pressure at the calibrator’s
location.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
219
Figure 7-6: Pressure Monitor Points – T700 – Basic Unit
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
O3GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
Flow Control
(1.0 LPM)
On Back Panel
Instrument Chassis
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 1
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Volume
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER BENCH
PUMP
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 2
INTERNAL
VENT
Pressure
Regulator
GPT
Valve
O3Gen
Valve
REF/MEAS
Valve
DILUENT
Valve
grn
blk
red
blu
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
gry
wht
vio
vio
wht
grn
brn
brn
brn
orn
yel
orn
yel yel
yel
yel yel
Pressure
Monitor
Pressure
Monitor
Pressure
Monitor
Figure 7-7: Pressure Monitor Points – T700 with O3 Options and Multiple Cal MFCs Installed
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
220
7.5.1.1. Calibrating the Diluent, Cal Gas Optional O3 Generator Pressure Sensors
1. Turn off the calibrator and open the top cover.
2. For the sensor being calibrated, insert a “T” pneumatic connector at the location
described in Table 7-2 and shown in Figure 7-6 and Figure 7-7.
3. Turn on the calibrator and perform the following steps:
4. Turn OFF the T700.
5. Remove the pressure monitor.
6. Restore the pneumatic lines to their proper connections.
7. Close the calibrator’s cover.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Calibration and Verification
221
7.5.1.2. Calibrating the Optional O3 Photometer Sample Gas Pressure Sensors
Note This calibration must be performed when the pressure of the photometer sample
gas is equal to ambient atmospheric pressure.
1. Turn off the calibrator and open the top cover.
2. Disconnect power to the photometer’s internal pump.
3. Measure the ambient atmospheric pressure of T700’s location in In-Hg-A.
4. Turn on the calibrator and perform the following steps:
5. Turn OFF the T700.
6. Reconnect the internal pump.
7. Close the calibrator’s cover.
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
222
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
223
PART III
–
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE
06873B DCN6388
Calibration and Verification Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
224
06873B DCN6388
225
8. MAINTENANCE
Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into the
calibrator’s firmware allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary without
performing painstaking preventative maintenance procedures.
For the most part, the T700 calibrator is maintenance free, there are, however, a minimal
number of simple procedures that when performed regularly will ensure that the T700
photometer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its lifetime.
Repairs and troubleshooting are covered in Section 11 of this manual.
8.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Table 8-1 shows a typical maintenance schedule for the T700. Please note that in certain
environments (i.e. dusty, very high ambient pollutant levels) some maintenance
procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.
Note If the instrument has the optional O3 photometer installed, a Span and
Zero Calibration Check must be performed on the photometer following
some of the maintenance procedure listed below. See Section 7.3 for
instructions on performing checks.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK. DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY OF
THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE INTERIOR OF THE
CALIBRATOR.
CAUTION
THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY.
06873B DCN6388
226
Table 8-1: T700 Maintenance Schedule
Date Performed
Item Action Freq
Cal
Check
Req’d.1
Manual
Section
Verify Test
Functions
Record and
analyze
Weekly or after
any Maintenance
or Repair
No
Pump
Diaphragm1 No Replacement Required. Under Normal Circumstances this Pump Will Last the Lifetime of the Instrument.
Absorption
Tube1
Inspect
- - -
Clean
As Needed Yes after
cleaning 8.2.2
Cleaning of the Photometer Absorption Tube Should Not Be Required
as long as
ONLY CLEAN, DRY, PARTICULATE FREE
Zero Air (Diluent Gas)
is used with the T700 Calibrator
Perform
Flow Check
Verify Flow
of MFCs
Annually or any
time the T700’s
internal DAC is
recalibrated
No 7.1 & 7.2
Perform
Leak Check
Verify Leak
Tight
Annually or after
any Maintenance
or Repair
Yes 8.2.1
Pneumatic
lines
Examine
and clean As needed Yes if
cleaned - - -
1 Only applies to T700 Calibrator’s with O3 photometer options installed.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Maintenance
227
8.2. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
The following procedures are to be performed periodically as part of the standard
maintenance of the T700 calibrator.
8.2.1. AUTO LEAK CHECK
8.2.1.1. Equipment Required
Four (4) 1/4" Pneumatic caps.
One (1) 1/8” Pneumatic Cap
One (1) # 6 hexagonal Driver/Wrench
One (1) Pneumatic “T” fitting
8.2.1.2. Setup Auto Leak Check
To perform a leak-check on the T700 calibrator:
1. Remove the cover from the calibrator.
2. On Instruments with the optional O3 photometer installed, the photometer flow
sensor PCA and pump must be bypassed:
Using a #6 nut driver, remove the hexagonal nut located at the top of the gas
outlet of the photometer (see Figure 8-1).
Using a #6 nut driver, remove the hexagonal nut located on the fitting on the
back side of the Flow/Pressure sensor board (see Figure 8-1).
Connect the end of the line removed from the Sensor PCA in Step 3 to the
Photometer Outlet Fitting.
Photometer Gas
Outlet Fitting
Photometer
Flow Sensor / Pump
Outlet Fitting
Internal Vent
Figure 8-1: Bypassing the Photometer Sensor PCA and Pump
06873B DCN6388
Maintenance Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
228
3. Using the 1/8” cap, securely cover the outlet of the internal vent located just behind
the valve relay PCA (see Figure 8-1).
4. Use the 1/4" caps to cover the following gas outlet ports on the back of the T700
(see Figure 8-2).
Exhaust (Only required for calibrators with O3 generators install).
Both Cal Gas 1 outlet ports.
The Vent port.
Cap These Ports
“T” Fitting
Figure 8-2: Gas Port Setup for Auto-Leak Check Procedure
5. If a bottle of source gas is connected to the CYL 1 port, remove it.
Note Ensure that the gas outlet of the bottle is CLOSED before disconnecting the gas
line from the CYL 1 port..
6. Connect a gas line from the zero air gas source to the Diluent In and to the CYL 1
port using a “T” type pneumatic fitting (see Figure 8-2).
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Maintenance
229
Figure 8-3: Gas Flow for Auto-Leak Check Procedure of Base Model T700’s
Instrument Chassis
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
O3GAS INPUT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3FLOW
SENSOR
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(1.0 LPM)
Flow Control
(10 cm3)
On Back Panel
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 1
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Volume
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER BENCH
OFF
/
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 2
INTERNAL
VENT
Pressure
Regulator
GPT
Valve
O3Gen
Valve
REF/MEAS
Valve
DILUENT
Valve
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
vio
vio
wht
CAP
CAP CAP CAP
brn
brn
gry
gry
wht
orn
yel
orn
yel yel
yel
yel yel
grn
Figure 8-4: Gas Flow for Auto-Leak Check Procedure of T700’s with Optional Photometer
06873B DCN6388
Maintenance Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
230
8.2.1.3. Performing the Auto Leak Check Procedure
To perform an AUTO LEAK CHECK, press:
Test Runs Automatically
At 17% of elapsed time the program
shuts the DILUENT IN and CYL1
port valves. Then measures the total
drop in internal gas pressure (if any)
for the duration of the test.
A drop of ≥ 2 PSIG causes the test
to FAIL.
Run time is approximately
5 minutes
DIAG LEAK LEAK CHECK PASSED 29.8 PSIG
EXIT
DIAG LEAK LEAK CHECK 30.0 PSIG, 17%
EXIT
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD
000 ENTREXIT
Toggle these keys to enter
the correct PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG AUTO LEAK CHECK
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
Pressure displayed is the
actual pressure read by the
instruments internal
sensors.
At the beginning of the test
this should equal the
pressure of the Diluent Gas
(Zero Air ) bottle
8.2.1.4. Returning the T700 to Service after Performing an Auto Leak Check
1. Remove all of the caps from the EXHAUST, CAL GAS OUTPUTS (2) and the VENT
port and from the internal vent.
2. On instruments with an optional O3 photometer, reconnect the internal gas lines so
that the Sensor PCA and pump are functional.
3. Remove the tee from the DILUENT IN and CYL 1.
4. Reconnect the ZERO AIR SOURCE to the DILUENT IN.
5. Reconnect Cal Gas bottle to CYL 1 and open the bottles outlet port.
6. Replace the calibrator’s top cover.
7. The calibrator is now ready to be used.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Maintenance
231
8.2.2. CLEANING OR REPLACING THE ABSORPTION TUBE
Note Although this procedure should never be needed as long as the user is careful to
supply the photometer with clean, dry and particulate free zero air only, it is
included here for those rare occasions when cleaning or replacing the
absorption tube may be required.
1. Remove the center cover from the optical bench.
2. Unclip the sample thermistor from the tube.
3. Loosen the two screws on the round tube retainers at either end of the tube.
4. Using both hands, carefully rotate the tube to free it.
5. Slide the tube towards the lamp housing.
The front of the tube can now be slid past the detector block and out of the
instrument.
CAUTION
DO NOT CAUSE THE TUBE TO BIND AGAINST THE METAL HOUSINGS.
THE TUBE MAY BREAK AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY.
6. Clean the tube by rinsing with de-ionized water.
7. Air dry the tube.
8. Check the cleaning job by looking down the bore of the tube.
It should be free from dirt and lint.
9. Inspect the o-rings that seal the ends of the optical tube (these o-rings may stay
seated in the manifolds when the tube is removed).
10. If there is any noticeable damage to these o-rings, they should be replaced.
11. Re-assemble the tube into the lamp housing and perform an Auto Leak Check on
the instrument.
Note It is important for proper optical alignment that the tube be pushed all the way
towards the front of the optical bench when it is reassembled prior to gently
retightening the tube retainer screws. This will ensure that the tube is
assembled with the forward end against the stop inside the detector manifold.
06873B DCN6388
Maintenance Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
232
8.2.3. UV SOURCE LAMP ADJUSTMENT
This procedure provides in detail the steps for adjustment of the UV source lamp in the
optical bench assembly. This procedure should be done whenever the PHOTO
REFERENCE test function value drops below 3000 mV.
1. Ensure that the calibrator is warmed-up and has been running for at least 30
minutes before proceeding.
2. Remove the cover from the calibrator.
3. Locate the optional Photometer (see Figure 3-6).
4. Locate the UV detector gain adjust pot on the photometer assembly (see Figure
8-5).
5. Perform the following procedure:
Additional adjustment can be made by physically
rotating the lamp in it’s housing.
To do this, slightly loosen the UV lamp
setscrew.
Next, slowly rotate the lamp up to ¼ turn in
either direction while watching the
PHOTO_DET signal.
Once the optimum lamp position is
determined, re-tighten the lamp
setscrew
Using an insulated pot adjustment tool, Turn the UV
DETECTOR GAIN ADJUSTMENT POT until the value of
PHOTO_DET is as close as possible to 4600.0 MV.
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT
SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD
818 ENTREXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG I/O 1) CONTROL_IN_2=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP PRNT EXIT
DIAG 54) PHOTO_DET = 3342.2 MV
PREV NEXT PRNT EXIT
If a minimum reading of 3500.0 mV can not be reached,
the lamp must be replaced.
Continue pressing NEXT until...
6. Replace the cover on the calibrator.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Maintenance
233
Figure 8-5: Photometer Assembly – Lamp Adjustment / Installation
8.2.4. UV SOURCE LAMP REPLACEMENT
This procedure details the steps for replacement of the UV source lamp in the optical
bench assembly. This procedure should be done whenever the lamp can no longer be
adjusted as described in Section 8.2.3.
1. Turn the calibrator off.
2. Remove the cover from the calibrator.
3. Locate the Optical Bench Assembly (see Figure 3-6).
4. Locate the UV lamp at the front of the optical bench assembly (see Figure 8-5).
5. Unplug the lamp cable from the power supply connector on the side of the optical
bench.
6. Slightly loosen (do not remove) the UV lamp setscrew and pull the lamp from its
housing.
7. Install the new lamp in the housing, pushing it all the way in. Leave the UV lamp
setscrew loose for now.
8. Turn the calibrator back on and allow it to warm up for at least 30 minutes.
9. Turn the UV detector gain adjustment pot (See Figure 8-5) clockwise to its minimum
value. The pot may click softly when the limit is reached.
10. Perform the UV Lamp Adjustment procedure described in Section 8.2.3, with the
following exceptions:
a) Slowly rotate the lamp in its housing (up to ¼ turn in either direction) until a
MINIMUM value is observed.
Ensure the lamp is pushed all the way into the housing while performing this
rotation.
If the PHOTO_DET will not drop below 5000 mV while performing this
rotation, contact Teledyne API’S Customer Service for assistance.
b) Once a lamp position is found that corresponds to a minimum observed value
for PHOTO_DET, tighten the lamp setscrew at the approximate minimum value
observed.
06873B DCN6388
Maintenance Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
234
c) Adjust PHOTO_DET within the range of 4400 – 4600 mV.
11. Replace the cover on the calibrator.
CAUTION
The UV lamp contains mercury (Hg), which is considered hazardous waste. The
lamp should be disposed of in accordance with local regulations regarding
waste containing mercury.
8.2.5. OZONE GENERATOR UV LAMP ADJUSTMENT OR REPLACEMENT
This procedure details the steps for replacement and initial adjustment of the ozone
generator lamp. If you are adjusting an existing lamp, skip to Step 8.
1. Turn off the calibrator.
2. Remove the cover from the calibrator.
3. Locate the O3 generator (see Figure 3-6).
UV Lamp
Set Screws
O
3
Generator
Body
Lamp
O-ring
Figure 8-6: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations
4. Remove the two setscrews on the top of the O3 generator and gently pull out the old
lamp.
5. Inspect the o-ring beneath the nut and replace if damaged.
6. Install the new lamp in O3 generator housing.
Do not fully tighten the setscrews.
The lamp should be able to be rotated in the assembly by grasping the lamp
cable.
7. Turn on calibrator and allow it to stabilize for at least 30 minutes.
8. Locate the potentiometer used to adjust the O3 generator UV output.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Maintenance
235
Adjustment
Pot
O
3
Generator
Reference
Detector
PCA
O
3
Generator
Body
Figure 8-7: Location of O3 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot
9. Perform the following procedure:
06873B DCN6388
Maintenance Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
236
Slowly rotate the lamp up to a ¼ turn in either direction to
until the displays the lowest value.
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
STANDBY A-CAL=0.000 LPM
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
SETUP X.X
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X
CYL USER EXIT
SETUP X.X
MODE PHOT EXIT
Press <TST or TST> until ...
Is the value of
between
and
Using an insulated pot adjustment tool, turn the
until
the value of is approximately
YES
NO
10. Tighten the two setscrews.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Maintenance
237
11. Replace the calibrator’s cover.
12. Perform an auto-leak check (See Section 8.2.1).
13. Perform an Ozone Generator calibration (see Section 7.4).
06873B DCN6388
Maintenance Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
238
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
239
9. TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying and solving performance
problems with the calibrator.
ATTENTION
The operations outlined in this section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
WARNING
Risk of electrical shock. Some operations need to be carried out with the
instrument open and running.
Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or mechanical
damage to the calibrator.
Do not drop tools into the calibrator or leave those after your procedures.
Do not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while operating
inside the calibrator.
Use common sense when operating inside a running calibrator.
9.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
The T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator has been designed so that problems can be
rapidly detected, evaluated and repaired. During operation, it continuously performs
diagnostic tests and provides the ability to evaluate its operating parameters without
disturbing monitoring operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five
steps:
1. Note any warning messages and take corrective action as necessary.
2. Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory values. Note
any major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action.
3. Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic
communication channels are operating properly.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
240
Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the
voltage test points on the relay PCA.
Note that the calibrator’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors
match the color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA.
4. Follow the procedures defined in Section 3.4.3 to confirm that the calibrator’s vital
functions are working (power supplies, CPU, relay PCA, etc.).
See Figure 3-5 and Figure 3-6 for general layout of components and sub-
assemblies in the calibrator.
See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.
9.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES
The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message
being displayed on the front panel. Table 9-1 lists warning messages, along with their
meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the same
time, it is often an indication that some fundamental sub-system (power supply, relay
PCA, motherboard) has failed rather than indication of the specific failures referenced
by the warnings. In this case, it is recommended that proper operation of power supplies
(See Section 9.4.3), the relay PCA (See Section 9.4.7), and the motherboard (See
Section9.4.11) be confirmed before addressing the specific warning messages.
The T700 will alert the user that a Warning Message is active by flashing the FAULT
LED, displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with the CLR button
(press to clear Warning message). The MSG button displays if there is more than one
warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet cleared the message.
The following display/touchscreen examples provide an illustration of each:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
241
The calibrator will also alert the user via the Serial I/O COMM port(s) and cause the
FAULT LED on the front panel to blink.
To view or clear the various warning messages press:
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
242
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
243
Table 9-1: Warning Messages in Front Panel Display Param Field
WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration and
Calibration data reset to
original Factory state.
- Failed Disk-on-Module
- User has erased configuration data
DATA INITIALIZED Data Storage in DAS was
erased.
- Failed Disk-on-Module.
- User cleared data.
LAMP DRIVER WARN1, 2
The CPU is unable to
communicate with either
the O3 generator or
photometer lamp I2C driver
chip.
- I
2C has failed
MFC COMMUNICATION
WARNING
Firmware is unable to
communicate with any
MFC.
- I
2C has failed
- One of the MFCs has failed
- Cabling loose or broken between MFC and Motherboard
MFC PRESSURE
WARNING
One of the calibrator’s
mass flow controllers
internal gas pressure is
<15 PSIG or > 36 PSIG
- Zero or source air supply is incorrectly set up or
improperly vented.
- Leak or blockage exists in the T700’s internal pneumatics
- Failed CAL GAS or DUILUENT pressure sensor
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP
WARNING1
IZS Ozone Generator
Temp is outside of control
range of 48C 3C.
- No IZS option installed, instrument improperly configured
- O
3 generator heater
- O
3 generator temperature sensor
- Relay controlling the O3 generator heater
- Entire Relay PCA
- I
2C Bus
O3 GEN REFERENCE
WARNING1
The O3 generator’s
reference detector output
has dropped below 50 mV.1
Possible failure of:
- O
3 generator UV Lamp
- O
3 generator reference detector
- O
3 generator lamp power supply
- I
2C bus
O3 PUMP WARNING1
The photometer pump
failed to turn on within the
specified timeout period
(default = 30 sec.).
- Failed Pump
- Problem with Relay PCA
- 12 VDC power supply problem
PHOTO LAMP TEMP
WARNING2 The photometer lamp temp
is < 51C or >61C.
Possible failure of:
- Bench lamp heater
- Bench lamp temperature sensor
- Relay controlling the bench heater
- Entire Relay PCA
- I
2C Bus
- Hot Lamp
PHOTO LAMP STABILITY
WARNING
Value output during the
Photometer’s reference
cycle changes from
measurements to
measurement more than
25% of the time.
- Faulty UV source lamp
- Noisy UV detector
- Faulty UV lamp power supply
- Faulty ± 15 VDC power supply
PHOTO REFERENCE
WARNING2
Occurs when Ref is
<2500 mVDC
or >4950 mVDC.
Possible failure of:
- UV Lamp
- UV Photo-Detector Preamp
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
244
WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BOARD NOT DET
Mother Board not detected
on power up.
- THIS WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COMM
Port(s) Front Panel Display will be frozen, blank or will not
respond.
- Failure of Mother Board
REGULATOR PRESSURE
WARNING
Regulator pressure is
< 15 PSIG or > 25 PSIG.
- Zero or source air supply is incorrectly set up or
improperly vented.
- Incorrectly adjusted O3 zero air pressure regulator
- Leak or blockage exists in the T700’s internal pneumatics
- Failed O3 Generator Input pressure sensor
RELAY BOARD WARN
The CPU cannot
communicate with the
Relay PCA.
- I
2C Bus failure
- Failed relay PCA
- Loose connectors/wiring
SYSTEM RESET
The computer has
rebooted.
- This message occurs at power on.
- If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted
- Failed +5 VDC power
- Fatal error caused software to restart
- Loose connector/wiring
VALVE BOARD WARN
The CPU is unable to
communicate with the valve
board.
- I
2C Bus failure
- Failed valve driver PCA
- Loose connectors/wiring
1 Only applicable for calibrators with the optional the O3 generator installed.
2 Only applicable for calibrators with the optional photometer installed.
3 On instrument with multiple Cal Gas MFCs installed, the MFC FLOW WARNING occurs when the flow rate requested is
<10% of the range of the lowest rated MFC (i.e. all of the cal gas MFC are turned off).
9.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS
Besides being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions viewable from the
calibrator’s front panel can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems
when combined with a thorough understanding of the calibrators Theory of Operation
(see Section 10).
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the “Nominal Range” column
of the calibrator Final Test and Validation Data Sheet shipped with the instrument.
Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of the
calibrator’s subsystems. Functions whose values are still within acceptable ranges but
have significantly changed from the measurement recorded on the factory data sheet
may also indicate a failure.
A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the values of these
Test Functions.
Table 9-2 contains some of the more common causes for these values to be out of range.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
245
Table 9-2: Test Functions – Indicated Failures
TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.
O3GENREF1
Particularly important in calibrators without the optional O3 photometer since the reference
detector is the primary input for controlling O3 concentration.
Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN REFERENCE WARNING from Table 9-1.
O3FLOW1
Gas flow problems directly affect the concentration accuracy of the T700’s calibration gas
mixtures.
- Check for Gas Flow problems.
O3GENDRV1 Check the O3 generator heater and temperature sensors.
Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 9-1.
O3LAMPTMP1
Incorrect Lamp temperature can affect the efficiency and durability of the O3 generators UV
lamp.
Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 9-1.
CAL PRES Affects proper flow rate of Cal gas MFCs.
Possible causes of faults are the same as MFC PRESSURE WARNING from Table 9-1.
DIL PRES Affects proper flow rate of Diluent gas MFCs.
Possible causes of faults are the same as MFC PRESSURE WARNING from Table 9-1.
REG PRES Same as REGULATOR PRESSURE WARNING from Table 9-1.
BOX TMP
If the Box Temperature is out of range, ensure that the:
Box Temperature typically runs ~7C warmer than ambient temperature.
- The Exhaust-Fan is running.
- Ensure there is sufficient ventilation area to the side and rear of instrument to allow
adequate ventilation.
PH MEAS2
&
PH REF2
If the value displayed is too high the UV Source has become brighter. Adjust the variable gain
potentiometer on the UV Preamp Board in the optical bench.
If the value displayed is too low:
- < 200mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.
- < 2500mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp Board or replace lamp.
If the value displayed is constantly changing:
- Bad UV lamp.
- Defective UV lamp power supply.
- Failed I2C Bus.
If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than 10mV between zero and
span gas:
- Defective/leaking switching valve.
PH FLW2
Gas flow problems directly affect the accuracy of the photometer measurements and therefore
the concentration accuracy of cal gas mixtures involving O3 and GPT mixtures.
- Check for Gas Flow problems.
PH LTEMP2
Poor photometer temp control can cause instrument noise, stability and drift. Temperatures
outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for concern.
Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 9-1.
PH PRES2
The pressure of the gas in the photometer’s sample chamber is used to calculate the
concentration of O3 in the gas stream. Incorrect sample pressure can cause inaccurate
readings.
- Check for Gas Flow problems. See Section Table 9-1.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
246
TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.
PH STEMP2
The temperature of the gas in the photometer’s sample chamber is used to calculate the
concentration of O3 in the gas stream. Incorrect sample temperature can cause inaccurate
readings.
Possible causes of faults are:
- Bad bench lamp heater
- Failed sample temperature sensor
- Failed relay controlling the bench heater
- Failed Relay PCA
- I
2C Bus malfunction
- Hot Lamp
PH SLOPE2
Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the Zero Air or Span Gas supply.
Instrument is miss-calibrated.
Blocked Gas Flow.
Faulty Sample Pressure Sensor or circuitry.
Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration.
PH OFFST2 Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the Zero Air supply.
TIME
Time of Day clock is too fast or slow.
To adjust see Section 4.5.
Battery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead.
1 Only appears when the optional O3 generator is installed.
2 Only appears when the optional O3 photometer is installed
9.1.3. USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O FUNCTION
The Signal I/O parameters found under the DIAG Menu combined with a thorough
understanding of the instrument’s Theory of Operation (found in Section 10) are useful
for troubleshooting in three ways:
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the calibrator’s critical
inputs and outputs.
Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic control
of the CPU can be manually exercised.
The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output
signals.
This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly controlling
these signals on the operation of the calibrator. Figure 9-1 is an example of how to use
the Signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of
an output voltage or control signal. The specific parameter will vary depending on the
situation.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
247
Figure 9-1: Example of Signal I/O Function
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
248
9.2. USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL
The signals available for output over the T700’s analog output channel can also be used
as diagnostic tools. See Section 4.7 for instruction on activating the analog output and
selecting a function.
Table 9-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools
TEST
CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL
SCALE
CAUSES OF EXTREMELY
HIGH / LOW READINGS
NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF
O3 PHOTO
MEAS
The raw output of the
photometer during its
measure cycle
0 mV 5000 mV*
O3 PHOTO
REF
The raw output of the
photometer during its
reference cycle
0 mV 5000 mV
If the value displayed is:
- >5000 mV: The UV source has become brighter; adjust the
UV Detector Gain potentiometer.
- < 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.
- < 2500mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp
Board or replace lamp.
If the value displayed is constantly changing:
- Bad UV lamp.
- Defective UV lamp power supply.
- Failed I2C Bus.
If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than
10mV between zero and span gas:
- Defective/leaking M/R switching valve.
O3 GEN
REF
The raw output of the
O3 generator’s
reference detector
0 mV 5000 mV Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN REFERENCE
WARNING from Table 9-1.
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
The pressure of gas in
the photometer
absorption tube
0 "Hg 40 "Hg-In-A Check for Gas Flow problems.
SAMPLE
FLOW
The gas flow rate
through the photometer 0 cm3/min 1000 cm3/m Check for Gas Flow problems.
SAMPLE
TEMP
The temperature of gas
in the photometer
absorption tube
0 C 70 C Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO STEMP from
Table 9-2.
PHOTO
LAMP
TEMP
The temperature of the
photometer UV lamp 0 C 70 C
Possible failure of:
- Bench lamp heater
- Bench lamp temperature sensor
- Relay controlling the bench heater
- Entire Relay PCA
- I
2C Bus
- Hot Lamp
O3 LAMP
TEMP
The temperature of the
O3 generator’s UV
lamp
0 mV 5000 mV Same as PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 9-1.
CHASSIS
TEMP
The temperature inside
the T700’s chassis
(same as BOX TEMP)
0 C 70 C Possible causes of faults are the same as BOX TEMP from Table
9-2.
O3 PHOTO
CONC
The current
concentration of O3
being measured by the
photometer.
- - -
- I
2C Bus malfunction
- Gas flow problem through the photometer.
- Electronic failure of the photometer subsystems.
- Failure or pressure / temperature sensors associated with the
photometer.
- Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration.
- Contamination of the Zero Air supply.
- Malfunction of the O3 generator.
- Internal A/D converter problem.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
249
9.3. USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS
Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the calibrators
CPU, I2C bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly.
9.3.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR
DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the right of
the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop. After power-
up, approximately 30 – 60 seconds, DS5 should flash on and off. If DS5 does not flash
then the program files may have become corrupted; contact customer service because it
may be possible to recover operation of the calibrator. If after 30 – 60 seconds, DS5 is
flashing. then the CPU is bad and must be replaced.
Motherboard
CPU Status LED
Figure 9-2: CPU Status Indicator
9.3.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS
There are seven LEDs located on the Relay PCA. Some are not used on this model.
9.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs
The most important is D1, which indicates the health of the I2C bus).
Table 9-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications
LED Function Fault Status Indicated Failure(s)
D1
(Red)
I2C bus Health
(Watchdog Circuit)
Continuously ON
or
Continuously OFF
Failed/Halted CPU
Faulty Mother Board, Valve Driver board or Relay PCA
Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Mother Board, Valve
Driver board or Relay PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG Menu Signal I/O to identify hardware
failures of the relays and switches on the Relay.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
250
9.3.2.2. O3 Option Status LEDs
D15 (Yellow) - Photometer Lamp Heater
D16 (Yellow) – O3 Generator Lamp Heater
D7 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve
D8 (Green) O3 Generator Valve Status
D6 (Green ) – GPT Valve
D9 (Green) – Photometer Pump Status
D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator
Figure 9-3: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting
Table 9-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications
SIGNAL I/O PARAMETER
LED FUNCTION ACTIVATED BY VIEW RESULT DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE
D71
Green
Photometer
Meas/Ref
Valve
PHOTO_REF_VALVE N/A
D82
Green
O3 Generator
Valve Status O3_GEN_VALVE N/A
D91
Green
Photometer
Pump Status O3-PUMP-ON N/A
D61,2
Yellow
GPT Valve
Status GPT_VALVE N/A
Valve should audibly change states.
If not:
Failed Valve
Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA
Failed Relay PCA
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
D151
Yellow
Photometer
Heater Status PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP
D162
Green
O3 Generator
Heater Status O3_GEN_HEATER O3_GEN_TEMP
Voltage displayed should change.
If not:
Failed Heater
Faulty Temperature Sensor
Failed AC Relay
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
1 Only applies on calibrators with photometer options installed.
2 Only applies on calibrators with O3 generator options installed.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
251
9.3.3. VALVE DRIVER PCA STATUS LEDS
The Signal I/O submenu also includes VARS that can be used to turn the various input
gas valves on and off as part of a diagnostic investigation.
WATCHDOG INDICATOR
CAL GAS
VALVE 1
CAL GAS
VALVE 2
CAL GAS
VALVE 3
CAL GAS
VALVE 4
PURGE
V
ALVE
DILUENT
VALVE
Figure 9-4: Valve Driver PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting
Table 9-6: Valve Driver Board Watchdog LED Failure Indications
LED Function Fault Status Indicated Failure(s)
D1
(Red)
I2C bus Health
(Watchdog Circuit)
Continuously ON
or
Continuously OFF
Failed/Halted CPU
Faulty Mother Board, Valve Driver board or Relay
PCA
Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Mother Board,
Valve Driver board or Relay PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
Table 9-7: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications
LED FUNCTION
ACTIVATED BY SIGNAL
I/O PARAMETER DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE
D3 Cal Gas CYL1 CYL_VALVE_1
D4 Cal Gas CYL2 CYL_VALVE_2
D5 Cal Gas CYL3 CYL_VALVE_3
D6 Cal Gas CYL4 CYL_VALVE_4
D9 Purge Valve
Status PURGE_VALVE
D10 Diluent Valve
Status INPUT_VALVE
Valve should audibly change states and
LED should glow.
If not:
Failed Valve
Failed Valve Driver IC on Relay PCA
Failed Valve Driver Board
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
252
9.4. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT
The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying
possible sources of failures or performance problems within the T700 calibrator. In
most cases, this included a list of possible components or subsystems that might be the
source of the problem. This section describes how to check individual components or
subsystems to determine if which is actually the cause of the problem being investigated.
9.4.1. VERIFY SUBSYSTEM CALIBRATION
A good first step when troubleshooting the operation of the T700 calibrator is to verify
that its major subsystems are properly calibrated. These are:
The mass flow controllers (see Section 7.2).
Test Channel D A conversion (see Sections 4.10.1.7, 9.4.11.1, and 10.3.5.1).
Gas pressure calibration (see Section 7.5).
When optional O3 components are installed, you should also check:
Photometer calibration (see Section 7.3).
O3 generator calibration (see Section 7.4).
9.4.2. AC MAIN POWER
The T700 calibrator’s electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power
regimes. As long as system is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either 50
or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display.
Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and CPU should
turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
If they do not, check the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF switch on the
instruments front panel.
WARNING
SHOULD THE AC POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP, INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT
THE CONDITION CAUSING THIS SITUATION BEFORE TURNING THE
CALIBRATOR BACK ON.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
253
9.4.3. DC POWER SUPPLY
If you have determined that the calibrator’s AC mains power is working, but the unit is
still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the instrument’s
switching power supplies. The supplies can have two faults, namely no DC output, and
noisy output.
To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the various
printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the associated test points on
the relay PCA follow a standard color-coding scheme as defined in Figure 9-5 and Table
9-8.
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12R 12V
Figure 9-5: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA
Table 9-8: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes
NAME TEST POINT# TP AND WIRE COLOR
Dgnd 1 Black
+5V 2 Red
Agnd 3 Green
+15V 4 Blue
-15V 5 Yellow
+12R 6 Purple
+12V 7 Orange
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
254
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the values in
Table 9-9, and an oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting turned on, can be used
to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise (> 100 mV p-p).
Table 9-9: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
CHECK RELAY PCA TEST POINTS
FROM TEST POINT TO TEST POINT
POWER
SUPPLY
ASSY
VOLTAGE
NAME # NAME #
MIN V MAX V
PS1 +5 Dgnd 1 +5 2 4.8 5.25
PS1 +15 Agnd 3 +15 4 13.5 16V
PS1 -15 Agnd 3 -15V 5 -14V -16V
PS1 Agnd Agnd 3 Dgnd 1 -0.05 0.05
PS1 Chassis Dgnd 1 Chassis N/A -0.05 0.05
PS2 +12 +12V Ret 6 +12V 7 11.75 12.5
PS2 Dgnd +12V Ret 6 Dgnd 1 -0.05 0.05
9.4.4. I2C BUS
Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay
PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA. Assuming that the DC power supplies are
operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of
the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve
Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly.
9.4.5. TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE
Verify the functioning of the touch screen by observing the display when pressing a
touch-screen control button. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the
DC power supplies are operating properly, but pressing a control button on the touch
screen does not change the display, any of the following may be the problem:
The touch-screen controller may be malfunctioning.
The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.
You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a terminal
program. If the analyzer responds to remote commands and the display changes
accordingly, the touch-screen interface may be faulty.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
255
9.4.6. LCD DISPLAY MODULE
Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is applied
to the instrument. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power
supplies are operating properly, the display screen should light and show the splash
screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization
process.
9.4.7. RELAY PCA
The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the status
LEDs on the Relay PCA (see Section 9.3.2), and using the SIGNAL I/O submenu under
the DIAG menu (see Section 4.10) to toggle each LED ON or OFF.
If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question
(Heater power, Valve Drive, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O function, then
the associated control device on the Relay PCA is bad. Several of the control devices
are in sockets and can be easily replaced. Table 9-10 lists the control device associated
with a particular function.
Table 9-10: Relay PCA Control Devices
FUNCTION CONTROL
DEVICE IN SOCKET
UV Lamp Heater Q2 No
O3 Gen Heater Q3 No
All Valves U5 Yes
9.4.8. VALVE DRIVER PCA
Like the Relay PCA the valve driver PCA is checked by observing the condition of the
its status LEDs on the Relay Board (see Section 9.3.2), and using the SIGNAL I/O
submenu under the DIAG menu (see Section 9.1.3) to toggle each LED ON or OFF.
If D2 on the valve driver board is flashing and the status indicator for the output in
question (Gas Cyl 1, Purge Valve, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O function,
then the control IC is bad.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
256
9.4.9. INPUT GAS PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY
The input gas pressure/flow sensor PCA, located at the front of the instrument to the left
of the MFCs (see Figure 3-6) can be checked with a Voltmeter. The following
procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the motherboard as well as the
power supplies is operating properly:
BASIC PCA OPERATION:
Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not, then the
board is bad
CAL GAS PRESSURE SENSOR:
1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1.
The expected value for this signal should be:
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 PSIG, the expected voltage level between
TP4 and TP1 would be between 3470 mVDC and 4245 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 30 PSIG, the expected voltage level between
TP4 and TP1 would be between 4030 mVDC and 4930 mVDC.
If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad, the
board is bad, or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer
from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly.
DILUENT PRESSURE SENSOR:
1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S2 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP5 and TP1.
Evaluate the reading in the same manner as for the cal gas pressure sensor.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
257
9.4.10. PHOTOMETER O3 GENERATOR PRESSURE/FLOW SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
This assembly is only present in calibrators with O3 generator and/or photometer options
installed. The pressure/flow sensor PCA, located at the rear of the instrument between
the O3 generator and the photometer pump (see Figure 3-6) can be checked with a
Voltmeter. The following procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the
motherboard as well as the power supplies are operating properly:
BASIC PCA OPERATION
Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not then the
board is bad
Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1 it should be 1o VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If
not then the board is bad.
PHOTOMETER PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1.
The expected value for this signal should be:
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 20 In-Hg-A, the expected voltage level between
TP4 and TP1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 In-Hg-A, the expected voltage level between
TP4 and TP1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC.
If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad, the
board is bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer
from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly.
O3 GENERATOR PRESSURE SENSOR
1. sure the pressure on the inlet side of S2 with an external pressure meter.
2. sure the voltage across TP5 and TP1.
Evaluate the reading in the same manner as for the cal gas pressure sensor
(see Section 9.4.9).
PHOTOMETER FLOW SENSOR
Measure the voltage across TP3 and TP1.
With proper flow (800 cm3/min through the photometer), this should be
approximately 4.5V (this voltage will vary with altitude).
With flow stopped (photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF) the
voltage should be approximately 1V.
If the voltage is incorrect, the flow sensor S3 is bad, the board is bad or there is
a leak upstream of the sensor.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
258
9.4.11. MOTHERBOARD
9.4.11.1. A/D Functions
The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the motherboard
is to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu to check the two A/D reference
voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter.
1. Use the Signal I/O function (See Section 9.1.3 and Appendix A) to view the value of
REF_4096_MV and REF_GND. If both are within 3 mV of nominal (4096 and 0),
and are stable, ±0.5 mV then the basic A/D is functioning properly. If not then the
motherboard is bad.
2. Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function such as Dil_PRess, MFC_FLOW_1
or SAMPLE_FLOW.
Compare these voltages at their origin (see the interconnect drawing and
interconnect list in Appendix D) with the voltage displayed through the signal I/O
function.
If the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the measured and
displayed voltage (±10 mV) then the motherboard is bad.
9.4.11.2. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage
To verify that the analog output is working properly, connect a voltmeter to the output in
question and perform an analog output step test as follows:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
259
For each of the steps the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed in the
table below except for the 0% step, which should be within 0mV ±2 to 3 mV. Ensure
you take into account any offset that may have been programmed into channel (See
Section 4.10.1.5).
Table 9-11: Analog Output Test Function – Nominal Values Voltage Outputs
FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE
(see Section 4.10.1.3)
100MV 1V 5V 10V
STEP % NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1 0 0 0 0 0
2 20 20 mV 0.2 1 2
3 40 40 mV 0.4 2 4
4 60 60 mV 0.6 3 6
5 80 80 mV 0.8 4 8
6 100 100 mV 1.0 5 10
If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges, it is likely that there has been
a failure of the either or both of the DACs and their associated circuitry on the
motherboard.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
260
9.4.11.3. Status Outputs
To test the status output electronics:
1. Connect a jumper between the “D“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output
that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being tested (see
table below).
4. Under the DIAG Signal I/O menu (See Section9.1.3), scroll through the inputs and
outputs until you get to the output in question.
5. Alternatively, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
Table 9-12: Status Outputs Check
PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT) STATUS
1 ST_SYSTEM_OK
2 SPARE
3 ST_CAL_ACTIVE
4 ST_DIAG_MODE
5 ST_TEMP_ALARM
6 ST_PRESS_ALARM
7 PERM_VALVE_1
8 PERM_VALVE_2
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
261
9.4.11.4. Control Inputs
Table 9-13: T700 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions
CONNECTOR INPUT CORRESPONDING I/O SIGNAL
Top A
CONTROL_IN_1
Top B
CONTROL_IN_2
Top C
CONTROL_IN_3
Top D
CONTROL_IN_4
Top E
CONTROL_IN_5
Top F
CONTROL_IN_6
Bottom G
CONTROL_IN_7
Bottom H
CONTROL_IN_8
Bottom I
CONTROL_IN_9
Bottom J
CONTROL_IN_10
Bottom K
CONTROL_IN_11
Bottom L
CONTROL_IN_12
The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and
watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I/O
submenu:
EXAMPLE: to test the “A” control input:
1. Under the DIAG Signal I/O menu (See Section 9.1.3), scroll through the inputs
and outputs until you get to the output named 0) CONTROL_IN_1.
2. Connect a jumper from the “+” pin on the appropriate connector to the “U” on the
same connector.
3. Connect a second jumper from the “” pin on the connector to the “A” pin.
4. The status of 0) CONTROL_IN_1 should change to read “ON”.
9.4.11.5. Control Outputs
To test the Control Output electronics:
1. Connect a jumper between the “E“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output
that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being tested (see
Table 9-14).
4. Under the DIAG Signal I/O menu (See Section 9.1.3), scroll through the inputs
and outputs until you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
262
Table 9-14: Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions Check
PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT) STATUS
1 CONTROL_OUT_1
2 CONTROL_OUT_2
3 CONTROL_OUT_3
4 CONTROL_OUT_4
5 CONTROL_OUT_5
6 CONTROL_OUT_6
7 CONTROL_OUT_7
8 CONTROL_OUT_8
9 CONTROL_OUT_9
10 CONTROL_OUT_10
11 CONTROL_OUT_11
12 CONTROL_OUT_12
9.4.12. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk On Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs, contact
the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the
wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on the
motherboard is not flashing.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard,
specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board. If
this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to start up but the
measurements will be invalid.
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or
warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration and data
files have been corrupted.
9.4.13. THE CALIBRATOR DOESN’T APPEAR ON THE LAN OR INTERNET
Most problems related to Internet communications via the Ethernet card will be due to
problems external to the calibrator (e.g. bad network wiring or connections, failed
routers, malfunctioning servers, etc.) However, there are several symptoms that indicate
the problem may be with the Ethernet card itself.
If neither of the Ethernet cable’s two status LED’s (located on the back of the cable
connector) is lit while the instrument is connected to a network:
Verify that the instrument is being connected to an active network jack.
Check the internal cable connection between the Ethernet card and the CPU board.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
263
9.4.14. RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS
9.4.14.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting
Teledyne API calibrators use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the
instrument to be connected to a variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232 has been
used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced, connections between
various types of hardware have become increasingly difficult. Generally, every
manufacturer observes the signal and timing requirements of the protocol very carefully.
Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around 4 general areas:
Incorrect cabling and connectors. See Section 3.3.1.7 for connector and pin-out
information.
The BAUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured. See Section 5.2.
If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be
observed. See Section 6.3.
Incorrect setting of the DTE-DCE Switch is set correctly. See Section 5.1.
Verify that the cable (P/N 03596) that connects the serial COMM ports of the CPU
to J12 of the motherboard is properly seated.
9.4.14.2. Troubleshooting Calibrator/Modem or Terminal Operation
These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a
Teledyne API calibrator.
1. Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
2. Check to ensure the DTE-DCE is in the correct position as described in Section 5.1.
3. Check to ensure the set up command is correct. See Section 6.2.
4. Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T700 sets pin 7
(RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
5. Ensure the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between modem and
calibrator match. See Section 5.2.1.
6. Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal or
computer. See Section 5.2.3.
7. Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the calibrator (holding
down the space bar is one way); the green LED should flicker as the instrument is
receiving data.
8. Ensure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is
functioning properly.
Note Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual
“RS-232 Programming Notes” Teledyne API’s P/N 013500000.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
264
9.4.15. TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS
Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the Photometer UV Lamp
(optional), and the Ozone Generator Lamp (optional). If any of these temperatures are
out of range or are poorly controlled, the T700 will perform poorly.
9.4.15.1. Box / Chassis Temperature
The box temperature sensor is mounted to the Motherboard and cannot be disconnected
to check its resistance. Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using the SIGNAL I/O
function under the DIAG Menu (see Section 9.1.3). This parameter will vary with
ambient temperature, but at ~30oC (6-7 above room temperature) the signal should be
~1450 mV.
9.4.15.2. Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature
The temperature of the gas in the photometer sample chamber should read
approximately 5.0C higher than the box temperature.
9.4.15.3. UV Lamp Temperature
There are three possible causes for the UV Lamp temperature to have failed.
The UV Lamp heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the
six-pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the Optical Bench.
It should be approximately 30 Ohms.
Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay
board, the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed.
Using the PHOTO_LAMP HEATER parameter under the Signal I/O function of
the Diag menu, as described above, turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater (D15
on the relay board should illuminate as the heater is turned on).
Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J13 of the Relay Board.
If the FET Driver has failed, there will be no change in the voltage across pins 1
and 2.
If the FET Driver Q2 checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp
assembly may have failed.
Unplug the connector to the UV Lamp Heater/Thermistor PCB, and measure
the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6-pin connector.
The resistance near the 58oC set point is ~8.1k ohms.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
265
9.4.15.4. Ozone Generator Temperature
There are three possible causes for the Ozone Generator temperature to have failed.
The O3 Gen heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the
six-pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the O3 Generator. It should be
approximately 5 Ohms.
Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay
board, the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed. Using the
O3_GEN_HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I/O submenu of the DIAG menu
as described above, turn the UV Lamp Heater on and off. Check the DC voltage
present between pin 1 and 2 on J14 of the Relay Board.
If the FET Driver has failed, there should be no change in the voltage across pins 1
and 2.
If the FET Driver checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp
assembly may have failed. Unplug the connector to the Ozone Generator
Heater/Thermistor PCB, and measure the resistance of the thermistor between pins
5 and 6 of the 6-pin connector.
9.5. TROUBLESHOOTING THE OPTIONAL O3 PHOTOMETER
9.5.1. DYNAMIC PROBLEMS WITH THE OPTIONAL O3 PHOTOMETER
Dynamic problems are problems that only manifest themselves when the photometer is
measuring O3 concentration gas mixtures. These can be the most difficult and time
consuming to isolate and resolve.
Since many photometer behaviors that appear to be a dynamic in nature are often a
symptom of a seemingly unrelated static problems, it is recommended that dynamic
problems not be addressed until all static problems, warning conditions and subsystems
have been checked and any problems found are resolved.
Once this has been accomplished, the following most common dynamic problems
should be checked.
9.5.1.1. Noisy or Unstable O3 Readings at Zero
Check for leaks in the pneumatic system as described in Section 8.2.1.
Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone.
Confirm that the Source Lamp is fully inserted and that the lamp hold-down thumb-
screw is tight.
Check for a dirty Absorption Cell and/or pneumatic lines. Clean as necessary as
described in Section 8.2.2.
Disconnect the exhaust line from the optical bench (the pneumatic line at the lamp
end of the bench) and plug the port in the bench. If readings remain noisy, the
problem is in one of the electronic sections of the instrument. If readings become
quiet, the problem is in the instrument's pneumatics.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
266
9.5.1.2. Noisy, Unstable, or Non-Linear Span O3 Readings
Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 8.2.1.
Check for proper operation of the meas/ref switching valve as described in Section
9.5.2.
Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as described in
Section 8.2.2.
Check for operation of the A/D circuitry on the motherboard. See Section 9.4.11.1.
Confirm the Sample Temperature, Sample Pressure and Sample Flow readings are
correct. Check and adjust as required.
9.5.1.3. Slow Response to Changes in Concentration
Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as described in
Section 8.2.2.
Check for pneumatic leaks as described in Section 8.2.1.
The photometer needs 800 cm3/min of gas flow. Ensure that this is accounted for
when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator (see Section 3.4.9).
9.5.1.4. The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel Readings
Confirm that the recorder offset (see Section 4.10.1.5) is set to zero.
Perform an AIO calibration (see Section 4.10.1.6) and photometer dark calibration
(see Section 7.3.5).
9.5.1.5. Cannot Zero
Check for leaks in the pneumatic system as described in Section 8.2.1.
Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone.
The photometer needs 800 cm3/min of gas flow. Ensure that this is accounted for
when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator (see Section 3.4.9).
9.5.1.6. Cannot Span
Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 8.2.1.
Check for proper operation of the meas/ref switching valve as described in
Section9.5.2.
Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as described in
Section 8.2.2.
Check for operation of the A/D circuitry on the motherboard. See Section 9.4.11.1.
Confirm the Sample Temperature, Sample Pressure and Sample Flow readings are
correct. Check and adjust as required.
The photometer needs 800 cm3/min of gas flow. Ensure that this is accounted for
when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator (see Section 3.4.9).
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
267
9.5.2. CHECKING MEASURE / REFERENCE VALVE
1. To check the function of the photometer’s measure / reference valve:
2. Set the calibrator’s front panel display to show the PHOTO REFERENCE test
function (see Section 4.1.1).
3. Follow the instruction in Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4.1 for performing a zero point
calibration of the photometer.
Press XZro and allow the calibrator to stabilize.
4. Before completing the calibration by pressing the ZERO button, note of the
displayed value.
5. Press the final Zero button then press “NO” when asked, “ARE YOU SURE”.
6. Follow the instruction in Sections 7.3.4.2 for performing a span point calibration of
the photometer.
Press XSPN and allow the calibrator to stabilize.
7. Before completing the calibration by pressing the SPAN button, note of the
displayed value of PHOTO REFERENCE.
If the O3 REF value has decreased by more than 2 mV from its value with Zero-
gas, then there is a "cross-port" leak in the M/R valve.
8. Press the final Zero button then press “NO” when asked, “ARE YOU SURE”.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
268
9.5.3. CHECKING THE UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY
Note A schematic and physical diagram of the Lamp Power Supply can be
found in Appendix D.
WARNING
Hazardous voltage present - use caution.
It is not always possible to determine with certainty whether a problem is the result of
the UV Lamp or the Lamp Power Supply. However, the following steps will provide a
reasonable confidence test of the Lamp Power Supply.
1. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm that
+15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.
2. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described
in Section 9.4.3.
3. Remove the cover of the photometer and check for the presence of the following
voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA (see Figure 10-20):
+4500 mVDC ±10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the
I2C bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.
+5VDC between TP3 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltages is less than 4.8 or greater than 5.25 either the 5 VDC power
supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty.
If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV
Lamp than due to the Lamp Power Supply.
Replace the Lamp and if the problem persists, replace the Lamp Power Supply.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
269
9.6. TROUBLESHOOTING THE OPTIONAL O3 GENERATOR
The only significant components of the O3 generator that might reasonable malfunction
is the power supply assembly for the UV source lamp and the lamp itself.
9.6.1. CHECKING THE UV SOURCE LAMP POWER SUPPLY
Note Appendix D includes a schematic of the Lamp Power Supply.
WARNING
Hazardous voltage present - use caution.
It is not always possible to determine with certainty whether a problem is the result of
the UV Lamp or the Lamp Power Supply, however, the following steps will provide a
reasonable confidence test of the Lamp Power Supply.
1. Ensure that the calibrator is in STANDBY mode.
2. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm that
+15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.
3. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described
in Section 9.4.3.
4. Remove the cover of the photometer and check for the presence of the following
voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA (see Figure 10-20):
+800 mVDC ±10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the
I2C bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.
+5VDC between TP3 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltages is less than 4.8 or greater than 5.25 either the 5 VDC power
supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty.
If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV
Lamp than due to the Lamp Power Supply.
Replace the Lamp and if the problem persists, replace the Lamp Power Supply.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
270
9.7. SERVICE PROCEDURES
9.7.1. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it may also
cause some of the instrument configuration parameters to be lost unless the replacement
DOM carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing the version of
installed software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that memory is reset can
cause the analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate measurements. After the memory is
reset, the A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all information collected in Step 1
below must be re-entered before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and
span calibration should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as range,
auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate the
Disk-on-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
5. Remove the nylon standoff clip that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and lift
the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket.
Press the DOM all the way in and reinsert the offset clip.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.
9.8. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
If this manual and its service & repair section do not solve your problems, technical
assistance may be obtained from:
TELEDYNE API, CUSTOMER SERVICE,
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: api-customerservice@teledyne.com
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Troubleshooting and Service
271
Before you contact customer service, fill out the problem report form in Appendix C,
which is also available online for electronic submission at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/forms/.
9.9. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQs)
The following list of FAQs is from the Teledyne API’s Customer Service Department’s
most commonly asked questions relating to the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator.
Question Answer
My ozone ACT =XXXX why? Look at the Photo Ref/Meas. These are most likely too low and need to
be adjusted up to 4500mV. Another possible cause would be no gas
flow to the photometer causing the O3 reading to be out of range - low
When I generate ozone, it takes a
long time to settle out or it
fluctuates around the number until
finally stabilizing.
Perform an O3 Gen Adjust (Section 8.2.5), and then an O3 Gen
Calibration (Section 7.4). Re-run points.
Why does the ENTR button
sometimes disappear on the front
panel display?
Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR button will
re-appear.
How do I make the RS-232
Interface Work?
See Sections 3.3.1.7, 5, and 9.4.14
When should I change the
sintered filter(s) in the calibrator’s
critical flow orifice(s) and how do I
change them?
The sintered filters do not require regular replacement. Should one
require replacement as part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise,
contact Customer Service.
How often should I rebuild the
photometer pump on my
calibrator?
It does not require rebuilding; the entire pump should be replaced every
two years.
How long do the UV lamps of the
optional O3 generator and
photometer last?
The typical lifetime is about 2-3 years.
06873B DCN6388
Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
272
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
273
10. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
10.1. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF DYNAMIC DILUTION
CALIBRATION
The T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator generates calibration gas mixtures by mixing
bottled source gases of known concentrations with a diluent gas (zero air). Using
several Mass Flow Controllers (MFCs) the T700 calibrator creates exact ratios of diluent
and source gas by controlling the relative rates of flow of the various gases, under
conditions where the temperature and pressure of the gases being mixed is known (and
therefore the density of the gases).
The CPU calculates both the required source gas and diluent gas flow rates and controls
the corresponding mass flow controllers by the following equation.
Equation 10-1
Totalflow
GAS
CC flow
if ×=
WHERE:
Cf = final concentration of diluted gas
Ci = source gas concentration
GASflow = source gas flow rate
Totalflow = the total gas flow through the calibrator
Totalflow is determined as:
Equation 10-2a
TOTALFLOW = GASflow + Diluentflow
WHERE:
GASflow = source gas flow rate
Diluentflow = zero air flow rate
For instrument with multiple source gas MFC total Flow is:
Equation 10-2b
TOTALFLOW = GASflow MFC1 + GASflow MFC2 …+ GASflow MFCn + Diluentflow rate
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
274
This dilution process is dynamic. The T700’s CPU not only keeps track of the
temperature and pressure of the various gases, but also receives data on actual flow rates
of the various MFCs in real time so the flow rate control can be constantly adjusted to
maintain a stable output concentration.
The T700 calibrator’s level of control is so precise that bottles of mixed gases can be
used as source gas. Once the exact concentrations of all of the gases in the bottle are
programmed into the T700, it will create an exact output concentration of any of the
gases in the bottle.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
275
10.1.1. GAS PHASE TITRATION MIXTURES FOR O3 AND NO2
Because ozone is a very reactive and therefore under normal ambient conditions a short-
lived gas, it cannot be reliably bottled, however, an optional O3 generator can be
included in the T700 calibrator that allows the instrument to be use to create calibration
mixtures that include O3.
This ability to generate O3 internally also allows the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
to be used to create calibration mixture containing NO2 using a gas phase titration
process (GPT) by precisely mixing bottled NO of a known concentration with O3 of a
known n concentration and diluent gas (zero air).
The principle of GPT is based on the rapid gas phase reaction between NO and O3 that
produces quantities of NO2 as according to the following equation:
Equation 10-3
)(
223 lighthONOONO

Under controlled circumstances, the NO-O3 reaction is very efficient (<1% residual O3),
therefore the concentration of NO2 resulting from the mixing of NO and O3 can be
accurately predicted and controlled as long as the following conditions are met:
The amount of O3 used in the mixture is known.
The amount of NO used in the mixture is AT LEAST 10% greater than the amount
O3 in the mixture.
The volume of the mixing chamber is known.
The NO and O3 flow rates (from which the time the two gases are in the mixing
chamber) are low enough to give a residence time of the reactants in the mixing
chamber of >2.75 ppm min.
Given the above conditions, the amount of NO2 being output by the T700 will be equal
to (at a 1:1 ratio) the amount of O3 added.
Since:
The O3 flow rate of the T700’s O3 generator is a fixed value (typically about 0.105
LPM);
The GPT chamber’s volume is known,
The source concentration of NO is a fixed value,
Once the TOTALFLOW is determined and entered into the T700’s memory and target
concentration for the O3 generator are entered into the calibrator’s software, the T700
adjusts the NO flow rate and diluent (zero air) flow rate to precisely create the
appropriate NO2 concentration at the output.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
276
In this case, Totalflow is calculated as:
Equation 10-4
flow
flowflow OGASNOTotalflowDIL 3
= - -
WHERE:
NOGASflow = NO source gas flow rate (For calibrator’s with multiple source gas
MFC, NOGASflow is the sum of the flow rate for all of the active cal
gas MFCs)
Totalflow = total gas flow requirements of the system.
O3 flow = the flow rate set for the O3 generator.
DILflow = required diluent gas flow
Again, this is a dynamic process. An optional photometer can be added the T700
calibrator that allows the CPU to tracks the chemiluminescent reaction created when the
NO and O3 interact to measure the decrease in NO concentration as NO2 is produced.
This information, along with the other data (gas temperature and pressure, actual flow
rates, etc.) is used by the CPU to establish a very accurate NO2 calibration mixture.
10.2. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
The T700 calibrator pneumatic system consists of the precision dilution system and
valve manifold consisting of four gas port valves and one diluent air valve. When
bottles of source gas containing different, gases are connected to the four source-gas
inlet-ports, these valves are used to select the gas type to be used by opening and closing
off gas flow from the various bottles upstream of the MFCs.
IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Exceeding 35 PSI may cause leakage that could cause unwanted gases to
be included in the calibration mixture. Each valve is rated for up to 40 PSI
zero air pressure and the source gas pressure should be between 25 to 30
PSI and never more than 35 PSI.
By closing all of the four source gas input valves so that only zero air is allowed into the
calibrator, the entire pneumatic system can be purges with zero air without having to
manipulate the MFCs.
For an instrument in which the O3 generator and GPT pneumatics are installed, a glass
volume, carefully selected per the U.S. E.P.A. guidelines is used to optimize NO2
creation.
See Figure 3-21 and Section 3.3.2 for descriptions of the internal pneumatics for the
T700 calibrator.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
277
10.2.1. GAS FLOW CONTROL
The precision of gas flow through the T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is centrally
critical to its ability to mix calibration gases accurately. This control is established in
several ways.
10.2.1.1. Diluent and Source Gas Flow Control
Diluent and source gas flow in the T700 calibrator is a directly and dynamically
controlled buy using highly accurate Mass Flow Controller. These MFCs include
internal sensors that determine the actual flow of gas though each and feedback control
circuitry that uses this data to adjust the flow as required. The MFCs consist of a shunt,
a sensor, a solenoid valve and the electronic circuitry required to operate them.
The shunt divides the gas flow such that the flow through the sensor is a precise
percentage of the flow through the valve. The flow through the sensor is always
laminar.
The MFCs internal sensor operates on a unique thermal-electric principle. A metallic
capillary tube is heated uniformly by a resistance winding attached to the midpoint of
the capillary. Thermocouples are welded at equal distances from the midpoint of the
tube. At zero air flow the temperature of both thermocouples will be the same. When
flow occurs through the tubing, heat is transferred from the tube to the gas on the inlet
side and from the gas back to the tube on the outlet side creating an asymmetrical
temperature distribution. The thermocouples sense this decrease and increase of
temperature in the capillary tube and produces a mVDC output signal proportional to
that change that is proportional to the rate of flow through the MFCs valve.
The electronic circuitry reads the signal output by the thermal flow sensor measured
through a capillary tube. This signal is amplified so that it is varies between 0.00 VDC
and 5.00 VDC. A separate 0 to 5 VDC command voltage is also generated that is
proportional to the target flow rate requested by the T700’s CPU. The 0-5VDC
command signal is electronically subtracted from the 0-5VDC flow signal. The amount
and direction of the movement is dependent upon the value and the sign of the
differential signal.
The MFCs valve is an automatic metering solenoid type; its height off the seat is
controlled by the voltage in its coil. The controller’s circuitry amplifies and the
differential signal obtained by comparing the control voltage to the flow sensor output
and uses it to drive the solenoid valve.
The entire control loop is set up so that as solenoid valve opens and closes to vary the
flow of gas through the shunt, valve and sensor in an attempt to minimize the differential
between the control voltage for the target flow rate and the flow sensor output voltage
generated by the actual flow rate of gas through the controller.
This process is heavily dependant on the capacity of the gas to heat and cool. Since the
heat capacity of many gases is relatively constant over wide ranges of temperature and
pressure, the flow meter is calibrated directly in molar mass units for known gases (see
Section 3.4.6.3). Changes in gas composition usually only require application of a
simple multiplier to the air calibration to account for the difference in heat capacity and
thus the flow meter is capable of measuring a wide variety of gases.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
278
10.2.1.2. Flow Control Assemblies for Optional O3 Components
Whereas the gas flow rates for the final mixing of gases is controlled directly by the
calibrator’s MFCS, under direction of the CPU, other gas flow rates in the calibrator are
set by various flow control assemblies located in the gas stream(s). These orifices are
not adjusted but maintain precise volumetric control as long as the a critical pressure
ratio is maintained between the upstream and the downstream orifice.
Figure 10-1: Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies for T700’s with O3 Options Installed
The flow orifice assemblies consist of:
A critical flow orifice.
Two o-rings: Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the o-rings seal
the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow orifice.
A spring: Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o-rings, the
critical flow orifice and the assembly housing.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
279
10.2.1.3. Critical Flow Orifices
The most important component of the flow control assemblies is the critical flow orifice.
Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates.
They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics.
By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice, a pressure differential is created. This
pressure differential combined with the action of the calibrator’s pump draws the gas
through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop,
the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of
upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas
through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio stays at least 2:1 the
gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream
pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are
therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical
flow orifice.
Figure 10-2: Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends
on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole, the more gas
molecules (moving at the speed of sound) pass through the orifice.
With a nominal pressure of 10 in-Hg-A in the sample/reaction cell, the necessary ratio of
reaction cell pressure to pump vacuum pressure of 2:1 is exceeded and accommodating a
wide range of variability in atmospheric pressure and accounting for pump degradation.
This extends the useful life of the pump. Once the pump degrades to the point where the
sample and vacuum pressures is less than 2:1, a critical flow rate can no longer be
maintained.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
280
10.2.2. INTERNAL GAS PRESSURE SENSORS
The T700 includes a single pressure regulator. Depending upon how many and which
options are installed in the T700 calibrator, there are between two and four pressure
sensors installed as well.
In the basic unit a printed circuit, assembly located near the front of the calibrator near
the MFCs includes sensors that measure the pressure of the diluent gas and the source
gas currently selected to flow into the calibrator. The calibrator monitors these sensors.
Should the pressure of one of them fall below 15 PSIG or rise above 36 PSIG a
warning is issued.
In units with the optional O3 generator installed a second PCA located at the rear of the
calibrator just behind the generator assembly includes a sensor that measures the gas
pressure of the zero air flowing into the generator. A regulator is also located on the gas
input to the O3 generator that maintains the pressure differential needed for the critical
flow orifice to operate correctly.
Should the pressure of one of this sensor fall below 15 PSIG or rise above 25 PSIG
a warning is issued.
In calibrators with O3 photometers installed, a second pressure located on the rear PCA
measures the pressure of gas in the photometer’s absorption tube. This data is used by
the CPU when calculating the O3 concentration inside the absorption tube.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
281
10.3. ELECTRONIC OPERATION
10.3.1. OVERVIEW
Sensor Inputs
A/D
Converter
Absorption tube
COM2
Female
RS232
Male
ANALOG
IN Ethernet
USB COM
port
Touchscreen
Display
(
I
2
C Bus
)
(RS-232 only)
(RS-232 or RS-485)
USB
Figure 10-3: T700 Electronic Block Diagram
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
282
The core of the calibrator is a microcomputer (referred to as the CPU) that controls
various internal processes, interprets data, makes calculations, and reports results using
specialized firmware developed by Teledyne API. It communicates with the user as
well as receives data from and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices via a
separate printed circuit assembly called the motherboard.
The motherboard is directly mounted to the inside rear panel and collects data, performs
signal conditioning duties and routes incoming and outgoing signals between the CPU
and the calibrator’s other major components.
Data are generated by the various sub components of the T700 (e.g. flow data from the
MFCs, O3 concentration from the optional photometer). Analog signals are converted
into digital data by a unipolar, analog-to-digital converter, located on the motherboard.
A variety of sensors report the physical and operational status of the calibrator’s major
components, again through the signal processing capabilities of the motherboard. These
status reports are used as data for the concentration calculations and as trigger events for
certain control commands issued by the CPU. They are stored in memory by the CPU
and in most cases can be viewed but the user via the front panel display.
The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of manners:
Through the calibrator’s front panel LCD touchscreen interface;
RS 232 and RS485 serial I/O channels;
Via Ethernet;
Various digital and analog outputs, and
A set of digital control input channels.
Finally, the CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches (also over the I2C
bus) located on a separate printed circuit assembly to control the function of key
electromechanical devices such as heaters, motors and valves.
10.3.2. CPU
The unit’s CPU card (Figure 10-4) is installed on the motherboard located inside the rear
panel. It is a low power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex86SX-based
microcomputer running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the
PC-104 specification and features the following:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
283
Figure 10-4: T700 CPU Board Annotated
The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: an embedded 2MB flash chip
and a Disk on Module (DOM).
10.3.2.1. Disk-on-Module (DOM)
The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash chip with a storage capacity up to 256 MB. It is used to
store the computer’s operating system, the Teledyne API firmware, and most of the
operational data. The LEDs on the DOM indicate power and reading/writing to or from
the DOM.
10.3.2.2. Flash Chip
This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2MB of storage for calibration data as
well as a backup of the analyzer configuration. Storing these key data on a less heavily
accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data corruption.
In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the calibrator will continue to
operate with just the DOM. However, all configuration information will be lost,
requiring the unit to be recalibrated.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
284
10.3.3. RELAY PCA
The relay PCA is one of the central switching and power distribution units of the
calibrator. It contains power relays, valve drivers and status LEDs for all heated zones
and valves, as well as thermocouple amplifiers, power distribution connectors and the
two switching power supplies of the calibrator. The relay PCA communicates with the
motherboard over the I2C bus and can be used for detailed trouble-shooting of power
problems and valve or heater functionality.
Generally, the relay PCA is located in the right-rear quadrant of the calibrator and is
mounted vertically on the back of the same bracket as the instrument’s DC power
supplies, however the exact location of the relay PCA may differ from model to model
(see Figure 3-5 or Figure 3-6).
Power
Connections
for DC
Heaters
Status LED’s
(D2 through D16)
DC Power Supply
Test Points
Watchdog
Status LED (D1)
I2C Connector
DC
Valve Control
Drivers
AC Power
IN
DC Power
Distribution
Connectors
V
alve Option
Control
Connector
Figure 10-5: Relay PCA
This is the base version of the Relay PCA. It does not include the AC relays and is used
in instruments where there are no AC powered components requiring control. A plastic
insulating safety shield covers the empty AC Relay sockets.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
285
WARNING
NEVER REMOVE THIS SAFETY SHIELD WHILE THE INSTRUMENT IS PLUGGED
IN AND TURNED ON. THE CONTACTS OF THE AC RELAY SOCKETS BENEATH
THE SHIELD CARRY HIGH AC VOLTAGES EVEN WHEN NO RELAYS ARE
PRESENT
10.3.3.1. Valve Control
The relay PCA also hosts two valve driver chips, each of which can drive up four valves.
In the T700, the relay PCA controls only those valves associated with the O3 generator
and photometer options. All valves related to source gas and diluent gas flow are
controlled by a separate valve driver PCA (see Section 10.3.4).
10.3.3.2. Heater Control
The relay PCA controls the various DC heaters related to the O3 generator and
photometer options.
Thermistor(s)
(e.g. photometer sample gas temp.;
photometer UV lamp temp.; O3generator
lamp temp.; ect.)
RELAY PCA
DC
Control
Logic
MOTHERBOARD
A/D
Converter
(V/F)
CPU
O3Generator
Lamp Heater PHOTOMETER
Lamp Heater
Figure 10-6: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram.
10.3.3.3. Relay PCA Status LEDs & Watch Dog Circuitry
Thirteen LEDs are located on the calibrator’s relay PCA to indicate the status of the
calibrator’s heating zones and some of its valves as well as a general operating watchdog
indicator. Table 10-1 shows the status of these LEDs and their respective functionality.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
286
D15 (Yellow) - Photometer Lamp Heater
D16 (Yellow) – O3 Generator Lamp Heater
D7 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve
D8 (Green) O3 Generator Valve Status
D6 (Green ) – GPT Valve
D9 (Green) – Photometer Pump Status
D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator
Figure 10-7: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA
Table 10-1: Relay PCA Status LEDs
LED COLOR DESCRIPTION FUNCTION
D1 Red
Watchdog Circuit; I2C bus
operation. Blinks when I2C bus is operating properly
D2-6 SPARE
D71 Green Photometer Meas/Ref Valve When lit the valve opens the
REFERENCE gas path
D82 Green O3 generator Valve status When lit the valve open to O3 generator
gas path
D9 Green Photometer Pump status When lit the pump is turned on.
D61,2 Yellow GPT Valve status When lit the valve opens the GT
Chamber
D10 - 14 SPARE
D151 Yellow Photometer Heater Status When lit the photometer UV lamp heater
is on
D162 Yellow O3 Generator Heater Status When lit the O3 generator UV lamp heater
is on
1 Only applies on calibrators with photometer options installed.
2 Only applies on calibrators with O3 generator options installed.
10.3.3.4. Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator (D1)
The most important of the status LEDs on the relay PCA is the red I2C Bus watchdog
LED. It is controlled directly by the calibrator’s CPU over the I2C bus. Special circuitry
on the relay PCA watches the status of D1. Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for
30 seconds (indicating that the CPU or I2C bus has stopped functioning) this Watchdog
Circuit automatically shuts all valves and turns off all heaters and lamps.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
287
10.3.4. VALVE DRIVER PCA
The valves that operate the T700 calibrator’s main source gas and diluent gas inputs are
controlled by a PCA that is attached directly to the input valve manifold (see Figure 3-5
or Figure 3-6). Like the relay PCA, the valve driver PCA communicates with T700’s
CPU through the motherboard over the I2C bus.
Figure 10-8: Status LED Locations – Valve Driver PCA
10.3.4.1. Valve Driver PCA Watchdog Indicator
The most important of the status LEDs on the relay PCA is the red I2C Bus watchdog
LED. It is controlled directly by the calibrator’s CPU over the I2C bus. Like the
watchdog LED on the relay PCA, should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds
if the CPU or I2C bus has stopped functioning, this Watchdog Circuit automatically
shuts all valves and turns off all heaters and lamps.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
288
10.3.5. MOTHERBOARD
This is the largest electronic assembly in the calibrator and is mounted to the rear panel
as the base for the CPU board and all I/O connectors. This printed circuit assembly
provides a multitude of functions including A/D conversion, digital input/output, PC-
104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal processing and is a pass through for the
RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
10.3.5.1. A to D Conversion
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the calibrator’s various sensors, are
converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog
to digital converter (A/D). Under the control of the CPU, this functional block selects a
particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable logic
device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices.
The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage. The PLD
counts the output of the V-F during a specified time period, and sends the result of that
count, in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in uni-polar
mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and under-range. This
allows signals from -0.05V to +5.05V to be fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D converter:
Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device measures these two
voltages and outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The CPU uses these values to
compute the converter’s offset and slope, then uses these factors for subsequent
calculations.
10.3.5.2. Sensor Inputs
The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D converter through the master
multiplexer from two connectors on the motherboard. Terminating resistors (100 kΩ)
on each of the inputs prevent crosstalk between the sensor signals.
10.3.5.3. Thermistor Interface
This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several negative-
coefficient, thermistor temperature sensors located inside the calibrator.
10.3.5.4. Analog Outputs
The T700 calibrator comes equipped with one analog output. It can be set by the user to
output a signal level representing any one of the test parameters (see Table 4-14) and
will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in relationship with the value of the
chosen parameter.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
289
10.3.5.5. External Digital I/O
The external digital I/O performs two functions.
The STATUS outputs carry logic-level (5V) signals through an optically isolated 8-pin
connector on the rear panel of the calibrator. These outputs convey on/off information
about certain calibrator conditions such as SYSTEM OK. They can be used to interface
with certain types of programmable devices.
The CONTROL outputs can be used to initiate actions by external peripheral devices in
conjunction with individual steps of a calibration sequence (see Section 4.3.2.8).
The CONTROL inputs can be initiated by applying 5V DC power from an external
source such as a PLC or data logger (Section 4.3.1.5). Zero and span calibrations can be
initiated by contact closures on the rear panel.
10.3.5.6. I2C Data Bus
I2C is a two-way, clocked, bi-directional, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in
commercial and consumer electronic systems. A transceiver on the motherboard
converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C. The data is then fed to the
relay board, optional analog input board and valve driver board circuitry.
10.3.5.7. Power-up Circuit
This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during calibrator start-up and sets the
analog outputs, external digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the
CPU boots and the instrument software can establish control.
10.3.6. INPUT GAS PRESSURE SENSOR PCA
This PCA, physically located to the just to the left of the MFCs, houses two pressure
sensors that measure the pressure of the incoming diluent gas (zero air) and calibration
gases relative to ambient pressure. Pneumatically, both sensors measure their respective
gases just upstream from the associated MFC.
This data is used in calculating the concentration of calibration mixtures.
The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument’s front panel:
CALPRESS - the pressure of the selected calibration gas input reported in PSIG.
DILPRESS - the pressure of the diluent gas (zero air) input also reported in PSIG.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
290
10.3.7. POWER SUPPLY AND CIRCUIT BREAKER
The T700 calibrator operates in two main AC power ranges: 100-120 VAC and 220-240
VAC (both ± 10%) between 47 and 63 Hz. A 5-ampere circuit breaker is built into the
ON/OFF switch. In case of a wiring fault or incorrect supply power, the circuit breaker
will automatically turn off the calibrator.
WARNING
The T700 calibrator is equipped with a universal power supply that allows it to accept
any AC power configuration, within the limits specified in Table 2-2.
Should the power circuit breaker trip correct the condition causing this situation before
turning the calibrator back on.
SENSOR SUITES
LOGIC DEVICES
(e.g. CPU, I2C bus,
Motherboard, etc.)
RELAY
PCA
ON / OFF
SWITCH
PS 2
(+12 VDC)
OPTIONAL VALVES
GPT valve,
O3Gen valve
Photometer M/R
valve, etc.)
Cooling
Fan
PS 1
ANALOG SENSORS
O3 Generator
Reference detector,
Photometer UV
Detector Pre-Amplifiers
& Amplifiers
Sensor Control
& I/O Logic
Solenoid
Drivers
KEY
AC POWER
DC POWER
AC
POWER IN
+5 VDC
±15 VDC
O3Generator UV
Lamp Xformer
Photometer
UV Lamp P/S
GAS
PRESSURE
SENSORS
GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSORS
VALVE
DRIVE PCA
DILUENT
VALVE
PURGE
VALVE
CAL GAS 1
VALVE
CAL GAS 2
VALVE
CAL GAS 3
VALVE
CAL GAS 4
VALVE
Solenoid
Drivers
MFC1
(Diluent)
MFC2
Cal Gas
MFC3
2nd Cal Gas
(Optional)
O3Generator UV
Lamp P/S
O3Generator
UV Lamp
Photometer
Pump
Figure 10-9: T700 Power Distribution Block diagram
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
291
10.4. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE
The most commonly used method for communicating with the T700 Dynamic Dilution
Calibrator is via the instrument’s front panel LCD touchscreen display from where users
can input data and receive information directly.
Figure 10-10: Front Panel Display Interface Block Diagram
The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The touchscreen is interfaced
to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects to the CPU via the
internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.
10.4.1.1. Front Panel Interface PCA
The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and
touchscreen. For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU video
controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also contains:
power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller and the
two front panel USB device ports
the circuitry for powering the display backlight
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
292
10.5. SOFTWARE OPERATION
The T700 calibrator’s core module is a high performance, X86-based microcomputer
running Windows CE. On top of the Windows CE shell, special software developed by
Teledyne API interprets user commands from various interfaces, performs procedures
and tasks and stores data in the CPU’s memory devices. Figure 10-11 shows a block
diagram of this software functionality.
Windows CE
API FIRMWARE
Calibrator Operations
Calibration Procedures
Configuration Procedures
Autonomic Systems
Diagnostic Routines
Memory Handling
Calibration Data
System Status Data
Interface Handling
Sensor input Data
Touchscreen
Analog Output Data
RS232 & RS485
External Digital I/O
Gas mixture
Algorithms
Measurement
Algorithms for
photometer
CALIBRATOR
HARDWARE
PC/104 BUS
PC/104 BUS
Figure 10-11: Schematic of Basic Software Operation
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
293
10.6. O3 GENERATOR OPERATION
10.6.1. PRINCIPLE OF PHOTOLYTIC O3 GENERATION
Ozone is a naturally occurring substance that is sometimes called "activated oxygen". It
contains three atoms of oxygen (O3) instead of the usual two found in normal oxygen
(O2) that is essential for life. Because of its relatively short half-life, ozone cannot be
bottled and stored for later use and therefore must always be generated on-site by an
ozone generator. The two main principles of ozone generation are UV-light and corona-
discharge. While the corona-discharge method is most common because of its ability to
generate very high concentrations (up to 50%), it is inappropriate for calibration needs
since the level of fine control over the O3 concentration is poor. Also, the corona-
discharge method produces a small amount of NO2 as a byproduct, which also may be
undesirable in a calibration application.
The UV-light method is most feasible in calibration applications where production of
low, accurate concentrations of ozone desired. This method mimics the radiation
method that occurs naturally from the sun in the upper atmosphere producing the ozone
layer. An ultra-violet lamp inside the generator emits a precise wavelength of UV Light
(185 nm). Ambient air is passed over an ultraviolet lamp, which splits some of the
molecular oxygen (O2) in the gas into individual oxygen atoms that attach to other
existing oxygen molecules (O2), forming ozone (O3).
Figure 10-12: O3 Generator Internal Pneumatics
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
294
10.6.2. O3 GENERATOR – PNEUMATIC OPERATION
Pneumatic flow through the O3 generator is created by supplying zero air (diluent) to it
under pressure. The zero air source must be capable of maintaining a continuous flow
rate of at least 100 cm3/min unless the optional photometer is also installed, in which
case the minimum continuous flow rate must be at least 1.1 LPM.
Input and output gas flow is directed by two valves, both of which must be open:
The diluent inlet valve: This valve is located on the back panel and allows diluent /
zero air into the calibrator.
The O3 generation valve: This valve is located on the body of the O3 generator is
downstream from the generator chamber itself and directs the output of the
generator to either the GPT mixing chamber or the exhaust vent at the back of the
calibrator.
The rate of flow through the O3 generator is controlled by a 100 cm3/min flow control
assembly positioned between the O3 generation chamber and the O3 generation valve. A
self adjusting pressure regulator on the zero air (diluent ) supply gas line maintains the
pressure across the critical flow orifice of the flow control assembly (see Section
10.2.1.3).
O
3
Generator Zero Air
Pressure Regulator
Regulator Adjustment
Screw
Regulator
Gas Inlet
Outlet to O
3
Generator
Pressure
Sensor
Outlet from Regulator
to O
3
Generator
O
3
Generation
Valve
Measure / Reference
Valve for
Photometer Bench
(only present when
photometer option is
installed)
O
3
Outlet to
Photometer
“Zero Out” fixture
and Internal Vent
Photometer/Vent
Flow Control Assembly
(1.0 LPM)
O
3
Generator
Gas Inlet
O
3
Outlet to
GPT Valve
O
3
Outlet to Exhaust Fixture
(on back panel of calibrator)
O
3
Generator
Heater Control PCA
O
3
Generation Valve
Flow Control Assembly
(100 cm
3
/min)
Figure 10-13: O3 Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
295
10.6.3. O3 GENERATOR – ELECTRONIC OPERATION
Electronically the O3 generator and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated
by the CPU via the motherboard. Sensors, such as the UV lamp thermistor send analog
data to the motherboard, where it is digitized. Digital data is sent by the motherboard to
the calibrator’s CPU and where required stored in either flash memory or on the CPU’s
Disk-on-Module. Commands from the CPU are sent to the motherboard and forwarded
to the various devices via the calibrators I2C bus.
Figure 10-14: O3 Generator – Electronic Block Diagram
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
296
UV Lamp
O
3
Generator
Reference Detector O
3
Generator
Reference Detector
PCA
UV Lamp
Power Connector
UV Lamp Power
Supply
(200 VAC @ 30 kHz)
UV Lamp Power
Supply
Transformer
UV Lamp
I
2
C Connector
Reference
Detector
Signal Output
to Motherboard
Reference Detector
Preamp Power
Connector
O
3
Generator
Heater Control
PCA
Figure 10-15: O3 Generator Electronic Components Location
10.6.3.1. O3 Generator Temperature Control
In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the T700’s O3 generator is
maintained at a constant 48ºC. If the lamp temperature falls below 43ºC or rises above
53ºC a warning is issued by the calibrators CPU.
This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA (Section
10.3.3). The location of the thermistor and heater associated with the O3 generator is
shown in Figure 10-16:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
297
UV Lamp
UV Lamp
Thermistor
O
3
Generator
Heater Control PCA
(Heater is located beneath
the PCA)
Figure 10-16: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations
10.6.3.2. Pneumatic Sensor for the O3 Generator
A pressure sensor, located on the O3 generator and photometer, pressure/flow sensor
PCA (see Figure 3-6), monitors the output gas pressure of the regulator on the O3
generator’s zero air supply. The regulator is adjusted at the factory to maintain a
pressure of 20 PSIG on this line. If the pressure drops below 15 PSIG or rises above 25
PSIG a warning is issued.
10.7. PHOTOMETER OPERATION
The Model T700 calibrator’s optional photometer determines the concentration of
Ozone (O3) in a sample gas drawn through it. Sample and calibration gases must be
supplied at ambient atmospheric pressure in order to establish a stable gas flow through
the absorption tube where the gas’ ability to absorb ultraviolet (UV) radiation of a
certain wavelength (in this case 254 nm) is measured.
Gas bearing O3 and zero air are alternately routed through the photometer’s absorption
tube. Measurements of the UV light passing through the sample gas with and without
O3 present are made and recorded.
Calibration of the photometer is performed in software and does not require physical
adjustment. During calibration, the CPU’s microprocessor measures the current state of
the UV Sensor output and various other physical parameters of the calibrator and stores
them in memory. The CPU uses these calibration values, the UV absorption
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
298
measurements made on the sample gas in the absorption tube along with data regarding
the current temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final O3 concentration.
10.7.1. MEASUREMENT METHOD
10.7.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration
The basic principle by which photometer works is called Beer’s Law (also referred to as
the Beer-Lambert equation). It defines the how light of a specific wavelength is
absorbed by a particular gas molecule over a certain distance at a given temperature and
pressure. The mathematical relationship between these three parameters for gases at
Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP) is:
Equation 10-5
LC-
0
II α
e= at STP
Where:
Io is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption.
I is the intensity with absorption.
L is the absorption path, or the distance the light travels as it is being absorbed.
C is the concentration of the absorbing gas. In the case of the T700, Ozone (O3).
α is the absorption coefficient that tells how well O3 absorbs light at the specific
wavelength of interest.
To solve this equation for C, the concentration of the absorbing Gas (in this case O3), the
application of algebra is required to rearrange the equation as follows:
Equation 10-6
×= Lα
1
I
I
lnC o
at STP
Unfortunately, both ambient temperature and pressure influence the density of the
sample gas and therefore the number of ozone molecules present in the absorption tube
thus changing the amount of light absorbed.
In order to account for this effect the following addition is made to the equation:
Equation 10-7
×××= Ρ
inHg92.29
Κ273
Τ
Lα
1
I
I
lnC o
o
Where:
T = sample ambient temperature in degrees Kelvin
P = ambient pressure in inches of mercury
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
299
Finally, to convert the result into Parts per Billion (PPB), the following change is made:
Equation 10-8
×××= Ρ
inHg92.29
Κ273
Τ
Lα
10
I
I
lnC o
9
o
The T700 photometer:
Measures each of the above variables: ambient temperature; ambient gas pressure;
the intensity of the UV light beam with and without O3 present;
Inserts know values for the length of the absorption path and the absorption
coefficient, and:
Calculates the concentration of O3 present in the sample gas.
10.7.1.2. The Measurement / Reference Cycle
In order to solve the Beer-Lambert equation, it is necessary to know the intensity of the
light passing through the absorption path both when O3 is present and when it is not. A
valve called the measure/reference valve, physically located on front-left corner of the
O3 generator assembly (see Figure 3-6 and Figure 10-13) alternates the gas stream
flowing to the photometer between zero air (diluent gas) and the O3 output from the O3
generator. This cycle takes about 6 seconds.
Table 10-2: T700 Photometer Measurement / Reference Cycle
TIME INDEX STATUS
0 sec. Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Measure Path.
0 – 2 sec. Wait Period. Ensures that the absorption tube has been adequately flushed of any
previously present gases.
2 – 3 Seconds Calibrator measures the average UV light intensity of O3 bearing Sample Gas (I)
during this period.
3 sec. Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Reference Path.
3 – 5 sec. Wait Period. Ensures that the absorption tube has been adequately flushed of O3
bearing gas.
5 – 6 Seconds Calibrator measures the average UV light intensity of Non-O3 bearing Sample Gas (I0)
during this period.
CYCLE REPEAT EVERY 6 SECONDS
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
300
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
O3GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3FLOW
SENSOR
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(1.0 LPM)
Flow Control
(100 cm3)
GPT
Valve
O3Gen
Valve
REF/MEAS
Valve
On Back Panel
Instrument Chassis
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 1
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Volume
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER BENCH
PUMP
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
INTERNAL
VENT
Pressure
Regulator
DILUENT
Valve
orn
yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
wht
vio
vio
grn
brn brn
orn
yel yel
yel
gry
wht
Figure 10-17: O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
O3GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
O3FLOW
SENSOR
DILUENT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INPUT GAS
PRESSURE SENSOR
PCA
CAL GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 Generator Assembly
O3
GENERATOR
Flow Control
(1.0 LPM)
Flow Control
(100 cm3)
GPT
Valve
O3Gen
Valve
REF/MEAS
Valve
On Back Panel
Instrument Chassis
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 2
VENT
CAL GAS
OUTPUT 1
DILUENT
INLET
GAS INPUT MANIFOLD
(on back panel)
Purge
Valve
CAL GAS 1
INLET
CAL GAS 3
INLET
CAL GAS 4
INLET
CAL GAS 2
INLET
Cal Gas
Mass Flow Controller 1
Diluent
Mass Flow Controller
GPT
Volume
PHOTOMETER
INLET
EXHAUST
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER BENCH
PUMP
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
INTERNAL
VENT
Pressure
Regulator
DILUENT
Valve
orn
yel
grn
brn
blk
red
blu
blu
blk
red
gry
wht
vio
vio
grn
brn brn
orn
yel yel
yel
gry
wht
Figure 10-18: O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
301
10.7.1.3. The Absorption Path
In the most basic terms, the T700 photometer uses a high energy, mercury vapor lamp to
generate a beam of UV light. This beam passes through a window of material
specifically chosen to be both non-reactive to O3 and transparent to UV radiation at
254nm and into an absorption tube filled with sample gas.
Because ozone is a very efficient absorber of UV radiation the absorption path length
required to create a measurable decrease in UV intensity is short enough (approximately
42 cm) that the light beam is only required to make one pass through the Absorption
Tube. Therefore, no complex mirror system is needed to lengthen the effective path by
bouncing the beam back and forth.
Finally, the UV passes through a similar window at the other end of the absorption tube
and is detected by a specially designed vacuum diode that only detects radiation at or
very near a wavelength of 254nm. The specificity of the detector is high enough that no
extra optical filtering of the UV light is needed.
The detector reacts to the UV light and outputs a current signal that varies in direct
relationship with the intensity of the light shining on it. This current signal is amplified
and converted to a 0 to 5 VDC voltage analog signal voltage sent to the instrument’s
motherboard where it is digitized. The CPU to be uses this digital data in computing the
concentration of O3 in the absorption tube.
UV
Source
ABSORPTION TUBE
UV Detector
Sample Gas IN Sample Gas OUT
Window Window
Absorption Path Length = 42 cm
Photometer
Pre amp
PCA
O-5 VDC analog
signal
to Motherboard
Analog current signal
is output by Detector
Figure 10-19: O3 Photometer Absorption Path
10.7.1.4. Interferent Rejection
It should be noted that the UV absorption method for detecting ozone is subject to
interference from a number of sources. The T700’s photometer has been successfully
tested for its ability to reject interference from sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, nitric
oxide, water, and meta-xylene.
While the photometer rejects interference from the aromatic hydrocarbon meta-xylene, it
should be noted that there are a very large number of volatile aromatic hydrocarbons that
could potentially interfere with ozone detection. If the T700 calibrator is installed in an
environment where high aromatic hydrocarbon concentrations are suspected, specific
tests should be conducted to reveal the amount of interference these compounds may be
causing.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
302
10.7.2. PHOTOMETER LAYOUT
The photometer is where the absorption of UV light by ozone is measured and converted
into a voltage. It consists of several sub-assemblies:
A mercury-vapor UV lamp. This lamp is coated in a material that optically screens
the UV radiation output to remove the O3 producing 185nm radiation. Only light at
254nm is emitted.
An AC power supply to supply the current for starting and maintaining the plasma
arc of the mercury vapor lamp.
A thermistor and DC heater attached to the UV Lamp to maintain the Lamp at an
optimum operating temperature.
42 cm long quartz absorption tube.
A thermistor attached to the quartz tube for measuring sample gas temperature.
Gas inlet and outlet mounting blocks that route sample gas into and out of the
photometer.
The vacuum diode, UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current.
A preamplifier assembly, which convert the Detector’s current output into a DC
Voltage then amplifies it to a level readable by the A-to-D converter circuitry of the
instrument’s motherboard.
Absorption Tube
UV Lamp Heater
Control PCA
Sample Gas
Outlet
UV Lamp Power
Transformer
Power Connector
from
+15 VDC power supply
UV Lamp Power
Supply
(200 VAC @ 30 kHz)
Sam
p
le Gas Inlet UV Detector
Preamp PCA
UV Detector
Sample Gas
Thermistor
UV Lamp
UV Lamp Thermistor
(UV Lamp Heater Behind Thermistor)
Figure 10-20: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed
10.7.3. PHOTOMETER PNEUMATIC OPERATION
The flow of gas through the photometer is created by a small internal pump that pulls air
though the instrument. There are several advantages to this “pull through”
configuration. Placing the pump down stream from the absorption tube avoids problems
caused by the pumping process heating and compressing the sample.
In order to measure the presence of low concentrations of O3 in the sample air, it is
necessary to establish and maintain a relatively constant and stable volumetric flow of
sample gas through the photometer. The simplest way to accomplish this is by placing a
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator Principles of Operation
303
flow control assembly containing a critical flow orifice directly upstream of the pump
but down stream from the absorption tube.
The critical flow orifice installed in the pump supply line is tuned to create a flow of 800
cm3/min. A pressure sensor and a flow sensor, located on the O3 generator/photometer
pressure flow sensor PCA, monitor the pressure and flow rate of the gas passing through
the photometers absorption tube.
See Figure 10-17 and Figure 10-18 for depictions of the airflow related to the
photometer.
10.7.4. PHOTOMETER ELECTRONIC OPERATION
Photometer
Photometer
Lamp Heater
MOTHERBOARD
Photometer
Lamp Power
Supply
Sensor Inputs
PC 104 Bus
I2C Bus
Photometer
Pump
Thermistor Interface
Photometer
Detector
Preamp
A/D
Converter
RELAY PCA
I2C
Status
LED
y
PC 104
CPU Card
Disk on
Module
Flash
Chip
Absorption tube
Photometer
Detector
Photometer
Sample Gas
Pressure
Sensor
Photometer
UV Lamp
Temperature
Photometer
Sample Gas
Temperature
Photometer M/R
Valve
(Located on 03
Generator Assembly)
Figure 10-21: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram
Like the O3 generator, the O3 photometer and its subcomponents act as peripheral
devices operated by the CPU via the motherboard. Communications to and from the
CPU are handled by the motherboard.
Outgoing commands for the various devices such as the photometer pump, the UV lamp
power supply, or the UV Lamp heater are issued via the I2C bus to circuitry on the relay
PCA which turns them ON/OFF. The CPU also issues commands over the I2C bus that
cause the relay PCA to cycle the measure/reference valve back and forth.
Incoming data from the UV light detector is amplified locally then converted to digital
information by the motherboard. Output from the photometers temperature sensors is
also amplified and converted to digital data by the motherboard. The O3 concentration
of the sample gas is computed by the CPU using this data (along with gas pressure and
flow data received from the T700’s pressure sensors.
06873B DCN6388
Principles of Operation Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
304
10.7.4.1. O3 Photometer Temperature Control
In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the T700’s O3 photometer is
maintained at a constant 58ºC. This is intentionally set at a temperature higher than the
ambient temperature of the T700’s operating environment to ensure that local changes in
temperature do not affect the UV Lamp. If the lamp temperature falls below 56ºC or
rises above 61ºC a warning is issued by the calibrators CPU.
This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA (Section
10.3.3.2).
The following TEST functions report these temperatures and are viewable from the
instrument’s front panel:
PHOTOLTEMP - The temperature of the UV Lamp reported in ºC.
PHOTOSTEMP - The temperature of the Sample gas in the absorption tube
reported in ºC.
10.7.4.2. Pneumatic Sensors for the O3 Photometer
The sensors located on the pneumatic sensor just to the left rear of the O3 generator
assembly measure the absolute pressure and the flow rate of gas inside the photometer’s
absorption tube. This information is used by the CPU to calculate the O3 concentration
of the sample gas (See Equation 10-7). Both of these measurements are made
downstream from the absorption tube but upstream of the pump. A critical flow orifice
located between the flow sensor and the pump maintains the gas flow through the
photometer at 800 cm3/min.
The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument’s front panel:
PHOTOFLOW - The flow rate of gas through the photometer measured in LPM.
PHOTOSPRESS – the pressure of the gas inside the absorption tube. This
pressure is reported in inches of mercury-absolute (in-Hg-A), i.e. referenced to a
vacuum (zero absolute pressure). This is not the same as PSIG.
06873B DCN6388
305
11. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE
Teledyne API considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static
electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that your analyzer continues to
provide reliable service for a long time. This section describes how static electricity
occurs, why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies as well as how
to prevent that damage from occurring.
11.1. HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED
Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of
your analyzer, are very small, require very little power and operate very quickly.
Unfortunately, the same characteristics that allow them to do these things also make
them very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity. Controlling
electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how electro-static charges occur in the
first place.
Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens
whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against each other. As the
atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate, some electrons from one surface
are retained by the other.
+
+
Materials
Makes
Contact
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = 0
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = 0
Materials
Separate
+
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 2
NET CHARGE = -1
+
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 4
NET CHARGE = +1
Figure 11-1: Triboelectric Charging
If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded,
the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place,
or static. The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone
wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor.
With each step, electrons change places and the resulting electro-static charge builds up,
quickly reaching significant levels. Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a
06873B DCN6388
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
306
workbench, using a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of
StyrofoamTM pellets during shipment can also build hefty static charges
Table 11-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities
MEANS OF GENERATION 65-90% RH 10-25% RH
Walking across nylon carpet 1,500V 35,000V
Walking across vinyl tile 250V 12,000V
Worker at bench 100V 6,000V
Poly bag picked up from bench 1,200V 20,000V
Moving around in a chair padded
with urethane foam 1,500V 18,000V
11.2. HOW ELECTRO-STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE
Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an
electronic device. Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of
the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge overheat the delicate
traces of the integrated circuits, melting them or even vaporizing parts of them. When
examined by microscope the damage caused by electro-static discharge looks a lot like
tiny bomb craters littered across the landscape of the component’s circuitry.
A quick comparison of the values in Table 11-1 with the those shown in the Table 11-2,
listing device susceptibility levels, shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates
that approximately 60% of device failures are the result of damage due to electro-static
discharge.
Table 11-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD
DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE
RANGE
DEVICE DAMAGE BEGINS
OCCURRING AT
CATASTROPHIC
DAMAGE AT
MOSFET 10 100
VMOS 30 1800
NMOS 60 100
GaAsFET 60 2000
EPROM 100 100
JFET 140 7000
SAW 150 500
Op-AMP 190 2500
CMOS 200 3000
Schottky Diodes 300 2500
Film Resistors 300 3000
This Film Resistors 300 7000
ECL 500 500
SCR 500 1000
Schottky TTL 500 2500
Potentially damaging electro-static discharges can occur:
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
307
Any time a charged surface (including the human body) discharges to a device.
Even simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can
allow enough discharge to cause damage. A similar discharge can occur from a
charged conductive object, such as a metallic tool or fixture.
When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device
to another surface such as packaging materials, work surfaces, machine surfaces
or other device. In some cases, charged device discharges can be the most
destructive.
A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into
the connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function. If the
assembly is carrying a static charge, as it is connected to ground a discharge will
occur.
Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro-static field,
a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the
device. If the device is then momentarily grounded while within the electrostatic
field or removed from the region of the electrostatic field and grounded somewhere
else, a second discharge will occur as the charge is transferred from the device to
ground.
11.3. COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE
I didn’t feel a shock so there was no electro-static discharge: The human
nervous system isn’t able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts. Most
devices are damaged by discharge levels much lower than that.
I didn’t touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electro Static charges
are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet
away from the surface bearing the charge.
It still works so there was no damage: Sometimes the damaged caused by
electro-static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to
fail immediately. More likely, the trace will be only partially occluded by the damage
causing degraded performance of the device or worse, weakening the trace. This
weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time, but even the very low
voltage and current levels of the device’s normal operating levels will eat away at
the defect over time causing the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is
reached.
These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in which
the damaged device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost productivity, as well as
possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment or property.
Static Charges can’t build up on a conductive surface: There are two errors in this
statement.
Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge will be
equalized across the entire device, but without access to earth ground, they are still
trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage when they are
discharged.
A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered in the
presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface of a
nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench.
As long as my analyzer is properly installed, it is safe from damage caused by
static discharges: It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your
analyzer is tied to earth ground and its electronic components are prevented from
06873B DCN6388
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
308
building static electric charges themselves. This does not prevent discharges from
static fields built up on other things, like you and your clothing, from discharging
through the instrument and damaging it.
11.4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL
It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges. It is not,
however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent
damage due to electro-static discharge from occurring.
11.4.1. GENERAL RULES
Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station.
Setting up an ESD safe workstation need not be complicated. A protective mat properly
tied to ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic anti-ESD
workstation.
Wrist Strap
Protective Mat
Ground Point
Figure 11-2: Basic Anti-ESD Work Station
For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD kits are
available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include everything needed
to create a temporary anti-ESD work area anywhere.
Always wear an Anti-ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic
assemblies of your analyzer. An anti-ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it
at or near the same potential as other grounded objects in the work area and allows
static charges to dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels. Anti-ESD
wrist straps terminated with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where
there is no available grounded plug.
Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one meg-
ohm) that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the instrument’s power
supply.
Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient. While this may
temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time, once you stop touching the
grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re-build. In some
conditions, a charge large enough to damage a component can rebuild in just a few
seconds.
Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti-ESD storage bags
or bins: Even when you are not working on them, store all devices and assemblies
in a closed anti-Static bag or bin. This will prevent induced charges from building
up on the device or assembly and nearby static fields from discharging through it.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
309
Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive
components and assemblies rather than pink-poly bags. The famous, pink-poly
bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid (similar to liquid laundry
detergent) which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic creating a
slightly conductive layer over the surface of the bag.
While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it does not
prevent the build up of static charges. If laying on a conductive, grounded surface, these
bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very charges that build up on the surface
of the bag itself can be transferred through the bag by induction onto the circuits of your
ESD sensitive device. Also, the liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up
after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary
plastic bag.
Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color)
provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when
properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from
discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.
Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are also
excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and
discharges.
Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or to
close an anti-ESD bag. The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive
tape, such as Scotch® tape, from its roll will generate a static charge of several
thousand or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an associated
field effect that can discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away.
06873B DCN6388
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
310
11.4.2. BASIC ANTI-ESD PROCEDURES FOR ANALYZER REPAIR AND
MAINTENANCE
11.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack
When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a
properly grounded power supply
1. Attach your anti-ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else.
Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare metal
portion of the instrument chassis.
This will safely connect you to the same ground level to which the instrument
and all of its components are connected.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the closed metal
casing of your analyzer has isolated the components and assemblies inside from
any conducted or induced static charges.
4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down on a non-
ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait.
5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of
the analyzer.
11.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench
When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on a anti-
ESD work bench
1. Plug you anti-ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station
before touching any items on the work station and while standing at least a foot or
so away. This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed away through the
ground connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to field effects
and induction from occurring.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Only open any anti-ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or
assemblies after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation.
Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface.
Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static charges on
the outside surface of the container to be bled away by the workstation’s
grounded protective mat.
4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching or
holding an ESD Sensitive Device.
Only lay tools or ESD-sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive
surface of your workstation. Never lay them down on any non-ESD
preventative surface.
5. Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti-static storage bags or bins
and close the bag or bin before unplugging your wrist strap.
6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the
workbench.
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
311
11.4.2.3. Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back
When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne API analyzer to an anti-
ESD workbench or back:
1. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and
workstation.
2. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
3. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
4. If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
5. If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface.
6. In either case wait several seconds.
7. Place the item in the container.
8. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD
tape.
9. Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static
fields.
10. Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the
bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.
11. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges that may have
built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate:
12. Connect your wrist strap to ground.
13. If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
14. If you are at a anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface.
15. In either case wait several seconds.
16. Open the container.
11.4.2.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne API’s Customer Service
Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient
generators of static electric charges. To prevent damage from ESD, Teledyne API ships
all electronic components and assemblies in properly sealed anti-ESD containers.
Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti-ESD container during
shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other. To prevent these
static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped ensure that
you:
Always unpack shipments from Teledyne API’s Customer Service by:
1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area.
2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area.
3. Follow steps 6 and 7 of Section 11.4.2.3 above when opening the anti-ESD
container at the work station.
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components
or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API.
06873B DCN6388
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
312
11.4.2.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API’s Customer Service
Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne API’s
Customer Service in anti-ESD bins, tubes or bags.
WARNING
DO NOT use pink-poly bags.
NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the
electronic component/assembly directly
This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam
peanuts, open cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape
DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD tape
1. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
2. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap
is connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive
work surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
3. Place the item in the container.
4. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD
tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of
static fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents
the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.
Note If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or
containers available, Teledyne API’s Customer Service department will
supply them (see Section 9.8 for contact information). Follow the
instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and
workstation.
06873B DCN6388
313
GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term Description/Definition
10BaseT an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at
10 megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
APICOM name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers
ASSY Assembly
CAS Code-Activated Switch
CD
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a
conductor or between two conductors of the same transmission line,
accompanied by ionization of the surrounding atmosphere and often by a power
loss
CE Converter Efficiency, the percentage of light energy that is actually converted
into electricity
CEM Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2 carbon dioxide
C3H8 propane
CH4 methane
H2O water vapor
HC general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
HNO3 nitric acid
H2S hydrogen sulfide
NO nitric oxide
NO2 nitrogen dioxide
NOX nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2
NOy
nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other
compounds such as HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate
(NO3), PAN, N2O and other compounds as well)
NH3 ammonia
O2 molecular oxygen
O3 ozone
06873B DCN6388
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
314
Term Description/Definition
SO2 sulfur dioxide
cm3 metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation
“cc”)
CPU Central Processing Unit
DAC Digital-to-Analog Converter
DAS Data Acquisition System
DCE Data Communication Equipment
DFU Dry Filter Unit
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet
servers to automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and
any other addressable device connected to the network
DIAG Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
DOM Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 256MB storage capacity for
instrument’s firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS Disk Operating System
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
DR-DOS Digital Research DOS
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a
FLASH chip or drive
ESD Electro-Static Discharge
ETEST Electrical Test
Ethernet a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area
networks (LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
FEP Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont
markets as Teflon®
Flash non-volatile, solid-state memory
FPI Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate
with two reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC Gas Filter Correlation
I2C bus a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual
analyzer components
IC
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized
package used in electronic assemblies
06873B DCN6388
Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
315
Term Description/Definition
IP Internet Protocol
IZS Internal Zero Span
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
LPM Liters Per Minute
MFC Mass Flow Controller
M/R Measure/Reference
MOLAR MASS
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely,
one mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the
same number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance.
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of
Carbon is 12 grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of
carbon atoms that weighs 12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
NDIR Non-Dispersive Infrared
NIST-SRM National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
PC Personal Computer
PCA Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
PC/AT Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
PCB Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
PFA Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets
as Teflon®
PLC Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments
based on a logic level signal coming from the analyzer
PLD Programmable Logic Device
PLL Phase Lock Loop
PMT Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons
collected and charged to create a detectable current signal
P/N (or PN) Part Number
PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTFE Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases
that may react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as
06873B DCN6388
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge Teledyne API – Model T700 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator
316
Term Description/Definition
Teflon®
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Rdg Reading
RS-232
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between
DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)
devices, using a maximum cable-length of 50 feet
RS-485
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method
among multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer
distance between the host and the furthest device
SAROAD Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
SLAMS State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
SLPM Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
STP Standard Temperature and Pressure
TCP/IP Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications
protocol for Ethernet devices
TEC Thermal Electric Cooler
TPC Temperature/Pressure Compensation
USB
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication
between peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or
keyboard and a personal computer or laptop
VARS Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
V-F Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S Zero / Span
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A – Version Specific Software Documentation (05623D DCN5839)
A-1
APPENDIX A – Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-1: Models T700 and 700E Software Menu Trees
APPENDIX A-2: Models T700 and 700E Setup Variables Available Via Serial I/O
APPENDIX A-3: Models T700 and 700E Warnings and Test Measurements Via Serial I/O
APPENDIX A-4: Models T700 and 700E Signal I/O Definitions
APPENDIX A-5: MODBUS Register Map
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A – Version Specific Software Documentation (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-2
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-3
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-4
Figure A-1: Main Menu
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-5
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
Figure A-2: MAIN Menu - GENERATE Submenu
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-6
Figure A-3: PRIMARY SETUP MENU - Basics
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-7
EXAMPLE
Figure A-4: PRIMARY SETUP Menu - SOURCE GAS CONFIGURATION Submenu
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-8
EDIT PRNTDELINSNEXTPREV
Cycles through list of
already programmed
calibration sequences
NOYES
SET><SET
Create/edit the name of the channel
Number of times to execute the same sequence
repeatedly (1 - 100 or 0 to execute indefinitely). Enables or Disables the calibrator's digital contact closure
inputs that can be used to initiate the sequences remotely
Enables or Disables the calibrator's
digital contact closure outputs. Enables or Disables the calibrator's timer feature that allows
the calibrator to use its internal clock to start a sequence
PROGRESS MODES
NAME
REPEAT COUNT
CC INPUT
TIMER ENABLE
CC OUTPUT
STEPS
EXITREMELAPPCTSTEP ENTR
As the sequence runs,
the calibrator's display
will show progress by
displaying the step
currently being executed
As the sequence runs,
the calibrator's display
will show progress as a
percent of its total
programmed duration
As the sequence runs,
the calibrator's display
will show progress as
elapsed time.
As the sequence runs, the
calibrator's display will show
progress as the time remaining
of its total programmed
duration
Inserts a new sequence Edits existing sequence
NEXTPREV
Cycles through
list of sequence
commands
DELINS
NOYES
Inserts a new step
EDIT
Edits programmed
parameters for selected
step (See Chapter 6 for
further instructions).
GENERATE
GPT
GPTPS
PURGE
STANDBY
DURATION
EXECSEQ
SETCCOUTPUT
MANUAL
See Chapter 6 for further
instructions on programming each
of these commands
EXIT
MAIN MENU SETUP SEQ
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Figure A-5: PRIMARY SETUP Menu - SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION Submenu
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-9
ID
EDITSET><SET
COM1 COM2
BAUD RATEMODE
300
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
QUIET
COMPUTER
SECURITY
E, 7, 1
RS-485
MULTIDROP PROTOCOL
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE FIFO
COMMAND PROMPT
ON
OFF
COMM VARS DIAG1
FLOW
TEST
PORT
TEST
EDIT PRNTJUMPNEXTPREV
0) PHOTO_LAMP=[Value]DegC
1) O3_GEN_LAMP=[Value]DegC
2) O3_CONC_RANGE=[Value]PPB
3) O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=[ON/OFF]
4) STD_TEMP=[Value] DegC
5) STD_PRESS=[Value] In-Hg
6) CLOCK_ADJ[HH:MM:SS]
See SECONDARY SETUP Menu
DIAG Submenu
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
SETUP X.X TARGET FLOW: 2.000 Lpm
0 0 .0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle as needed to set the target
TOTAL gas flow output rate for the
calibrator
1DIAG Menu is inactive while
instrument is in GENERATE
mode.
STATTARG
SETUP X.X DIL1 F=1.980/1.950, P=24.31 PSIG
PREV NEXT EXIT
Press to cycle through statistical
displays for...
DIL1
CAL1
CAL2
SETUP X.X MACHINE ID:700 ID
07 00 ENTREXIT
Toggle each as needed to set the ID code.
MAIN MENU SETUP MORE
Figure A-6: SECONDARY SETUP Menu - Basic
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-10
Figure A-7: SECONDARY SETUP Menu; DIAG Submenu – Basics
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-11
1Only occurs if one of the voltage ranges is selected.
2 Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the AUTO CAL feature is OFF for the selected output or the RANGE is set for CURRent.
3 Only appears if optional O3photometer bench is installed. 4 Only appears if optional O3generator is installed
5 Only appears if optional 2nd Cal Gas MFC is installed 6 DIAG Menu is inactive while instrument is in GENERATE mode.
7DO NOT Edit the settings for the MFC drives!
MORE DIAG6
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
SIGNAL I/O ANALOG
OUTPUT
ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION
PHOTO FLOW
SENSOR CAL3
MFC
CONFIGURATION
O3 GEN4
CALIBRATION
PRESSURE
CALIBRATION
AUTO LEAK
CHECK
TEST CHAN
OUTPUT
Press ENTR
to start test
NEXTPREV 0)- 11) CONTROL_IN_1
THRU 12
12)-23) CONTROL_OUT_1
THRU 12
54 INTERNAL ANALOG
to VOLTAGE SIGNALS
72 (see Appendix A) ON
OFF
24) ST_SYSTEM_OK
25) ST_CAL_ACTIVE
26) ST_DIAG_MODE
27) ST_TEMP_ALARM
28) ST_PRESS_ALARM
29) PERM_VALVE_1
30) PERM_HTR_1
31) VENT_VALVE
32) RELAY_WATCHDOG
33) GPT_VALVE
34) PHOTO_REF_VALVE
35) O3_GEN_VALVE
36) O3_PUMP_ON
37) OUTPUT_VALVE_A
38) OUTPUT_VALVE_B
39) PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER
40) O3_GEN_HEATER
41) VALVE_WATCHDOG
42) CYL_VALVE_1
43) CYL_VALVE_2
44) CYL_VALVE_3
45) CYL_VALVE_4
46) PURGE_VALVE
47) INPUT_VALVE
48) MAINT_MODE
49) LANG2_SELECT
50) SEQUENCE_LED
51) AUTO_TIMER_LED
52) FAULT_LED
53) AUDIBLE_BEEPER
AOUTS CALIBRATED AIN CALIBRATED
SET>
<SET
CAL
Initiates auto-calibration of all
analog outputs
Initiates auto-calibration of the analog inputs’
zero and span points
CAL
EDIT
RANGE
10V
5V1V0.1V
ON
OFF
OVER
RANGE REC
OFFSET1
AUTO1
CAL
ON
OFF
CAL
CALIBRATED
Sets a voltage
offset for the
output
Auto Cal1
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100
Manual Cal2
Initiates auto-calibration
of the selected analog input
Initiates Internal leak check
(See Chapter 11 for more
information)
NONE
O3 PHOTO MEAS
O3 PHOTO REF
O3 GEN REF
SAMPLE PRESSURE
SAMPLE FLOW
SAMPLE TEMP
PHOTO LAMP TEMP
O3 LAMP TEMP
CHASSIS TEMP
O3 PHOTO CONC
See SECONDARY SETUP Menu
DIAG - CALIBRATION Submenu
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
MAIN MENU SETUP
Backpressure
Compensation
Figure A-8: SECONDARY SETUP Menu; DIAG Submenu – GAS CONFIGURATION
06873B DCN6388
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-13
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3
Table A-1: Setup Variables, Revision D.3
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
Low Access Level Setup Variables (818 password)
58 PHOTO_LAMP ºC
Warnings:
56–61
0–100 Photometer lamp temperature
set point and warning limits.
48 O3_GEN_LAMP ºC
Warnings:
43–53
0–100 O3 generator lamp temperature
set point and warning limits.
O3_CONC_RANGE PPB 500 0.1–20000 O3 concentration range for test
channel analog output.
O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONL
Y
— ON OFF, ON
O3 bench control flag. ON turns
on pump and switches
measure/reference valve only in
bench generation mode.
STD_TEMP ºC 25 0–100
Standard temperature for unit
conversions.
STD_PRESS "Hg 29.92 15–50
Standard pressure for unit
conversions.
CLOCK_ADJ Sec./Day 0 -60–60
Time-of-day clock speed
adjustment.
Medium Access Level Setup Variables (929 password)
LANGUAGE_SELECT — ENGL ENGL,
SECD,
EXTN
Selects the language to use for
the user interface. Enclose value
in double quotes (") when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
MAINT_TIMEOUT Hours 2 0.1–100 Time until automatically
switching out of software-
controlled maintenance mode.
O3_DWELL Seconds 2.5 0.1–30
Dwell time after switching
measure/reference valve.
O3_SAMPLE Samples 1 1–30
Number of O3 detector readings
to sample.
DARK_OFFSET mV 0 -1000–1000
Photometer dark offset for
measure and reference readings.
FILT_SIZE Samples 32 1–100 Moving average filter size.
FILT_ASIZE Samples 6 1–100
Moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
FILT_DELTA PPB 20 1–1000
Absolute concentration
difference to trigger adaptive
filter.
FILT_PCT Percent 5 1–100
Percent concentration difference
to trigger adaptive filter.
FILT_DELAY Seconds 60 0–60
Delay before leaving adaptive
filter mode.
FILT_ADAPT — ON OFF, ON
ON enables adaptive filter; OFF
disables it.
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-14
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
PDELTA_GAIN PPB/dIn-Hg 0 -200–200 Multiplied by difference between
measure and reference pressure
and added to concentration.
PDELTA_CAL_DUR Minutes 5 0.1–20 Duration of pressure
compensation calibration
procedure.
O3_SLOPE_CONST — 1.0 0.1–10 Constant factor to keep visible
slope near 1.
O3_SLOPE — 1 0.850–1.150 O3 photometer slope.
O3_OFFSET PPB 0 -1000–1000 O3 photometer offset.
O3_BCAL_SET PPB 400 0.1–10000
Target O3 concentration during
bench span calibration.
O3_PUMP_STARTUP — ON OFF, ON
O3 pump startup enable. ON
enables startup procedure.
O3_PUMP_MIN_FLOW LPM 0.2 0–1 Minimum flow rate that indicates
O3 pump is on.
O3_PUMP_TIMEOUT Seconds 30 1–180 O3 pump startup timeout.
O3_PUMP_PULSE Seconds 0.5 0.1–10 O3 pump power off pulse
duration.
PHOTO_CYCLE Seconds 10 0.5–30 Photometer lamp temperature
control cycle period.
PHOTO_PROP — 0.5 0–10 Photometer lamp temperature
PID proportional coefficient.
PHOTO_INTEG — 0.05 0–10 Photometer lamp temperature
PID integral coefficient.
PHOTO_DERIV — 0.2 0–10 Photometer lamp temperature
PID derivative coefficient.
PHOTO_FLOW_SLOPE — 1 0.001–100 Slope term to correct photometer
sample flow rate.
O3_DEF_DRIVE mV 800 0–5000
O3 generator default drive
setting.
O3_GEN_FLOW LPM 0.105 0.001–1.000 O3 generator nominal flow rate.
O3_GEN_MODE — CNST CNST,
REF,
BNCH
O3 generator control mode.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
O3_MIN_CONC PPB 25
15
0–100 O3 generator minimum reliable
concentration. Less than this is
treated as zero.
LOW_RANGE_THRESH
5
PPB 100 10–2500
O3 generator concentration
threshold for low range switch.
LOW_RANGE_FRAC5 — .5 .01–1.0 Fraction of O3 generator flow
used in low range mode.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-15
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
REF_DELAY Seconds 60 1–300
O3 generator reference feedback
control delay.
REF_FREQ Seconds 1 1–60
O3 generator reference
adjustment frequency.
REF_FSIZE Samples 4 1–10 O3 generator reference filter size.
REF_INTEG — 0.1 0–10
O3 generator reference PID
integral coefficient.
REF_DERIV — 0.2 0–10
O3 generator reference PID
derivative coefficient.
BENCH_DELAY Seconds 120 1–300 O3 generator bench feedback
control delay.
BENCH_FREQ Seconds 10 1–60 O3 generator bench adjustment
frequency.
BENCH_FSIZE Samples 3 1–10 O3 generator bench filter size.
BENCH_INTEG — 0.2 0–10 O3 generator bench PID integral
coefficient.
BENCH_DERIV — 0.5 0–10 O3 generator bench PID
derivative coefficient.
DRIVE_STABIL mV 10 0.1–100
O3 generator drive stability limit
to update concentration cache.
CACHE_RESOL PPB 2 0.1–20 O3 generator cache un-
normalized concentration
resolution.
O3_LAMP_CYCLE Seconds 2 0.5–30 O3 generator lamp temperature
control cycle period.
O3_LAMP_PROP 1/DegC 0.2 0–10 O3 generator lamp temperature
PID proportional coefficient.
O3_LAMP_INTEG Gain 0.01 0–10 O3 generator lamp temperature
PID integral coefficient.
O3_LAMP_DERIV Gain 0.2 0–10 O3 generator lamp temperature
PID derivative coefficient.
25 MFC_PRESS_LIMIT PSIG
Warnings:
15–36
0–50 MFC pressure warning limits. Set
point not important.
20
85
REG_PRESS_LIM PSIG
Warnings:
15–25
5-115
0–50 Regulator pressure warning
limits. Set point not important.
50 PERM_SET1 ºC
Warnings:
49–51
0–100 Permeation tube #1 temperature
set point and warning limits.
50 PERM_SET2 2 ºC
Warnings:
49–51
0–100 Permeation tube #2 temperature
set point and warning limits.
TARGET_FLOW Lpm 2 0.01–20.00
Default total output flow rate, if
flow not specified in individual
actions or steps.
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-16
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
RS232_MODE BitFlag 0 0–65535
RS-232 COM1 mode flags. Add
values to combine flags.
1 = quiet mode
2 = computer mode
4 = enable security
8 = enable hardware
handshaking
32 = enable multi-drop
64 = enable modem
128 = ignore RS-232 line errors
256 = disable XON / XOFF
support
512 = disable hardware FIFOs
1024 = enable RS-485 mode
2048 = even parity, 7 data bits, 1
stop bit
4096 = enable command prompt
8192 = even parity, 8 data bits, 1
stop bit
BAUD_RATE — 115200 300,
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
RS-232 COM1 baud rate.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
MODEM_INIT — “AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0 S0=2
&B0 &N6 &M0
E0 Q1 &W0” 0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
RS-232 COM1 modem
initialization string. Sent verbatim
plus carriage return to modem on
power up or manually.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-17
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
RS232_MODE2 — 0 0–65535 RS-232 COM2 mode flags.
(Same settings as
RS232_MODE, plus these when
MODBUS option is installed:)
8192 = enable dedicated
MODBUS ASCII protocol
16384 = enable dedicated
MODBUS RTU or TCP protocol
BAUD_RATE2 — 19200 300,
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
RS-232 COM2 baud rate.
MODEM_INIT2 — “AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0 S0=2
&B0 &N6 &M0
E0 Q1 &W0” 0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
RS-232 COM2 modem
initialization string. Sent verbatim
plus carriage return to modem on
power up or manually.
RS232_PASS Password 940331 0–999999 RS-232 log on password.
LINE_DELAY 1 ms. 0 0–1000
RS-232 inter-line transmit delay
(0=disabled).
MACHINE_ID ID 700 0–9999 Unique ID number for instrument.
COMMAND_PROMPT — “Cmd> ” Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
RS-232 interface command
prompt. Displayed only if enabled
with RS232_MODE variable.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-18
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
TEST_CHAN_ID NONE,
O3 PHOTO
MEAS,
O3 PHOTO
REF,
O3 GEN
REF,
REGULATO
R
PRESSURE
SAMPLE
PRESSURE,
SAMPLE
FLOW,
SAMPLE
TEMP,
PHOTO
LAMP TEMP,
O3 LAMP
TEMP,
CHASSIS
TEMP,
DCPS
VOLTAGE,
O3 PHOTO
CONC
Diagnostic analog output ID.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
PASS_ENABLE — ON OFF, ON ON enables passwords.
OFF disables them.
DEF_CC_OUTPUT — “000000000000
”
Any string of
exactly 12
characters
consisting of
the digits 0 and
1 only.
Default contact closure output
pattern when not executing a
sequence. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
PHOTO_LAMP_POWE
R
mV 4500 0–5000 Photometer lamp power setting.
LAMP_PWR_ENA
BLE
— ON OFF, ON ON enables photometer
lamp power cycling.
OFF disables it.
LAMP_PWR_PERIOD Hours 24 0.01–1000 Photometer lamp power cycling
period.
LAMP_OFF_DELAY Seconds 0.1 0.02–5 Length of time photometer lamp
is turned off.
DET_VALID_DELAY Seconds 20 1–300 Delay until valid concentration is
computed.
REF_SDEV_LIMIT mV 3 0.1–100 Photometer reference standard
deviation must be below this limit
to switch out of startup mode.
PATH_LENGTH cm 41.96 0.01–99.999 Photometer detector path length.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-19
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
30 BOX_SET ºC
Warnings:
5–45
0–100 Internal box temperature set
point and warning limits.
GAS_MOL_WEIGHT MolWt 32 1–99.999 Molar mass of sample gas for
computing concentrations by
weight instead of volume.
SERIAL_NUMBER — “00000000 ” Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
Unique serial number for
instrument.
DISP_INTENSITY — HIGH HIGH,
MED,
LOW,
DIM
Front panel display intensity.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
I2C_RESET_ENABLE — ON OFF, ON I2C bus automatic reset enable.
MFC_BUSY_TIME 4 ms. 20 10–1000 Time it takes for MFC to process
command.
CLOCK_FORMAT — “TIME=%H:%M:
%S”
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
Time-of-day clock format flags.
Enclose value in double quotes
(“) when setting from the RS-232
interface.
“%a” = Abbreviated weekday
name.
“%b” = Abbreviated month name.
“%d” = Day of month as decimal
number (01 – 31).
“%H” = Hour in 24-hour format
(00 – 23).
“%I” = Hour in 12-hour format (01
– 12).
“%j” = Day of year as decimal
number (001 – 366).
“%m” = Month as decimal
number (01 – 12).
“%M” = Minute as decimal
number (00 – 59).
“%p” = A.M./P.M. indicator for
12-hour clock.
“%S” = Second as decimal
number (00 – 59).
“%w” = Weekday as decimal
number (0 – 6; Sunday is 0).
“%y” = Year without century, as
decimal number (00 – 99).
“%Y” = Year with century, as
decimal number.
“%%” = Percent sign.
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-20
Setup Variable Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
FACTORY_OPT — 0 0–65535
Factory option flags. Add values
to combine options.
1 = permeation tube #1 installed
(do not enable dual gas outputs
option)
2 = O3 generator installed
4 = O3 photometer installed
8 = enable high concentration
16 = enable high pressure
diluent sensor
32 = O3 generator reference
detector installed (implies that O3
generator is installed)
64 = enable MFC flow correction
128 = enable dual gas outputs
(do not enable permeation tube
option)
256 = enable dual diluent inputs
512 2 = permeation tube #2
installed (do not enable O3
photometer option)
1024 = enable software-
controlled maintenance mode
2048 3 = enable Internet option
4096 = enable switch-controlled
maintenance mode
1 Dasibi emulation version only.
2 Dual permeation tube option.
3 iChip option (E-Series only).
4 I
2C MFC option.
5 Low range option.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-21
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3
Table A-2: Warning Messages, Revision D.3
Name 1 Message Text Description
Warnings
WSYSRES SYSTEM RESET Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU
was reset.
WDATAINIT DATA INITIALIZED Data storage was erased.
WCONFIGINIT CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory
configuration or erased.
WPHOTOLTEMP PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING Photometer lamp temperature outside of
warning limits specified by PHOTO_LAMP
variable.
WO3GENTEMP O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING O3 generator lamp temperature outside of
warning limits specified by
O3_GEN_LAMP variable.
WPERMTEMP1 PERM TUBE #1 TEMP WARNING Permeation tube #1 temperature outside
of warning limits specified by
PERM_SET1 variable.
WPERMTEMP2 3 PERM TUBE #2 TEMP WARNING Permeation tube #2 temperature outside
of warning limits specified by
PERM_SET2 variable.
WPHOTOREF PHOTO REFERENCE WARNING Photometer reference reading less than
2500 mV or greater than 4999 mV.
WLAMPSTABIL PHOTO LAMP STABILITY WARNING Photometer lamp reference step changes
occur more than 25% of the time.
WO3GENREF O3 GEN REFERENCE WARNING O3 reference detector drops below 5 mV
during reference feedback O3 generator
control.
WREGPRESS REGULATOR PRESSURE WARNING
Regulator pressure outside of warning
limits specified by REG_PRESS_LIM
variable.
WMFCPRESS MFC PRESSURE WARNING Any MFC pressure outside of warning
limits specified by PRESS_LIMIT variable.
WMFCFLOW MFC FLOW WARNING
Any MFC drive less than 10% of full scale
or greater than full scale.
WMFCCAL MFC CALIBRATION WARNING Any MFC sensor offset greater than
allowable limit.
WO3PUMP O3 PUMP WARNING O3 pump failed to turn on within timeout
period specified by O3_PUMP_TIMEOUT
variable.
WOUTPUT INVALID OUTPUT WARNING
An invalid output has been selected for
the requested gas generation. For
example, output B was selected when
generating ozone.
WREARBOARD REAR BOARD NOT DET Rear board was not detected during
power up.
WRELAYBOARD RELAY BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with
the relay board.
WVALVEBOARD VALVE BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with
the valve board.
WLAMPDRIVER LAMP DRIVER WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with
either the O3 generator or photometer
lamp I2C driver chip.
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-22
Name 1 Message Text Description
WFRONTPANEL 6 FRONT PANEL WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with
the front panel.
WMFCCOMM 4 MFC COMMUNICATION WARNING Firmware is unable to communicate with
any MFC.
WANALOGCAL ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel has
not been calibrated.
1 The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
2 O
3 photometer stability measurement option.
3 Dual permeation tube option.
4 I
2C MFCs.
5 Low range option.
6 E-Series only.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-23
Table A-3: Test Functions, Revision D.3
Name 1 Message Text Description
Test Measurements
Parmeter name in
T-Series
and in E-Series w/
software v. D.3
and higher.
Parameter name in earlier E-Series software
versions and test meas value
A-CAL ACT CAL=0.0800 LPM Actual cal. gas flow rate.
T-CAL TARG CAL=0.0000 LPM Target cal. gas flow rate.
A-DIL ACT DIL=1.920 LPM Actual diluent flow rate.
T-DIL TARG DIL=0.000 LPM Target diluent flow rate.
O3GENREF 6 O3 GEN REF=1000.0 MV O3 generator reference detector reading.
O3FLOW 6 O3 FLOW=0.1050 LPM O3 generator flow rate. Note: this is simply a constant,
specified by the O3_GEN_FLOW variable.
O3GENDRV 6 O3 GEN DRIVE=800.0 MV O3 generator lamp drive output.
O3LAMPTMP 6 O3 LAMP TEMP=49.7 C O3 generator lamp temperature.
CAL PRES CAL PRESSURE=25.1 PSIG Cal. gas pressure.
DIL PRES DIL PRESSURE=25.1 PSIG Diluent pressure.
REG PRES REG PRESSURE=20.1 PSIG Regulator pressure.
(n/a) ACT=GENERATE 37 PPB O3 Actual concentration being generated, computed from
real-time inputs.
A-GAS (n/a) T-GAS ± 1%
T-GAS (n/a)
A-O3 7 (n/a) T-O3 ± 1%
T-O3 7 (n/a)
(n/a) TARG=GENERATE 100 PPB O3 Target concentration to generate.
T-FLW (n/a) Target standard flow in LPM
BOX TMP BOX TEMP=31.2 C Internal chassis temperature.
PERM1 TMP PERM TUBE #1 TEMP=50.4 C Permeation tube #1 temperature.
PERM2 TMP 3 PERM TUBE #2 TEMP=50.4 C Permeation tube #2 temperature.
PERMFLW 3 PERM FLOW=0.1050 LPM Permeation tube flow rate. This is a property of the
permeation tube (SETUP-GAS-PERM). Its value
depends on which permeation tube is in use.
PH MEAS 7 PHOTO MEASURE=2998.8 MV Photometer detector measure reading.
PH REF 7 PHOTO REFERENCE=3000.0 MV Photometer detector reference reading.
PH FLW 7 PHOTO FLOW=0.2978 LPM Photometer sample flow rate.
PH LTEMP 7 PHOTO LAMP TEMP=52.6 C Photometer lamp temperature.
PH PRES 7 PHOTO SPRESS=29.9 IN-HG-A Photometer sample pressure.
PHO STEMP 7 PHOTO STEMP=31.8 C Photometer sample temperature.
PHO SLOPE 7 PHOTO SLOPE=1.000 Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
PH OFFST 7 PHOTO OFFSET=0.0 PPB Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
PHOTOSTABIL 2 PHOTO STABIL=0.1 PPB Photometer concentration stability (standard deviation of
25 bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds
apart).
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-24
Name 1 Message Text Description
TESTCHAN TEST=2753.9 MV Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output, selected
with TEST_CHAN_ID variable.
CLOCKTIME TIME=14:48:01 Current instrument time of day clock.
1 The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
2 O
3 photometer stability measurement option.
3 Dual permeation tube option.
4 I
2C MFCs.
5 Low range option.
6 O3 generator option.
7 Photometer option.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-25
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Table A-4: Signal I/O Definitions 3
Signal Name Bit or Channel
Number
Description
U11, J1004, control inputs, pins 1-6 = bits 0-5, read, default I/O address 321 hex
CONTROL_IN_1 –
CONTROL_IN_6
0–5 0 = input asserted
1 = de-asserted
6–7 Always 1
U14, J1006, control inputs, pins 1-6 = bits 0-5, read, default I/O address 325 hex
CONTROL_IN_7 –
CONTROL_IN_12
0–5 0 = input asserted
1 = de-asserted
6–7 Always 1
U17, J1008, control outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 321 hex
CONTROL_OUT_1 –
CONTROL_OUT_8
0–7 0 = output asserted
1 = de-asserted
U21, J1008, control outputs, pins 9-12 = bits 0-3, write, default I/O address 325 hex
CONTROL_OUT_9 –
CONTROL_OUT_12
0–3 0 = output asserted
1 = de-asserted
U7, J108, internal inputs, pins 9-16 = bits 0-7, read, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
U8, J108, internal outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
U24, J1017, A status outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK 0 0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
1 Spare
ST_CAL_ACTIVE 2 0 = executing sequence
1 = not executing sequence
ST_DIAG_MODE 3 0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_TEMP_ALARM 4 0 = any temperature alarm
1 = all temperatures OK
ST_PRESS_ALARM 5 0 = any pressure alarm
1 = all pressures OK
6–7 Spare
U27, J1018, B status outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 324 hex
0–7 Spare
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-26
Signal Name Bit or Channel
Number
Description
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), write, default I2C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG 0 Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep
relay board active
VENT_VALVE 1 0 = vent valve open
1 = close
PERM_HTR_2 2 2 0 = permeation tube #2 heater on
1 = off
3–4 Spare
GPT_VALVE 5 0 = open GPT bypass valve
1 = close
PHOTO_REF_VALVE 6 0 = photometer valve in reference position
1 = measure position
O3_GEN_VALVE 7 0 = open O3 generator valve
1 = close
O3_PUMP_ON 8 0 = pump on for photometer to measure O3
1 = off
O3_DIVERT_VALVE 9 0 = open O3 divert valve
1 = close
OUTPUT_VALVE_B 1 10 0 = open output shut-off valve B
1 = close
PERM_VALVE_1 11 0 = open permeation tube #1 valve
1 = close
PERM_VALVE_2 2 12 0 = open permeation tube #2 valve
1 = close
PERM_HTR_1 13 0 = permeation tube #1 heater on
1 = off
PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER 14 0 = O3 photometer lamp heater on
1 = off
O3_GEN_HEATER 15 0 = O3 generator lamp heater on
1 = off
Valve board digital output (PCA9557), write, default I2C address 3A hex
VALVE_WATCHDOG 0 Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep
valve board active
CYL_VALVE_1 1 1 = open cylinder gas valve 1
0 = close
CYL_VALVE_2 2 1 = open cylinder gas valve 2
0 = close
CYL_VALVE_3 3 1 = open cylinder gas valve 3
0 = close
CYL_VALVE_4 4 1 = open cylinder gas valve 4
0 = close
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839)
A-27
Signal Name Bit or Channel
Number
Description
PURGE_VALVE 5 1 = open purge valve
0 = close
INPUT_VALVE 6 1 = open input (zero-air) shut-off valve
0 = close
DIL_VALVE_2 5 7 1 = open diluent valve #2
0 = open diluent valve #1
Front panel I2C keyboard, default I2C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE 5 (input) 0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
LANG2_SELECT 6 (input) 0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
SEQUENCE_LED 8 (output) 0 = sequence LED on (executing sequence)
1 = off
AUTO_TIMER_LED 9 (output) 0 = automatic timer LED on (automatic sequence timer
enabled)
1 = off
FAULT_LED 10 (output) 0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER 14 (output) 0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs
PHOTO_DET 0 Photometer detector reading
O3_GEN_REF_DET 1 O3 generator reference detector reading
DIL_PRESS 2 Diluent pressure
CAL_PRESS 3 Cal. gas pressure
4 Temperature MUX
O3_PERM_PRESS 5 Ozone/perm tube pressure
6–7 Spare
MFC_FLOW_3 4 8 MFC 3 (cal. gas #2) flow output
REF_4096_MV 9 4.096V reference from MAX6241
PHOTO_FLOW 10 Photometer flow
PHOTO_SAMP_PRES 11 Photometer sample pressure
MFC_FLOW_1 12 MFC 1 (diluent) flow output
MFC_FLOW_2 13 MFC 2 (cal. gas #1) flow output
14 DAC loopback MUX
REF_GND 15 Ground reference
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs
BOX_TEMP 0 Internal box temperature
PHOTO_SAMP_TEMP 1 Photometer sample temperature
PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP 2 Photometer lamp temperature
O3_GEN_TEMP 3 O3 generator lamp temperature
PERM_TEMP_1 4 Permeation tube #1 temperature
PERM_TEMP_2 2 5 Permeation tube #2 temperature
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision D.3 (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-28
Signal Name Bit or Channel
Number
Description
6–7 Spare
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC_CHAN_1 0 DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC_CHAN_2 1 DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC_CHAN_3 2 DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC_CHAN_4 3 DAC channel 3 loopback
Rear board analog outputs
MFC_DRIVE_1 0 MFC 1 (diluent) flow drive
MFC_DRIVE_2 1 MFC 2 (cal. gas #1) flow drive
MFC_DRIVE_3 4 2 MFC 3 (cal. gas #2) flow drive
TEST_OUTPUT 3 Test measurement output
I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 18 hex
PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE 0 O3 photometer lamp drive (0–5V)
I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 1A hex
O3_GEN_DRIVE 0 O3 generator lamp drive (0–5V)
1 Must be enabled with a factory option bit.
2 Dual permeation tube option.
4 Triple-MFC option.
5 Dual diluent option.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-5: MODBUS Register Map (05623D DCN5839)
A-29
APPENDIX A-5: MODBUS Register Map
MODBUS
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
Description Units
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0 Actual cal. gas flow rate LPM
2 Actual diluent flow rate LPM
4 Photometer measured ozone concentration PPB
6 Ozone generator reference detector reading mV
8 Ozone generator flow rate LPM
10 Ozone generator lamp drive mV
12 Ozone generator lamp temperature °C
14 Cal. gas pressure PSIG
16 Diluent pressure PSIG
18 Regulator pressure PSIG
20 Internal box temperature °C
22 Permeation tube #1 temperature 3 °C
24 Permeation tube flow rate 3 LPM
26 Photometer detector measure reading mV
28 Photometer detector reference reading mV
30 Photometer sample flow rate LPM
32 Photometer lamp temperature °C
34 Photometer sample pressure Inches Hg
36 Photometer sample temperature °C
38 Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench calibration —
40 Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench calibration PPB
42 Ground reference mV
44 Precision 4.096 mV reference mV
46 Permeation tube #2 temperature 1 °C
48 Ozone Gen Fraction 2 —
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-5: MODBUS Register Map (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-30
MODBUS
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
Description Units
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
0 System reset warning
1 Box temperature warning
2 Photometer lamp temperature warning
3 O3 generator lamp temperature warning
4 Permeation tube #1 temperature warning 3
5 Photometer reference warning
6 Photometer lamp stability warning
7 O3 generator reference detector warning
8 Regulator pressure warning
9 Any MFC pressure outside of warning limits
10 Any MFC drive less than 10% of full scale or greater than full scale
11 Any MFC sensor offset greater than allowable limit
12 Rear board communication warning
13 Relay board communication warning
14 Valve board communication warning
15 O3 generator or photometer lamp I2C driver chip communication warning
16 Front panel communication warning
17 Firmware is unable to communicate with any MFC
18 Analog calibration warning
19 System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
20 O3 generator not yet stabilized
21 Permeation tube #2 temperature warning 1
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
00-99 Trigger execution of sequence whose name begins with “00” - “99”. Turning a coil on executes a
sequence. Turning a coil off does nothing. When reading coils, the value indicates which
sequence is executing. If a coil is on, the sequence is executing; if off the sequence is not
executing. Supports nested sequences, so multiple sequence coils may be on simultaneously.
100 Turning coil on turns on purge. Turning coil off does nothing. When reading coil, the value
indicates whether purge is active. If on, purge is active; if off, purge is not active. Purge may be
invoked within a sequence, so purge coil may be on at the same time as a sequence coil.
101 Turning coil on puts instrument in standby. Turning coil off does nothing. When reading coil, the
value indicates whether instrument is in standby mode. If on, instrument is in standby; if off,
instrument is not in standby.
200-211 Connected to the control outputs (CONTROL_OUT_1– CONTROL_OUT_12). These coils may
be turned both on and off. Reading the coils indicates the current state.
1 Dual permeation tube option.
2 Low range option.
3 Permeation tube option.
06873B DCN6388
T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators (05623D DCN5839)
A-31
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
Table A-5: Terminal Command Designators
COMMAND ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX DESCRIPTION
? [ID] Display help screen and commands list
LOGON [ID] password Establish connection to instrument
LOGOFF [ID] Terminate connection to instrument
SET ALL|name|hexmask Display test(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print test(s) to screen
name Print single test
T [ID]
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Disable test(s)
SET ALL|name|hexmask Display warning(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print warning(s)
name Clear single warning
W [ID]
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Clear warning(s)
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2] Enter calibration mode
ASEQ number Execute automatic sequence
COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN Compute new slope/offset
EXIT Exit calibration mode
C [ID]
ABORT Abort calibration sequence
LIST Print all I/O signals
name[=value] Examine or set I/O signal
LIST NAMES Print names of all diagnostic tests
ENTER name Execute diagnostic test
EXIT Exit diagnostic test
D [ID]
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode] Reset instrument
LIST Print setup variables
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]] Modify variable
name="value" Modify enumerated variable
CONFIG Print instrument configuration
MAINT ON|OFF Enter/exit maintenance mode
V [ID]
MODE Print current instrument mode
The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in [brackets] are optional
designators. The following key assignments also apply.
Table A-6: Terminal Key Assignments
TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS
ESC Abort line
CR (ENTER) Execute command
Ctrl-C Switch to computer mode
COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS
LF (line feed) Execute command
Ctrl-T Switch to terminal mode
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators (05623D DCN5839) T700, M700E Calibrator Manuals
A-32
This page intentionally left blank.
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX B - Spare Parts
Note
Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by T-API may result in non
compliance with European standard EN 61010-1.
Note
Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the Website or call
Customer Service for more recent updates to part numbers.
06873B DCN6388
B-1
This page intentionally left blank.
B-2
06873B DCN6388
T700 Spare Parts List
PN 06852B DCN6014 03/10/2011
1 of 3 page(s)
Part Numbe
r
Description
000940100 ORIFICE, 3 MIL, 03 GEN
003290000 THERMISTOR, BASIC (VENDOR ASSY)(KB)
006120100 ASSY, UV LAMP, OZONE GENERATOR
014540300 CONTROLLER, MFC, HFC-212, 100SCCM *
014550300 CONTROLLER, MFC, HFC-212, 10 SLM *
014570100 ASSY, INLET MANIFOLD, (KB)
014900000 ASSY, GPT
016590100 ASSY, GPT VALVE
022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ, (KB)
024710000 ASSY, TUBING, CLEAR FEP 1/8" (TU1), 6FT
024720000 ASSY, TUBING, (B/F) TU0000002, 6FT
024730000 ASSY, TUBING, TU0000005, 6FT
024750000 ASSY, TYGON TUBING (B/F) TU0000009, 6FT
040010000 ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
040030500 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (2X)
040030600 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), OZONE OPT
041200000 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
041200200 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
041240001 MANIFOLD, DETECTOR, (KB)
041270000 LAMP BLOCK, (KB)
041280000 LAMP SPACER, (KB)
041300000 EXAUST MANIFOLD, (KB)
041440000 PCA, DC HEATER/TEMP SENSOR, OPTICAL BENCH
042010000 ASSY, SAMPLE THERMISTOR
045230100 PCA, RELAY CARD
046740000 ASSY, PUMP, 12VDC (OP63)
048190300 ASSY, RELAY/PS, CAL
049290000 CLIP, THERMISTOR HOLDER
050490000 ASSY, O3 GENERATOR W/BRKT & REG
050500000 ASSY, O3 GENERATOR, 5LPM
052400000 ASSY, BENCH UV LAMP, (BIR), CR *
052910200 ASSY, OPTICAL BENCH, CAL
054690000 PCA, VALVE DRIVER, M700E
055020000 ASSY, INLET MANIFOLD W/PCA
055210000 OPTION, PHOTOMETER
055220000 ASSY, VALVE, PHOTOMETER
055240000 OPTION, OZONE, CAL (KB)
055270000 ASSY, EXHAUST MANIFOLD, (KB)
055560000 ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 5" LEADS
056440000 ASSY, VALVE (VA23)
056450000 ASSY, VALVE (VA32)
056970000 PCA, EXT O/P ADPTR, LDS, (OPT)
057230000 PCA, SINGLE VALVE DRIVER (OPTION)
057360000 ASSY, 3/8" VENT ADAPTER
06873B DCN6388
B-3
T700 Spare Parts List
PN 06852B DCN6014 03/10/2011
2 of 3 page(s)
Part Numbe
r
Description
057400001 FRONT FERRULE,SS,1/4",SILCOSTEEL
057520001 FRONT FERRULE,SS, 1/8",SILCOSTEEL
057630000 ASSY, DUAL OUTPUT VALVE
058021400 PCA, E-SERIES MTHRBRD, M700E, GEN 5-I (ACCEPTS ACROSSER OR ICOP CPU)
058430001 FT 40 FITTING BODY, SILCOSTEEL COATED
058440001 FT 36 FITTING BODY, SILCOSTEEL COATED
060340001 FT 85 FITTING BODY, SILCOSTEEL COATED
061630000 ASSY, FILTER, DFU, DESORBER (SOAKED)
063110000 PCA, DC HEATER/THERM, 100W
064130000 ASSY, DC HEATER/THERM PCA, O3 GEN
066970000 PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
067240000 CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *(KB)
067300000 PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
067300100 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
067300200 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
067900000 LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB)
068290100 DOM, w/SOFTWARE, STD, T700 *
068730000 MANUAL, T700, OPERATORS
068810000 PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
069500000 PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
072150000 ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
CN0000073 POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
CN0000458 CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 12 PIN
CN0000520 CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 10 PIN
CN0000640 CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 14 PIN
FM0000004 FLOWMETER (KB)
FM0000007 REGULATOR, PRESSURE, 0-30PSI(KB)
FT0000013 CONNECTOR-M, T, 1/8" (KB)
FT0000036 TEE-TTT, SS, 1/4" (HK)
FT0000040 UNION, BULKHEAD, SS, 1/4" (HK)
FT0000056 TEE-TTT, SS, 1/8" (HK)
FT0000085 PORT CONNECTOR, SS, 1/4" (HK)
FT0000134 BLKHD, UNION, REDUCING, SS, 1/4-1/8 (HK
FT0000151 UNION, CROSS, TFE, 2-1/4", 2-1/8" KB
FT0000192 ELBOW, B, 1/8 X 1/4 TUBING
FT0000278 FEMALE COUPLING, 10-32, BRASS
FT0000279 HEX EXTENSION, B, 10-32 M-F
FT0000321 PORT CONNECTOR, SS, 1/8" (HK)
FT0000332 FITTING, 9 MIL, ZERO AIR FLOW
FT0000364 .003 ORIFICE, 10-32 X 10-32 W/ORING, BRA
FT0000429 ORIFICE, BARB, SS, 0.012"
HW0000005 FOOT
HW0000120 SHOCKMOUNT, GROMMET ISOLATOR
HW0000149 SEALING WASHER, #10
HW0000327 HEATSINK CLIP, TO-220
HW0000328 INSULATING THERMAL PAD, TO-220
B-4
06873B DCN6388
T700 Spare Parts List
PN 06852B DCN6014 03/10/2011
3 of 3 page(s)
Part Numbe
r
Description
HW0000356 PAD, THERMAL, TO-220, W/ ADHV
HW0000453 SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
KIT000253 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
KIT000289 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660100
KIT000290 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660500
OP0000014 LAMP WINDOW, OPTICAL BENCH
OP0000031 WINDOW, OPTICAL BENCH & OZONE GEN FEEDBACK
OR0000001 ORING, SAMPLE FLOW & OZONE GENERATOR
OR0000026 ORING, ABSORPTION TUBE
OR0000039 ORING, OPTICAL BENCH & OZONE GEN FEEDBACK
OR0000046 ORING, 2-019V
OR0000077 ORING, 2-018V
OR0000089 ORING, OPTICAL BENCH
PS0000037 PS, 40W SWITCHING, +5V, +/-15V(KB) *
PS0000039 PS, SWITCHING, 12V/7.5A (KB)
PS0000040 PS,EXT,AC/DC (90-264V/47-63HZ),12V/3.75A
SW0000025 SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
WR0000008 POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
06873B DCN6388
B-5
T700
RECOMMENDED SPARES
STOCKING LEVELS
(Reference: 07565A DCN6306)
PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1 2-5 6-10 11-20 21-30
006120100 ASSY, OZONE GEN LAMP * * 1 2 4
014540300 MASS FLOW CONTROLLER, 100CCM ****1
014550300 MASS FLOW CONTROLLER, 10LPM ****1
040010000 ASS, FAN, REAR PANEL 11248
040030500 PCA, ;PRESS SENSORS (2X), 700E * * * 1 2
040030700 PCA, PRESS SENSOR PHOTO OPT * 1248
041200200 PCA, DET. PREAMP w/OP20, O3 GEN * * * 1 2
041660100 PCA, UV POWER SUPPLY, O3 GEN * * * 1 2
041660500 PCA, UV POWER SUPPLY, OPT BENCH * * * 1 2
067240000 CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *(KB) ***12
045230100 PCA, RELAY CARD * * 1 2 4
047020000 ASSY, PUMP ****1
056440000 VALVE, CYL PORTS, 2-WAY 11248
056450000 VALVE, DILUTION PORT 2-WAY * * * 1 2
058021400 PCA, MTHRBRD, CAL, GEN 5-I * * * 1 2
PS0000037 POWER SUPPLY, +5, +15, -15 * * * 1 2
PS0000039 POWER SUPPLY, 12V * * * 1 2
067900000 LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB) 12
066970000 PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P 12
068810000 PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD 12
072150000 TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE 123
PHOTOMETER
022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ * 1248
041200000 PCA, DET. PREAMP w/OP20, BENCH * * * 1 2
041440000 PCA, DC HEATER/TEMP SENSOR 11248
042010000 THERMISTOR ASSEMBLY 11248
052400000 ASSY, BENCH UV LAMP, (BIR), CR * * * 1 2 4
UNITS
B-6
06873B DCN6388
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T700, M700E
(05625B DCN5798)
TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS CUSTOMER SERVICE
EMAIL: api-customerservice@teledyne.com
PHONE: (858) 657-9800 TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-1
CUSTOMER:_______________________________ PHONE: _____________________________________
CONTACT NAME: __________________________ FAX NO. _____________________________________
SITE ADDRESS:____________________________________________________________________________
MODEL TYPE: ______________ SERIAL NO.:_________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: _____________
Are there any failure messages? _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________ (Continue on back if necessary)
PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE (Depending on options installed, not all test parameters shown will
be available in your calibrator):
PARAMETER
Name in E-Series software
versions prior to v.C.1.
Name in T-Series and in
E-series w/software
v. D.3 and higher
RECORDED VALUE ACCEPTABLE VALUE
ACT CAL A-CAL LPM* TARG CAL ± 1%
TARG CAL T-CAL LPM* 0.001 – 0.100 SLPM
ACT DIL A-DIL LPM* TARG DIL ± 1%
TARG DIL T-DIL LPM* 0.01 – 10 SLPM
O3 GEN REF 1 O3GENREF
1 mV 0 – 5000mV
O3 FLOW 1 O3FLOW
1 LPM* 0.100 ± 0.025 SLPM
O3 GEN DRIVE 1 O3GENDRV
1 mV 0 – 5000mV
O3 LAMP TEMP 1 O3LAMPTMP
1 ºC 48 ± 1ºC
CAL PRESSURE CAL PRES PSI 25 – 35PSI
DIL PRESSURE DIL PRES PSI 25 – 35PSI
REG PRESSURE 1 REG PRES 1 PSI 20 ± 1PSI
ACT (n/a) TARG ± 1%
(n/a) A-GAS T-GAS ± 1%
(n/a) T-GAS
(n/a) A-O3 1 T-O3 ± 1%
(n/a) T-O3 1
TARG (n/a)
(n/a) T-FLW LPM*
BOX TEMP BOX TMP ºC AMBIENT ± 5ºC
PERM TUBE #1 TEMP 3 PERM1 TMP
3 ºC 50 ± 1ºC
PERM FLOW 3 PERM FLW
3 LPM* 0.100 ± 0.025 SLPM
PHOTO MEASURE 2 PH MEAS
2 mV 2500 – 4800mV
PHOTO REFERENCE 2 PH REF
2 mV 2500 – 4800mV
PHOTO FLOW 2 PH FLW
2 LPM 0.720 – 0.880LPM
PHOTO LAMP TEMP 2 PH LTEMP
2 ºC 58 ± 1ºC
PHOTO SPRESS 2 PH PRES
2 IN-HG AMBIENT ± 1 IN-HG
PHOTO STEMP 2 PH STEMP
2 ºC AMBIENT ± 3ºC
PHOTO SLOPE 2 PH SLOPE
2 0.85-1.15
PHOTO OFFSET 2 PH OFFST
2 PPB 0 ±10 PPB
1 If ozone generator option installed. 2 If photometer option installed. 3 If permeation tube installed. *Standard flow
06873B DCN6388
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T700, M700E
(05625B DCN5798)
C-2
What is measured photometer flow rate _____________________________________________________cc/min
What is measured O3 generator flow rate? ___________________________________________________cc/min
what is the pressure change during the AUTO LEAK CHECK procedure? ____________________________ psi
What are the failure symptoms? ________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
What tests have you done trying to solve the problem? ______________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Thank you for providing this information. Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the
problem that you are encountering.
OTHER NOTES: ____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
06873B DCN6388
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics
06873B DCN6388
D-1
This page intentionally left blank.
D-2
06873B DCN6388
Interconnect List T700
(Reference: 069140100A DCN5870)
Revision Description Checked Date DCN
A Production Release KV 10/4/2010 5870
Cable
Part # Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
036490100CBL, AC POWER
AC Line Power Entry CN0000073 L Power Switch SW0000025 L
AC Neutral Power Entry CN0000073 N Power Switch SW0000025 N
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Shield SW0000025
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Chassis
AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L PS2 (+12) PS0000039 J1 1
AC Neutral Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N PS2 (+12) PS0000039 J1 3
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 PS2 (+12) PS0000039 J1 2
AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J1 1
AC Neutral Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J1 3
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J1 2
AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L Relay Board 045230100 J1 1
AC Neutral Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N Relay Board 045230100 J1 3
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Relay Board 045230100 J1 2
038290000CBL, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 1 Motherboard 058021400 J15 1
+5V Relay Board 045230100 J7 2 Motherboard 058021400 J15 2
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 3 Motherboard 058021400 J15 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J7 4 Motherboard 058021400 J15 4
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 5 Motherboard 058021400 J15 5
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J7 6 Motherboard 058021400 J15 6
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J7 7 Motherboard 058021400 J15 7
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J7 8 Motherboard 058021400 J15 8
Chassis Gnd Relay Board 045230100 J7 10 Motherboard 058021400 J15 9
041050000CBL, KEYBOARD TO MOTHERBOARD
Kbd Interupt LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J1 7 Motherboard 058021400 J106 1
DGND LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J1 2 Motherboard 058021400 J106 8
SDA LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J1 5 Motherboard 058021400 J106 2
SCL LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J1 6 Motherboard 058021400 J106 6
Shld LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J1 10 Motherboard 058021400 J106 5
041760100CBL, DC POWER, TYPE 2
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J8 1 PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J2 3
+5V Relay Board 045230100 J8 2 PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J2 1
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J8 4 PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J2 6
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J8 5 PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J2 4
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J8 6 PS1 (+5, ±15) PS0000037 J2 5
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J8 7 PS2 (+12) PS0000039 J2 5
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J8 8 PS2 (+12) PS0000039 J2 3
042790100CBL, HEATER/THERMISTOR
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J19 1 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 1
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J19 2 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 2
+5VAVA Motherboard 058021400 J27 6 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 3
THERMISTOR 3 Motherboard 058021400 J27 13 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 4
+5VAVA Motherboard 058021400 J27 7 Sample Therm 042010000 1
THERMISTOR 2 Motherboard 058021400 J27 14 Sample Therm 042010000 2
THERMISTOR 4 Motherboard 058021400 J27 12 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 6
+5VAVA Motherboard 058021400 J27 5 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 5
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J14 2 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 2
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J14 1 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 1
046710000CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION)
GND Motherboard 058021100 P12 2 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 2
RX0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 14
RTS0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 13
TX0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 12
CTS0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 11
RS-GND0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 10
RTS1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 8 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 8
CTS1/485- Motherboard 058021100 P12 6 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 6
RX1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 9 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 9
TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021100 P12 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 7
RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 5
RX1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 9 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 9
TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021100 P12 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 7
RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 5
CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO
06873B DCN6388
D-3
Interconnect List T700
(Reference: 069140100A DCN5870)
Cable
Part # Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO
051790000CBL, POWER & SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION
CH1 Motherboard 058021400 J109 6 Bench Det 041200000 J3 1
AGND Motherboard 058021400 J109 12 Bench Det 041200000 J3 4
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J11 4 Bench Det 041200000 J3 2
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J11 6 Bench Det 041200000 J3 3
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J11 7 Fan 040010000 1
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J11 8 Fan 040010000 2
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J11 1 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 2
VCC Relay Board 045230100 J11 2 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 3
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J12 1 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 8
VCC Relay Board 045230100 J12 2 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 1
SDA CAL1 Digital MFC 8 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 5
SCL CAL1 Digital MFC 7 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 6
DGND CAL1 Digital MFC 6 LCD Interface Bd 066970000 J14 10
DGND CAL1 Digital MFC 1 Relay Board 045230100 J9 1
VCC CAL1 Digital MFC 3 Relay Board 045230100 J9 2
SDA CAL1 Digital MFC 8 DIL1 Digital MFC 8
SCL CAL1 Digital MFC 7 DIL1 Digital MFC 7
DGND CAL1 Digital MFC 6 DIL1 Digital MFC 6
SDA CAL 2 Digital MFC 8 DIL1 Digital MFC 8
SCL CAL 2 Digital MFC 7 DIL1 Digital MFC 7
DGND CAL 2 Digital MFC 6 DIL1 Digital MFC 6
VCC Relay Board 045230100 J9 2 DIL1 Digital MFC 3
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 1 DIL1 Digital MFC 1
VCC Relay Board 045230100 J9 2 CAL 2 Digital MFC 3
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 1 CAL 2 Digital MFC 1
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J12 6 CAL1 Analog MFC 9
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J12 5 CAL1 Analog MFC 12
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J12 4 CAL1 Analog MFC 11
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J12 3 Photo Press/Flo 040030600 J1 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J12 4 Photo Press/Flo 040030600 J1 6
CH6 Motherboard 058021400 J109 2 Photo Press/Flo 040030600 J1 4
CH11 Motherboard 058021400 J110 4 Photo Press/Flo 040030600 J1 5
CH12 Motherboard 058021400 J110 3 Photo Press/Flo 040030600 J1 2
CH14 Motherboard 058021400 J110 1 CAL1 Analog MFC 6
CH13 Motherboard 058021400 J110 2 DIL1 Analog MFC 6
CH9 Motherboard 058021400 J110 5 CAL2 Analog MFC 6
Chassis CAL2 Analog MFC 7
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J9 6 CAL2 Analog MFC 9
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J9 4 CAL2 Analog MFC 11
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 3 CAL2 Analog MFC 12
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J9 6 DIL1 Analog MFC 9
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J9 4 DIL1 Analog MFC 11
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 5 DIL1 Analog MFC 12
DAC0V Motherboard 058021400 J22 5 DIL1 Analog MFC 14
AGND Motherboard 058021400 J22 7 DIL1 Analog MFC 5
Chassis DIL1 Analog MFC 7
DAC2V Motherboard 058021400 J22 3 CAL2 Analog MFC 14
AGND Motherboard 058021400 J22 8 CAL2 Analog MFC 5
DAC1V CAL1 Analog MFC 14 Motherboard 058021400 J22 4
AGND CAL1 Analog MFC 5 Motherboard 058021400 J22 9
CAL1 Analog MFC 7 Chassis
CH2 Motherboard 058021400 J109 5 IZS DET 041200200 J3 1
AGND Motherboard 058021400 J109 11 IZS DET 041200200 J3 4
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J13 6 IZS DET 041200200 J3 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J13 4 IZS DET 041200200 J3 2
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J13 5 Gas Flow PCA 040030500 J1 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J13 4 Gas Flow PCA 040030500 J1 6
CH3 Motherboard 058021400 J109 4 Gas Flow PCA 040030500 J1 4
CH4 Motherboard 058021400 J109 3 Gas Flow PCA 040030500 J1 2
054840000CBL, VALVE DRIVER & PUMP POWER
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 1 Photo Ref Valve 055220000 1
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 2 Photo Ref Valve 055220000 2
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 3 O3 Valve 055220000 1
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 4 O3 Valve 055220000 2
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 5 Pump 047020000 1
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 6 Pump 047020000 2
D-4
06873B DCN6388
Interconnect List T700
(Reference: 069140100A DCN5870)
Cable
Part # Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO
056310000CBL, I2C SIGNAL
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J5 4 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 J1 1
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J5 3 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 J1 2
SCL Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 J1 3 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 J1 3
SDA Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 J1 4 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 J1 4
SCL Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 J1 3 Motherboard 058021400 J107 3
SDA Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 J1 4 Motherboard 058021400 J107 5
+15V Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 J1 1 Relay Board 045230100 J10 4
AGND Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 J1 2 Relay Board 045230100 J10 3
+12VRET Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 2 Relay Board 045230100 J10 7
+12V Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 5 Relay Board 045230100 J10 8
DGND Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 1 Relay Board 045230100 J10 1
VCC Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 4 Relay Board 045230100 J10 2
SCL Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 3 Relay Board 045230100 J3 1
SDA Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 6 Relay Board 045230100 J3 2
SCL Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 3 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 J1 3
SDA Valve Driver Board 054690000 J1 6 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 J1 4
Shield Motherboard 058021400 J107 6 Relay Board 045230100 J3 5
067370000CBL, I2C TO AUX I/O PCA (ANALOG IN OPTION)
ATX- Motherboard 058021400 J106 1 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 1
ATX+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 2 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 2
LED0 Motherboard 058021400 J106 3 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 3
ARX+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 4 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 4
ARX- Motherboard 058021400 J106 5 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 5
LED0+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 6 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 6
LED1+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 8 Aux I/O 067300000 J2 8
067380000CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION)
RXD1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 1
DCD1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 2 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 2
DTR1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 3 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 3
TXD1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 4
DSR1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 5 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 5
GND CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 6
CTS1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 7
RTS1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 8
RI1 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 10 AUX I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 10
067380000CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION)
RXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 1
DCD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 2 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 2
DTR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 3 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 3
TXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 4
DSR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 5
GND CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 6
CTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 7
RTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 8
RI CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 10
067390000CBL, CPU ETHERNET TO AUX I/O
ATX- CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 1 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 1
ATX+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 2 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 2
LED0 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 3 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 3
ARX+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 4 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 4
ARX- CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 5 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 5
LED0+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 6 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 6
LED1 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 7 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 7
LED1+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 8 Aux I/O 067300100 J2 8
067410000CBL, CPU USB TO LCD INTERFACE PCA
GND CPU PCA 067240000 USB 8 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
LUSBD3+ CPU PCA 067240000 USB 6 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
LUSBD3- CPU PCA 067240000 USB 4 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
VCC CPU PCA 067240000 USB 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
06873B DCN6388
D-5
Interconnect List T700
(Reference: 069140100A DCN5870)
Cable
Part # Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO
06746 CBL, MOTHERBOAD TO CPU
RXD(0) CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 Motherboard 058021400 J12 14
RTS(0) CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 Motherboard 058021400 J12 13
TXD(0) CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 Motherboard 058021400 J12 12
CTS(0) CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 Motherboard 058021400 J12 11
GND(0) CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 Motherboard 058021400 J12 10
RXD(1) CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 1 Motherboard 058021400 J12 9
RTS(1) CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 8 Motherboard 058021400 J12 8
TXD(1) CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 4 Motherboard 058021400 J12 7
CTS(1) CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 7 Motherboard 058021400 J12 6
GND(1) CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 6 Motherboard 058021400 J12 5
485+ CPU PCA 067240000 CN5 1 Motherboard 058021400 J12 9
485- CPU PCA 067240000 CN5 2 Motherboard 058021400 J12 7
GND CPU PCA 067240000 CN5 3 Motherboard 058021400 J12 5
Shield Motherboard 058021400 J12 2
WR256 CBL, XMITTER TO INTERFACE
LCD Interface 066970000 J15 Transmitter Board 068810000 J1
D-6
06873B DCN6388
06873B DCN6388
D-7
1 2 3 4
A
B
C
D
4321
D
C
B
A
APPROVALS
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
SHEET
The information herein is the
property of API and is
submitted in strictest con-
Unauthorized use by anyone
fidence for reference only.
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
PCA, UV DETECTOR PREAMP
04420 B
1 13-Aug-2004
LAST MOD.
A
of
USA
+15V
D1
PHOTOCELL
R1
SEE TABLE
C1
100pf
-15V
+15V
+C2
1.0uf
C4
0.1uf
C5
0.1uf
-15V
3
2
6
1
5
7 4
U1
OPA124
R2
1.0K
+
C3
1.0uF
R3
1.0K
R4
5K
VR1
5K
R5
100
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J1
MICROFIT
+15V
-15V
GND
1
VCC
2
REF+
3
REF-
4
IN+
5
IN-
6
GND
7
GND
8GND 9
GND 10
CS 11
SDO 12
SCK 13
F0 14
GND 15
GND 16
U2
LTC2413
VCC
IN
1
GND
3
OUT 2
VR2
LT1460S3-2.5
C6
0.1uf
+15V
PHOTO_OUT
PHOTO_OUT
REF_2.5V
C7
N.P.
VCC
R6
1.0K
TP1
TEST_PLUG
C8
0.1
VCC
PCA VERSION TABLE
04120-0000
PCA# R1
4.99M
04120-0200 2.0M
D-8
06873B DCN6388
1234
A
B
C
D
4
321
D
C
B
A
APPROVALS
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
SHEET
The information herein is the
property of API and is
submitted in strictest con-
Unauthorized use by anyone
fidence for reference only.
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
SCH, DC HEATER/THERMISTOR
04422 A
111-Aug-2002
LAST MOD.
B
of
R1
30R, 50W
TH1
THERMISTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1
HEADER 6
Rev Date Change Description Eng
A 8/1/02 Initial release for PCA schematic KL
06873B DCN6388
D-9
123456
A
B
C
D
6
54321
D
C
B
A
APPROVALS
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
SHEET
The information herein is the
property of API and is
submitted in strictest con-
Unauthorized use by anyone
fidence for reference only.
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
SCH, UV LAMP DRIVER, M450
04421 A
111-Aug-2002
LAST MOD.
B
of
Q1
TIP126
D1
1N4148
D2
1N4148
T1
PE-6196
Q3
IRF520
Q2
IRF520
R2
5.1K
R3
5.1K
R4
100
C4
.01
R12
22
R13
22
R5
4.7K, 2W
+15V
+15V
R14
10
+15V
R16
3.9K
R15
150
C11
.0047
C12
0.1
C9
0.1
3
2
1
84
U1A
LM358
5
6
7
U1B
LM358
C6
.033
C5
.01
+15V
D3
1N4148
D5
1N4148
D4
1N4148
D6
1N4148
R6
330
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P2
LAMP OUTPUT
C2
0.1 +C3
220
+15V
+C1
470
C8
0.1
C10
0.1
KL 3/4/97
C13
0.1
+15V
1 2
RP2A
4.7K
3 4
RP2B
4.7K
5 6
RP2C
4.7K
7 8
RP2D
4.7K
DATE CHANGE DESCRIPTION INITIALREV.
8/1/02 INITIAL RELEASE KLA
Vdd
1
A0
2
A1
3
Vout
4PD 5
SCL 6
SDA 7
GND 8
U3
AD5321-RM8
R1
2.21K
+15V
C7
1.0UF
VCC
VCC
OUTPUT A
11
OUPUT B
14
SOFT START
8
INV. INPUT
1
SHUTDOWN
10 GROUND 12
RT 6
DISCHARGE 7
CT 5
NONINV. INPUT 2
VREF 16
VCC 15
VC 13
SYNC
3
OSC. OUTPUT
4COMP 9
U2
SG3525
3
1
2
VR2
LM4040CIM3
TP1
TEST_PLUG
TP2
TEST_PLUG
TP3
TEST_PLUG
TP4
TEST_PLUG
R7
3.9K
VCC
VREF
1
2
3
4
P1
HEADER 4
JP1
JUMPER2
NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING PCA'S:
PCA# NOTE
04166-0000 M400E BENCH AND IZS LAMP SUPPLY
SHUNT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR BENCH SUPPLY
SHUNT NOT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR IZS SUPPLY
CHANGE NOTES
D-10
06873B DCN6388
1 2 34
A
B
C
D
4
321
D
C
B
A
APPROVALS
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
SIZE DRAWING NO.REVISION
SHEET
The information herein is the
property of API and is
submitted in strictest con-
Unauthorized use by anyone
fidence for reference only.
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES
04354D
113-Dec-2007
LAST MOD.
B
of
R2
1.1K
+15V
1
2
3
4
5
6
S1
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
S2
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
1
2
3
S3
FLOW SENSOR
+15V
+15V
TP5
S2_OUT
TP4
S1/S4_OUT
TP2
10V_REF
TP1
GND
TP3
S3_OUT
2
3
1
VR2
LM4040CIZ
2
3
1
VR1
LM4040CIZ
R1
499
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1
MINIFIT6
C1
1.0UF
C2
1.0UF
1
2
3
4
S4
CON4
+15V
C3
1.0
CN_647 X 3
FM_4
06873B DCN6388
D-11
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p1.schDoc Drawn By:
1 2
U2A
SN74HC04
3 4
U2B
5 6
U2C
11 10
U2E
OUT4 1
K2
OUT 3 3
GND
4GND
5
OUT 2 6
K7
OUT 1 8
IN 1
9IN 2
10
VCC 11
GND
12 GND
13
ENABLE
14 IN 3
15 IN 4
16
U5
UDN2540B(16)
1
2
3
4
5
J3
CON5
VBATT
1
VOUT
2
VCC
3
GND
4
BATT_ON
5
LOW LINE'
6
OSC IN
7
OSC SEL
8
RESET 16
RESET' 15
WDO' 14
CD IN' 13
CD OUT' 12
WDI 11
PFO' 10
PFI 9
U4
MAX693
C2
0.001
VCC
R4
1M
C3
1
A
AKK
D17
DL4148
VCC
D1
RED
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RN1
330
I2C_Vcc
D2
YEL
D3
YEL
D4
YEL
D7
GRN
D8
GRN
D9
GRN
AA
K
K
D10
GRN
9 8
U2D
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J4
8 PIN
+12RET
VALVE0
VALVE1
VALVE2
VALVE3
+
C6
2000/25
+12V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J5
CON10THROUGH
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J7
CON10THROUGH
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J8
CON10THROUGH
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J9
CON10THROUGH
DGND
VCC
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12RET
+12V
EGND
CHS_GND
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
I2C_Vcc
1 2
JP3
HEADER 1X2
DC PWR IN KEYBRD MTHR BRD SYNC DEMOD SPARE
1 2
+
3-4
K1
SLD-RLY
1 2
+
3-4
K2
SLD-RLY
1 2
+
3-4
K3
SLD-RLY
I2C_Vcc
1
2
3
JP4
WTCDG OVR
+
C5
10/16
11
2
2
+C4
10/16
C1
0.1
R3
20K
1
2
3
4
J1
4 PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
J2 16 PIN
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J10
CON10THROUGH
1
TP1
DGND
1
TP2
+5V
1
TP3
AGND
1
TP4
+15V
1
TP5
-15V
1
TP6
+12RT
1
TP7
+12V
General Trace Width Requirements
1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil
2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils
3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils
4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil
isolation/creepage distance around them
5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.
6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.
Q1
IRF7205
RELAY0 RELAY1 RELAY2
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
JP1
HEADER 4X2
R1
2.2K
R2
2.2K
VCC
R6
10K
R5
10K
INT
1
A1
2
A2
3
SCL
22
SDA
23
P10 13
P00 4
P01 5
P02 6
P03 7
P04 8
P05 9
P06 10
P07 11
Vss
12
A0
21
P11 14
P12 15
P13 16
P14 17
P15 18
P16 19
P17 20
Vdd 24
U1
PCF8575
I2C_Vcc
IO3
IO4
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
AC_Neutral
RELAY0
RELAY1
RELAY2
VLV_ENAB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
JP2
Heater Config Jumper
RELAY0
TS0
TS1
TS2
RELAY1
RELAY2
TS0
TS1
TS2
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J11
CON10THROUGH
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J12
CON10THROUGH
RELAY0
RELAY1
RELAY2
WDOG
RL0 RL1 RL2 VA0 VA1 VA2 VA3
COMMON0
COMMON1
COMMON2
LOAD0
LOAD1
LOAD2
REV AUTH DATE
BCAC 10/3/02 CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX
DD2
15V TVS
+
C16
22 uF
find low ESR electroytic
DD1
6A RECTIFIER
VALVE_POWER
DD4
6A RECTIFIER
4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
F1
4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
F2
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J13
CON10THROUGH Printed documents are uncontrolled
DRJ 5/16/07 Add alternate thermocouple connectors
+12V
+12RT
-15V
+15V
AGND
+5V
DGND
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO3
IO4
E RT 02/15/11 Add C20, C21, C22, TP10, TP11, TP12
TP10 TP11
SCL
SDA
INT
TP12
E
04524
Teledyne API
13
CTRL-0
CTRL-1
CTRL-2
DCN:6161
D-12
06873B DCN6388
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p2.schDoc Drawn By:
1 2
U3A
SN74HC04
9 8
U3D
11 10
U3E
OUT4 1
K2
OUT 3 3
GND
4GND
5
OUT 2 6
K7
OUT 1 8
IN 1
9IN 2
10
VCC 11
GND
12 GND
13
ENABLE
14 IN 3
15 IN 4
16
U6
UDN2540B(16)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RN2
330
D5
YEL
D6
YEL
D11
GRN
D12
GRN
D13
GRN
D14
GRN
D15
GRN
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
J6
CON14
+12RET
Valve4
Valve5
Valve6
Valve7
I2C_Vcc
1 2
+
3-4
K4
SLD-RLY
1 2
+
3-4
K5
SLD-RLY
I2C_Vcc
RELAY3 RELAY4
IO3
IO4
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
13 12
147
U3F
IO14
IO15
AC_Line
Aux Relay Connector
RELAY3
RELAY4
VLV_ENAB
AA
K
K
D16
GRN
3 4
U3B
5 6
U3C
1
2
J19
MINIFIT-2
1
2
J14
MINIFIT-2
VCC
C13
0.1
Q2
IRL3303
Q3
IRL3303
+12V
+12V
+12RET
RL3 RL4 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 TR0 TR1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
J18 16 PIN
AC_Neutral
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
JP6
Heater Config Jumper
RELAY3
TS3
TS4
RELAY4
TS3
TS4
RELAY3
RELAY4
COMMON3
COMMON4
LOAD3
LOAD4
DD3
15V TVS
VALVE_POWER
+
C17
22 uF
JP7 Configuration
Standard Pumps
60 Hz: 3-8
50 Hz: 2-7, 5-10
World Pumps
60Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7
50Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7, 5-10
60Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6
50Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6, 5-10 1
2
3
4
J20
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
510
JP7
MINI-FIT 10
PUMP
AC_Neutral
AC_Line
13 12
147
U2F
VCC
Q4
IRL3303
1
2
J21
MINIFIT-2
+12V
Use 50 mil traces
Printed documents are uncontrolled
IO14
IO15
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
IO3
IO4
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
MF1 MF2 MF3 MT6MT5
X1 X2 X3
MTK1 MTK2
AC_Line
04524 E
23
Teledyne API
CTRL-3
CTRL-4
DCN:6161
06873B DCN6388
D-13
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p3.schDoc Drawn By:
C7
0.1
-15V
+15V
R11 1M
R9
10K
1
2
J15
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
C80.01
1
2
3
4
J17
MICROFIT-4
K7
Vin 2
Gnd
4
J8
TOUT 3
R- 5
U10
LT1025
R12
1M
1
2
J16
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
C11
0.01
+15V
C14
0.1
R14
1M
3
2
1
84
U7A
OPA2277
CW
R17
5K
5
6
7
U7B
OPA2277
AA
K
K
ZR3
4.7V
ZR4
4.7V
R21
1k
R22
1k
+
-
R24
6.81K
C15
0.01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
JP5
MICROFIT-20
TC PROGRAMMING SOCKET
R25
14K
R15
10K
R13
10K
TC1_GND
K7
Vin 2
Gnd
4
J8
TOUT 3
R- 5
U8
LT1025
+15V
R10 1M
R7
20K
TC1_JGAINA TC1_JGAINB
TC1_JGAINB
TC1_JGAINA
C10
0.1
R23
6.81K C12
0.01
TC1_GND
TC1_JCOMPB
TC1_KCOMPB
TC1_JCOMPA
TC2_JCOMPB
TC2_KCOMPB
TC2_KCOMPB
TC2_JCOMPB
TC2_JCOMPA
TC2_5MVA TC2_5MVB
R27
10K
CW
R28
5K
R26
14.3K
TC2_JGAINA
R8
20K
TC2_JGAINB
R16
10K TC2_GND
R18
10K
TC2_JGAINA
TC2_JGAINB
TC2_5MVB
TC2_5MVA
TC1_5MVA TC1_5MVB
R19
3M
R20
3M
TC1_5MVA
TC1_5MVB
TC1_KCOMPA
TC1_KCOMPA
TC2_KCOMPA
TC2_GND
* GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES ARE EXPECTED BY DEFAULT
No extra connections are necessary for grounded thermocouples
* FOR UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES
short TCX_GNDTCA to TCX_GNDTCB
* FOR K THERMOCOUPLE:
1) Install CN0000156 for thermocouple connector
2) Short only TCX_KCOMPA to TCX_KCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
4) Leave TCX_JCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
* FOR J THERMOCOUPLE:
1) Install CN0000155 for thermocouple connector
2) Short TCX_JCOMPA to TCXJCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
3) Short TCX_JGAINA to TCX_JGAINB on TC Programming Plug
4) Leave TCX_KCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
* DEFAULT OUTPUT IS 10 mV PER DEG C
For 5 mV per deg C output, short TCX_5MVA TO TCX_5MVB
TC1_JCOMPA
TC2_KCOMPA
TC2_JCOMPA
C9
0.1
TC2_GNDTCA
TC1_GNDTCA
TC1_GNDTCB
TC2_GNDTCB
TC2_GNDTCA
TC1_GNDTCA
ZR1
3V
ZR6
3V
1/8 AMP FUSE
F6
1/8 AMP FUSE
F4
1/8 AMP FUSE
F3
1/8 AMP FUSE
F5
ZR2
3V
ZR5
3V
+
-
1
2
J15A
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
+
-
OMEGA
HAMITHERM
1
2
J16A
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
+
-
HAMITHERM
OMEGA
Printed documents are uncontrolled
C20
0.01
C21
0.01
C22
100pF
-15V
-15V
33
04524 E
Teledyne API
DCN:6161
D-14
06873B DCN6388
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
B
C
D
6
54321
D
C
B
A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 8-Dec-2006 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\05696.leads.rear.panel.adapter.dn\Protel\05696.ddbDrawn By:
SCH, External Valve Interface PCA 05697
05698 B
30
Printed Documents Are Uncontrolled
Leads 05696b-1.Sch
Leads 05696b-1.Sch Leads 05696b-2.Sch
Leads 05696b-2.Sch
06873B DCN6388
D-15
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
B
C
D
6
54321
D
C
B
A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 8-Dec-2006 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\05696.leads.rear.panel.adapter.dn\Protel\05696.ddbDrawn By:
1
15
2
16
3
17
4
18
5
19
6
20
7
21
8
22
9
23
10
24
11
25
12
26
13
27
14
28
P1008
IMCV 1,5/14-G-3,81
2
3
1
JP1
4 HEADER
D3
GRN
R1
1100
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
JP2
Weidmuller152286
F1
2.70A
D1
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U1
FPFS2P103A
D4
GRN
R2
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U2
FPFS2P103A
D5
GRN
R3
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U3
FPFS2P103A
D6
GRN
R4
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U4
FPFS2P103A
D7
GRN
R5
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U8
FPFS2P103A
D8
GRN
R6
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U7
FPFS2P103A
D9
GRN
R7
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U6
FPFS2P103A
D10
GRN
R8
1100
3
5
4
6
7
8
2
1
U5
FPFS2P103A
+C2
1000
+12b
F2
2.70A
D2
+C1
1000
+12b
+12a
CN_643
DD_71 CB_32 CA_182
RS_356
IC_307
DD_62
CN_617
CN_497
+12V
SCH, External Valve Interface PCA 05697
05698 B
21
Printed Documents Are Uncontrolled
DCN 4295
D-16
06873B DCN6388
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
B
C
D
6
54321
D
C
B
A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 8-Dec-2006 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\05696.leads.rear.panel.adapter.dn\Protel\05696.ddbDrawn By:
SCH, External Valve Interface PCA 05697
05698 B
22
Printed Documents Are Uncontrolled
1
11
2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
P1004
IMCV 1,5/10-G-3,81
1
11
2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
P1006
IMCV 1,5/10-G-3,81
1
13
2
14
3
15
4
16
5
17
6
18
7
19
8
20
9
21
10
22
11
23
12
24
P1017
IMCV 1,5/12-G-3,81
AnalogOut4+
AnalogOut4-
StatusReturn
SysOK+
DigGrnd
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J1004
10 HEADER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J1006
10 HEADER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J1017
12 HEADER
CN0000645
CN0000394
CN0000395 CN0000395
CN0000564 CN0000564
CN0000565
1
3
2
4
P1020
IMCV 1,5/2-G-3,81
1
2
J1020
HEADER 2
CN0000226
P1020 mates with positions 7 & 8 of J1020 on motherboard
DCN 4295
06873B DCN6388
D-17
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
'>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
3&,)
E3VFK
'>@ '>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
VKHHW
E3VFK
,2:
'>@
'$&9
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
6+'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
:5'$&
95()
7&
$1$287
E3VFK
,2:
'>@ '>@
'$&9
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
6+'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
:5'$&
95()
7&
,25
9)5($'
'>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
$1$,1
E3VFK
,25
9)5($'
'>@ '>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
6(1625,1
E3VFK
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
'>@
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
'>@
',*,2
,25
',*,2
',*,1
E3VFK
'>@ '>@
',*,2
,25
',*,2
6+'1
'>@
,2:
',*,2
',*,2
',*287
E3VFK
6+'1
'>@ '>@ ,2:
',*,2
',*,2
6+'1
',*,2
'>@
,2:
',*,2
',*287
E3VFK
6+'1
',*,2
'>@
'>@
,2:
',*,2
D-18
06873B DCN6388
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
$
$
$
'
'
,2:
$
$
'
,25
6<6&/.
'
'
'
'
'
$
$
$
$
$
$
,17
;(
;'
,2(1
$(1
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1$%
,17
'
'
'
'
'
'
,2:
'
'
,2:
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,25
'
'
'
,25
'
'
'
',*,2
,54.%,17
73
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
*
*

<

<

<

<

<

<

<

<

8
+&







-
0,&52),7
&

51 .[
'
 &/.
 4
4
35(

&/5

8%
+&
*1'
$ 
,2&+(&.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,2&+5'< 
$(1
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
-$
3&
*1'
5(6(7'59 
9 
,54
9 
'54 
9 
(1';)5 
9 
.(< 
60(0: 
60(05 
,2: 
,25 
'$&. 
'54 
'$&. 
'54 
5()5(6+ 
6<6&/. 
,54
,54
,54
,54
,54
'$&. 
7& 
%$/( 
9 
26& 
*1'
*1'
-%
3&
5
N
5
.
$
$
$
$
$

$

$

$

%
%
%
%
%

%

%

%

(1
3 4 
9&& 
*1'
8 +&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2&
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8+&
&
X)FHUDPLF
73
$

%

&

'

*

*

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
8 +&
-3
,'&+($'(5
&
X)FHUDPLF
8$
+&
'
&/.
4
4
35(
&/5
8$ +&































-
3&&'
-3
,'&+($'(5
5
N
8%
+&
,$&.
,17
9&& 
$
6'$
966 
5'
 &6

:5

5(6(7

'%
'%
'%
'%

'%

'%

'%

'%

6&/
&/.
8 3&)
 
-3 ,'&+($'(5
73
5
.
-
,1/,1(



8'
+&
5
.
9&&
9&&
*1'
*1'
:',
5(6(7
*1'
8
/7&&6
;
-,72'&)2+0
&
X)9
'>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
9&&
9&&
9
9&&
9&&
9&&
9&&
9&&
$''5 ['()$8/7
5
N
5
127,167$//('
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
6&/
6'$
'*1'
-
0,&52),7
.%,17
'
' '
 &/.
 4
4
35(

&/5

8% +&
'
&/.
4
4
35(
&/5
8$
+&
9&&
'2
,54
5
.
'6
/('5('VPW
 
8
$+&*8
-3
,'&+($'(5
$''5 [-3,167$//('
$(1
,2(1
,2:
-3
+($'(5'()$8/7('
VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH
-3
 
VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH
-3
6'$
6&/
'*1'
9&&
1RWHV
7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&$
7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&%
3LQVVKRUWHGRQ3&%
;&
;)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
9&&

8&
+&
'6
'6
6&/ 6'$
5

5

9&&
9&&
9&&
''
''
56
,&
,&
%/8( %/8(
6'$
6&/



8'
+&

8&
+&



8'
+&
8$
+&
8$
+&
73
73
73
73
73
73
,&
8%
+&

8&
+&



8'
+&
06873B DCN6388
D-19
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
07
02817,1*+2/(
73
9
5(7
'*1'
9
9
$*1'
9
$*1'
(*1'
&+$6*1'
-
02/(;



6:
6:6/,'(3'7
79$55$<
79
60'$/&&
79$55$<
79
60'$/&&





-
,1/,1(
5
.
1&
5;'
7;'
1&
*1'
1&
576
&76
1&
-
'%0
$.
'6
/('*51VPW
5
127,167$//('
$ .
'6
/('5(' 5
N
73
73
5
.
73
5
127,167$//('
5
127,167$//('
73
73
9 99&& 95(79
9
 

-
'%)(0$/(
7;
&76
56*1'
5;
7;
576
&76
56*1'
5;
576
9&&
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
07
02817,1*+2/(
'
&
(
V
L
GH
R
I
VZ
L
WF
KL
V
V
L
GH
WRZD
U
GV
S
LQ
7;IRU&RP
5;IRU&RP
9&&
5;
7;
576
&76
56*1'
'7(
&
X)97$17$/80
9&&
&
X)97$17$/80
'
0%56&7
'
0%56&7
5
127,167$//('
''5PXVWEH
ZLWKLQRI-
''B
=
02817,1*+2/(
=
02817,1*+2/(
=
02817,1*+2/(
'6
/('5('
 
'6
/('*51
5
.
5
.
7;IRU&RP 5;IRU&RP
D-20
06873B DCN6388
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
'
&/.
'
&/.
&6'$&$
&
X)FHUDPLF
&/.
',1
92$
*1'
&6
92%
'287
9&&
8 '$&%,7
73

8&
23$8$
: 
$*1' 
:
$*1'
%
$*1'
$

'*1'
:
$
$
56

$*1' 
: 
$

% 
9&& 
%
&/.

6'2

6+'1

&6

% 
6',

8 327',*,7$/
73
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
5
N
5
.
73
5
N

8$
23$8$
&
X)FHUDPLF



8'
23$8$
8%
23$8$
5
.
6+'$&
'$&9
'$&9
9&&
9&&
9
9
'$&
'8$/'$&$
5 
5 
'
0%56&7
'
0%56&7
'DQG'
0XVWEHORFDWHG
ZLWKLQRI8
'
&/.
6+'$&
'
&/.
&6'$&%
&
X)FHUDPLF
8%
23$8$



8'
23$8$
73
: 
$*1' 
:
$*1'
%
$*1'
$

'*1'
:
$
$
56

$*1' 
: 
$

% 
9&& 
%
&/.

6'2

6+'1

&6

% 
6',

8 327',*,7$/
&/.
',1
92$
*1'
&6
92%
'287
9&&
8 '$&%,7
5
N
5
.
&
X)FHUDPLF

8$
23$8$

8&
23$8$
&
X)FHUDPLF
73
&
X)FHUDPLF
5
.
5
N
73
'$&9
'$&9
9
9&&
9&&
9
'$&
'$&
'8$/'$&$
5

5

'$&9
-
,'&
-
,'&
-
,'&


-
0,&52),7
*
*
*
*
-
7(50%/2&.
99
$1$/2*92/7$*(&855(172873876
,62/$7('0$237,21$/%2$5'6
/
/
/
/
)(%($'
/
/
/
)(%($'
&
S)
&
S)
&
S)
&
S)
&
S)
&
S)
&
S)
&
S)
/
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
9&&
9&&
'$&9
'
'
'
'
'
'
,2:
'
&/.
'
&65$1*(
&65$1*(

8&
+&
8%
+&
,2:
'$&9
:5'$&
7&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2&
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8 +&
'>@
'$&5$1*(2))6(7352*5$0
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
&6'$&%
&6'$&$
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
5
N
5 .
73
95()
9
9
''B
56
73
8$
23$
8%
23$
62&.(78
62&.(78
-
+($'(5,'&
79$55$<
79
60'$/&&
79$55$<
79
60'$/&&
5 
5 
,QVWDOO-IRU
P$RQWK
FKDQQHO
,QVWDOO5
5LIP$
RQWKFKDQQHO
QRWXVHG
56
06873B DCN6388
D-21
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
,2:
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
6%
0,'
6$
6&
06%
'
'
'
'
/6%
67$57
'
6(/
'
6(/
&+
&+
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
73
;
-,72'&$$(0+=
&
X)97$17$/80
73



-
0,&52),7
&
X)FHUDPLF
& X)FHUDPLF
5
.
&
X)9FHUDPLF
73
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
 ,1

,1

1&
966
1&
,1
 ,1

,1
 ,1

(1%
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
95() 
,1

*1'
,1

966 
287 
,1

8
$108;
&
X)97$17$/80
73
73
5

1&
9,1
75,0
9287
15
1&
*1'
1&
8
92/7$*(5()
&
X)FHUDPLF
73
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)9
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2(
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8
+&
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)9
73
&26

2379

96

&/.

)287 
9,
9,
*1'
$*1'
&203 
&203 
23287
1&
96
23
23
5() 
9,
1&
1&
8
$'.3
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2(
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8
+&
73
5

5 
73



-
0,&52),7
5 
;
0%+0+=
&
X)97$17$/80
5
0&+,3
&
X)FHUDPLF
7,( 
7,( 
7,( 
7,( 
7,( 
)5(4 
7,( 
7,(

*1'

'%

7,(

'%

,&/. 
7,( 
'%
5'0%<7(
9&&,2 
6(/ 
67$57

7'2 
7',

706

7&.

5'06%

9)&/. 
'% 
'%
7,(
7,(
'%
9&&,17
5'/6%
5($'
 6&
 6%

*1'
 ,25
 9&&,17
 '%

7,(
6$

'%
7,(

*1'
8
;LOLQ[&3/'
&
X)FHUDPLF
&

51
.[
'
6
96
*1'
6
'
,1
,1
6

,1
,1

' 
6

96 
9&& 
' 
8
'*'<
,25
9)5($'
'>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
9
9&&
9
9&&
9
9&&
9
9
9
9&&
9
9&&
9&&
9
9&&
9

&

51 .[
&

51 .[
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
73
95()
73
$*1'
5 
3/$&(
2+0
5(6,6725$6
&/26($6
3266,%/(72
;$1';
5LQGXFHVDQ
RIIVHWLQDQDORJ
VLJQDOWRJLYHD
OLYHIRUVHQVRUV
ZLWKRUVOLJKWO\
QHJDWLYHRXWSXW
5DQG5UHGXFHWKHJDLQ
IRUDQDORJLQSXWVE\VR
WKDWZHFDQUHDGVOLJKWO\
DERYHIXOOVFDOHWRSUHYHQW
RYHUIORZRI$'&UHDGLQJ
9&&
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
 %
,&
23$8$
&
X)
&
X)
9
9
,&
8%
/)
8$
/)
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
9
'
%$6
9
''
' %$6
' %$6
56
56
5 . $'&95()
95()&/,3
&$B
56
''
56
8$
23$
8%
23$
8$
+&
8%
+&
D-22
06873B DCN6388
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'
'
'
& X)FHUDPLF
& X)FHUDPLF
 
51 .[
$
(1%
9
,1
,1
,1
,1
287
,1 
:5
$

*1'
 966

,1 
,1 
,1 
$

56

8
0$;&:1
'
6
96
*1'
6
'
,1
,1
6 
,1
,1
'
 6 
96

9&&

'

8
'*'<





-
0,&52),7
;7
7+(50,67(5
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
99
9$1$
9&&
9&& 9
9$1$9
 
51 .[
5 .
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
,1
212))
287
1&
*1'
8
/3,0
&
X)
%<3$66&$36
0867%(:,7+,1
2)7+(
5(*8/$725
,1387287387
3,16
&
X)97$17$/80
5
.
56 5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5



8'
+&
;7
7+(50,67(5
,QVWDOO;7WKURXJKKROH
25;760'
EXWQRWERWK
06873B DCN6388
D-23
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'>@
,25
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
*
* 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
8
+&

-
7(50%/2&.
73

-
7(50%/2&.
 
51
[







8
36
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
*
* 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
< 
8
+&







8
36







8
36
'>@
',*,2
,25
',*,2
9&&
9&&

(;7(51$/
&21752/
,1
$
(;7(51$/
&21752/
,1
%
(;7B9B287
(;7B9B287
/
/
/ )(%($'
/
/
/
/)(%($'
/
/
/
/
)(%($'
/
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&

51
[
&

51
.[
&

51
.[
&
S)9
&
&
&
S)9
&
S)9
&
&
&
S)9
5

5

5

5
 5

5

5

5

'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
3ODFHWKHVHWHUPLQDWLRQUHVLVWRUVDWWKHHQGRIHDFKGDWD
OLQH(DFKGDWDOLQH
VKRXOGEHODLGRXWDVDGDLV\FKDLQWKHVLJQDOSDVVLQJ
IURPRQH,&WRWKHQH[W
&
&
/
/
&
&
/
/
D-24
06873B DCN6388
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
'
'
'
,2:
'
6+'1
'
'
'
'
73







8 36
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2(
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8
+&







8 36



-
7(50%/2&.
6+'1
'>@
',*,2
9&&


9&&
'
',2'(6&+277.<
)
5(6(77$%/()86($9
/
/
/ )(%($'
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
/
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
(;7B9B287
&

51
[
/
)(%($'
/
)(%($'
&
&
8%
+&
06873B DCN6388
D-25
    
$
%
&
'
'
&
%
$
7LWOH
1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %
,2:
6+'1
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
6+'1
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
62
5
.
.
5(/$<63'7
5
.
. 5(/$<63'7



-
7(50%/2&.
4
62
5
.
.
5(/$<63'7
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2(
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8
+&
4
62







8 36
5 .
.
5(/$<63'7
4
62







8 36
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&/.
 2(
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
8
+&





-
7(50%/2&.







8 36
6+'1
',*,2
'>@
,2:
',*,2
9&&
9&&
9
9
9
9
95(7




(;7(51$/
5($53$1(/
$/$502873876
'
',2'(6&+277.<
'
',2'(6&+277.<
'
',2'(6&+277.<
'
',2'(6&+277.<
/
/
/ )(%($'
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
/
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&
S)
&
&
&
S)
&

51
[
&

51
[
/ )(%($'
&
S)
&2B(;7B5(7

8&
+&
8$
+&
D-26
06873B DCN6388
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P1.R3.schdoc Drawn By:
GUI Interface
06698 D
14
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
51
52
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
GM800480X-70-TTX2NLW
J2
CL586-0529-2
Mode
aVsync
aHSync
3.3V
100K
R7
L/R
U/D
aReset
DithB
L/RU/DDithB
10K
R1
22uF/6.3V
C1
JMK316BJ226KL 0.0022
CA_112
C2
Mode
aVsync
aHSync
i BackLightDrive
aB7aB6
aB5aB4
aB3aB2
aG7aG6
aG5aG4
aG3aG2
aR6
aR5aR4
aR3aR2
aR7
aDCLK
3.3V
1.0
C7
GMK107BJ105KA
B5B4
B3B2
B1B0
G5G4
G3G2
G1G0
R4
R3R2
R1R0
R5
DEN
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
41
42
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
NI
J3
CL586-0527-7
B4
B2
B0
G4
G2
G0
R4
R2
R0
B5
B3
B1
G5
G3
G1
R3
R1
R5
DEN
DCLK
L/R
U/D
Mode
3.3V +5V
+5V
5V-GND
1
32
4
65
7
98
10
12 11
JP3
4X3 Jumper
1
32
4
65
7
98
10
12 11
13
15 14
16
18 17
JP2
6X3 Jumper
Bklght+
Bklght-
Vcom
Vgh
AVdd
Vcom
aG1
aG0
aR1
aR0
aB1
aB0
CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
MT1
TP1
1
2
38
5
7
4
6
10
9
J1
0039300100
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)
J7
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)
NI
J8
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB1
CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
Vgl
Make Model JP
2
JP
3
FEM A
G
M
800
4
80
W
1
-
2
,4-5,7-
8
,
10
-
11
,
13
-
1
4,
16
-
1
7
1
-
2
,4-5,7-
8
,
10
-
11
Dat a Image F
G0
7
00
A
0
D
S
WB
G01 3
-
2
,
6
-5,
9
-
8
,
12
-
11
,
1
5-
1
4,
18
-
1
7
2
-
3
,5-
6
,
8
-
9
,
11
-
12
United Radiant Tech. UM
S
H-
81
7
3
MD-
1
T
2
-
3
,4
/
5
/6
N
C
,7
/8/9
N
C
,
10
-
11
,
13
-
1
4,
16/ 1
7
/18
N
C2
-
3
,5-
6
,
8
-
9
,
11
-
12
Internal Dithering
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
Scan Direction
U/D L/R Scan Dir.
0 1 UD, LR
1 0 DU, RL
0 0 UD, RL
1 1 DU, LR
(1 = H, 0 = L)
22uF/6.3V
C3
JMK316BJ226KL
22uF/6.3V
C5
JMK316BJ226KL
10K
R2
10K
R3
10K
R4
10K
R5
10K
R6
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB2
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB3
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB4
0.0022
CA_112
C4
0.0022
CA_112
C6
TP3 TP4
R280
MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
5V-GND
5V-GND
TP2
BACKL
A
B
R21
jumper
bDCLK
CLK
NI
R48
R47
0
NI
R46
aB6
aB5
aB4
aB3
aB2
aG7
aG6
aG5
aG4
aG3
aG2
aR7
aR6
aR5
aR4
aR3
SCL
SDA
aB7
aR2
aData Enable
aData Enable
aB7
aB6
aB5
aB4
aB3
aB2
aG7
aG6
aG5
aG4
aG3
aG2
aR7
aR6
aR5
aR4
aR3
aR2
aData Enable
Default:R21B
+5V
5V-GND
1
2
38
5
7
4
6
10
9
J14
0039300100
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB16
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB17
SCL
SDA
RT
06873B DCN6388
D-27
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P2.R3.schdoc Drawn By:
06698 D
24
22uH
L1
Vin
5
SHDN
4
SW 1
GND
2
FB 3
U1
CAT4139TD-GT3
4.7uF/16V
C9
1K
R12
2.0
R14
5V-GND
+5V
9.76
R13
3.9uH
L2
487K
R9
309K
R8
80.6K
R18
66.5K
R19
464K
R16
806K
R11
A
2K1
D2
MBRM120LT1G
0.001C8
24pf
C13
0.33
C16
0.220
C20
470pf
C21
22uf/25V
C12
TMK325BJ226MM
0.1
C26
3.3V
33K
R23
43pf
C23
D3
BAT54S
3.3V
Bklght+
Bklght-
Vcom
Vgh
AVdd
3.3V
D3
G
1
S
2
Q1
FDV305N
5V-GND
+5V
Default: NI
R22 jumper
AVdd: +10.4V
TP5
AO
1
A1
2
A2
3
SCL
14
SDA
15
INT 13
P0 4
P1 5
P2 6
P3 7
P4 9
P5 10
P6 11
P7 12
Vdd 16
Vss
8
U3
PCF8574
S2
SW_46
Maint_SW
Lang_Select
5V-GND
5V-GND
+5V
FDLY
24
PGND
8
DRVP 17
PGND
7
DRVN
18
VCOM 10
SUP 9
COMP
22
IN 11
VGH 15
REF
20
GND
19
SW 6
DLY2
3
SW 5
FB 1
DLY1
2
FBP 12
FBN
21
ADJ
14
GD 23
CTRL
13
CPI 16
VIN 4
TPS65150PWP
?
HTSNK 25
U2
D1
CD214A-B140LF
S1
SW_46
Opt. Lang. Sw.
Opt. Main Sw
Vgl
22uF/6.3V
C11
JMK316BJ226KL
1.0
C14
GMK107BJ105KA
1.0
C15
GMK107BJ105KA
1.0
C27
GMK107BJ105KA
24pf
C22
43pf
C24
43pf
C25
10K
R10
10K
R24
10K
R25
10K
R26
100K
R15
806K
R17
0.33
C17
0.33
C18
0.33
C19
D4
BAT54S
4.7uF/16V
C10
Vgh: +16V
TP9
Vcom: +4V
TP10
Vgl: -7V
TP7
TP6
TP8
GUI Interface
C35
0.1
5V-GND AB
R31
10K
3.3V
A
B
R27
jumper
BACKL
SCL
SDA
Default:R27B
Default:R31B
Backlight Brightness Control
Control Mode R22 R27 R31
Remote – Video Port NO A NO
Remote – I2C YES B NO
Fixed Bright (default) NO B B
RT
D-28
06873B DCN6388
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P3.R3.schdoc Drawn By:
06698 D
43
1
2
3
4
5
To old TScreen
70553-004
NI
J11
LL
RL
SD
RT
LT
+5V
CHASSIS
1
2
NI
J12
BUS +5
1
2
3
4
5
To new TScreen
70553-004
J10
LT 1
RT 2
SHLD 3
RL 4
LL 5
GND
6
GND
7
D+
8
D-
9
+5
10
CHS A
CHS B
A1
TSHARC-12C
RT
RL
SD
LL
LT
VBUS
1
D-
2
D+
3
ID
4
GND
5
6
J9
USB-B-MINI
VBUS
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
5V-GND
USB3.3V
SDA
SCL
USB3.3V
USB3.3V
USB3.3V
USB3.3V
USB3.3V
R36
12K
E1
+V
4
-V 2
OUT
3
U5
24MHZ
DS2
GRN
DS1
YEL
SCL
SDA
R37
100K
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND 5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
+5V
5V-GND
C28
1uF
USB3.3V
IN
8
SHTDN
6
GND
2
OUT 1
BP 4
U4
3.3V-REG
R38
1K
F3
0.5A/6V
D1-
1
D1+
2
D2-
3
D2+
4
+3.3V
5
D3-
6
D3+
7
D4-
8
D4+
9
+3.3V 10
TEST 11
PWR1 12
OCS1 13
+1.8V 14
3.3VCR 15
PWR2 16
OCS2 17
PWR3 18
OCS3 19
PWR4 20
OCS4 21
SDA/R1 22
+3.3V 23
SCL/S0 24
HS-IND/S1 25
RESET 26
VBUS-DET 27
SUS/R0
28
+3.3V
29
USB-
30
USB+
31
XTL2
32
CLK-IN
33
1.8VPLL
34
RBIAS
35
+3.3PLL
36
GND
37
U8
USB2514-AEZG
C32
1uF
C44
1uF
5V-GND
+5V
1D-
2D+
3GND
4
5
J4
USB-A_R/A
5V-GND
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB5
C34
0.1
C36
0.1uF
C33
0.1uF
C31
0.1uF
R30
100K
R29
1K
F2
0.5A/6V
F1
0.5A/6V
1
2
3
4
5
D+
D-
GND
+5V J5
USB-A_VERT
C29
470pf
C30
1uF
C37 0.01uF
JP4
3.3V
GND
FB7
R20
49.9
FB8
FB9
FB10
FB11
FB12
FB13
GUI Interface
1 8
72
3
4
6
5
U7
1 8
72
3
4
6
5
U9
1 8
72
3
4
6
5
U11
C40
0.1uF
C42
0.1uF
C45
0.1uF
C390.1
C43
0.1uF
C41
0.1
R33
100K
AB
R45
AB
R32
R34
100K
R35
100K
C38
1uF
R39
100K
JP5
C60
0.1uF
C59
0.1
1
2
3
4
5
D+
D-
GND
+5V J6
USB-A_VERT
+5V
D1_N
D1_P D4_P
D4_N
D3_P
D3_N
D2_P
D2_N
D_P
D_N
Configuration Select
Mode R32 R45
Default A A
MBUS B B
Install 100K for A, 0 Ohm for B
+5V
+5V
+5V
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
5V-GND
RT
06873B DCN6388
D-29
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
B
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P4.R3.schdoc Drawn By:
06698 D
44
TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE CIRCUITRY ( TBD)
GUI Interface
R40
10K
Option
CLKOUT_P
CLKOUT_N
3.3V
C49
0.1
R41
100
FB6
FB14
Vcc PIN 28
C47
0.01
22uF/6.3V
C46
JMK316BJ226KL
C50
0.1
C51
0.1
C52
0.1 C55
0.1
C57
0.1
bDCLK
BACKL
NOTE:
To receive backlight control (BACKL) from CPU board
when using ICOP_0096 LVDS Transmitter.
The connection from pin 42 on the TTL video connector
(VSYNC) to U1-23 must be broken and connected to
pin 43.
aB6
aB5
aB4
aB3
aB2
aG7
aG6
aG5
aG4
aG3
aG2
aR7
aR6
aR5
aR4
aR3
aB7
aR2
aData Enable
R42
100
R43
100
R44
100
Vcc PIN 36
C48
0.01
Vcc PIN 42
C53
0.01
Vcc PIN 48
C54
0.01 C56
0.01
C58
0.01
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB15 C61
0.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
J13
HEADER-7X2
Y0M
8Y0P
9
Y1M
10 Y1P
11
Y2M
14
Y2P
15
CLKOUT
23
CLKINM
16
CLKINP
17
SHTDN
22
NC
6
VCC
48
VCC
28
VCC
36
VCC
42
LVDS/VCC
12
PLLVCC
20
LVDSGND
7
LVDSGND
13
LVDSGND
18
PLLGND
19
PLLGND
21
D0 24
D1 26
D2 27
D3 29
D4 30
D5 31
D6 33
D7 34
D8 35
D9 37
D10 39
D11 40
D12 41
D13 43
D14 45
D15 46
D16 47
D17 1
D18 2
D19 4
D20 5
GND 3
GND 25
GND 32
GND 38
GND 44
U6
SN75LVDS86A
3.3V
Y0_P
Y0_N
Y1_P
Y1_N
Y2_N
Y2_P
MH3
MH4
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
7MH1
MH2
1
12
11
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
J15
G3168-05000202-00
CHASSIS
R490
R500
R510
R520
R530
R540
R550
R560
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB18
C62
0.1
3.3V
Y0_P1
Y0_N1
Y1_P1
Y1_N1
Y2_N1
Y2_P1
CLKOUT_N1
CLKOUT_P1
RT
D-30
06873B DCN6388
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A
Date: 5/7/2010 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06882-P1-R0.SchDoc Drawn By:
LVDS, Transmitter Board
B
11
RT
06882
VAD6
VAD7
VAD8
VAD9
VAD10
VAD11
VBD10
VBD11
VAD0
VAD1
VAD2
VAD3
VBD2
VBD3
VBD4
VBD5
VBD6
VBD7
VBDE
Y0_N
Y0_P
Y1_N
Y1_P
Y2_N
Y2_P
CLKOUT_N
CLKOUT_P
R2
22.1
From ICOP CPU To LCD Display
D0
44
D1
45
D2
47
D3
48
D4
1
D5
3
D6
4
D7
6
D8
7
D9
9
D10
10
D11
12
D12
13
D13
15
D14
16
D15
18
D16
19
D17
20
D18
22
D19
23
D20
25
GND
5
GND
11
GND
17
GND
24
GND
46
Y2P 34
Y2M 35
Y1P 38
Y1M 39
Y0P 40
Y0M 41
CLKOUTP 32
CLKOUTM 33
CLKIN 26
SHTDN 27
NC 14
NC 43
VCC 2
VCC 8
VCC 21
LVDSVCC 37
PLLVCC 29
VLDSGND 42
VLDSGND 36
VLDSGND 31
PLLGND 30
PLLGND 28
U1
SN75LVDS84A
CHASSIS-0 CHASSIS
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
910
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40
41 42
43 44
J2 Header 22X2
MH3
MH4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1MH1
MH2
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
J1
G3168-05000101-00
CHASSIS
+3.3V
+3.3V
VAD0 VAD1
VAD2 VAD3
VAD6 VAD7
VAD8 VAD9
VAD10 VAD11
VBD2 VBD3
VBD4 VBD5
VBD6 VBD7
VBD10 VBD11
VBDE
VBGCLK
+3.3V
CLKIN
Y0_N
Y0_P
Y1_N
Y1_P
Y2_N
Y2_P
CLKOUT_N
CLKOUT_P
10K
R1
BACKL
BACKL
C2
0.1
C3
0.01
22uF/6.3V
C1
JMK316BJ226KL
C4
0.1
C6
0.1
C5
0.01
C7
0.01
+3.3V
C8
0.1
C9
0.01
C10
0.1
C11
0.01
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
910
11 12
13 14
J3
Header 7X2
+3.3V
Y0_P Y0_N
Y1_P Y1_N
CLKOUT_P
Y2_N
CLKOUT_N
Y2_P
MT1 MT2
06873B DCN6388
D-31
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A
Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-1_ETHERNET.SchDocDrawn By:
Auxiliary I/O Board (PWR-ETHERNET)
B
31
RT
06731
STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET
GND
+5V
SCL
SDA +5V-ISO
+C17
100uF
GND
DS3
GRN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P2
Header 8
1
2
3 4
5
6
U6
SP3050
R10
2.2k
L1
47uH
TP1
TP3
TP2
8
2
3
5
7
4
6
1
J2
DF11-8DP-2DS(24)
SDA
SCL
10 9
12 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
15
16
14
13
J1
CONN_RJ45_LED
+5V-OUT
ISO-GND
C28
4.7uF
R16
1k
ATX+
ATX-
ARX+
ARX-
LED0-
LED0+
LED1+
LED1-
VDD2 5
GND2 7
VDD1
4
GND1
1
12
11
14
13
U8
LME0505
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P3
Header 8
R19
75
C18
.01/2KV R13
0
R20
75
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
DCN:6092
D-32
06873B DCN6388
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A
Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-2_USB.SchDoc Drawn By:
Auxiliary I/O Board (USB)
B
32
RT
06731
TXD-A
RTS-A
DTR-A
RXD-A
CTS-A
DSR-A
DCD-A
RI-A
V-BUS
VBUS 1
D- 2
D+ 3
GND 4
J4
USB
GND
GND
V-BUS
CHASSIS
GND
GND
C1+
28
C1-
24
C2+
1
C2-
2
TI1
14
TI2
13
TI3
12
RI3 6
RI2 5
RI1 4
TO3 11
TO2 10
TO1 9
RO2 20
V- 3
V+ 27
VCC 26
STAT
21
SHTDN
22
RI4 7
RI5 8
ONLINE 23
GND 25
RO1
19
RO2
18
RO3
17
RO4
16
RO5
15
U9
SP3243EU
GND
R12
4.75k
GND
1
2
nc
3nc 4
5
6
U11
NUP2202W1
TXD-B
RXD-B
CTS-B
RTS-B
DSR-B
DTR-B
RI-B
DCD-B
MT1
MT-HOLE
C24
4.7uF
C26
1uF
C25
0.1uF
C22
0.1uF
C23
0.1uF
C19
0.1uF
C20
0.1uF
C21
0.1uF
DS4
GRN
R11
2.2k
CHASSIS
MT2
MT-HOLE
R14
0
R15
0
DCD
2
RXD
1
TXD
4
DTR
3
GND
6
DSR
5
RTS
8
CTS
7
RI
10
N/C
9
J3
DF11-10DP-2DS(24)
V-BUS
22
21
19
18
DCD 1
RI 2
DTR 28
DSR 27
TXD 26
RXD 25
RTS 24
CTS 23
GND 3
16
15
13
10
14 20
17
VBUS
8VREG-I
7D-
5
RST
9
SUSPEND
11
SUSPEND
12
VDD
6
D+
4U10
CP2102
3.3V
D+
D-
CHASSIS
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
DCN:6092
06873B DCN6388
D-33
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A
Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet of
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-3_ADC.SchDoc Drawn By:
Auxiliary I/O Board (ADC)
B
33
RT
06731
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P1
ANALOG INPUT
+5V-ISO
CH0
15
CH1
16
CH2
17
CH3
18
CH4
19
CH5
20
CH6
21
CH7
23
NC
4
NC
7
SHTDN 13
VDD 2
VDD 1
SDA 9
SCL 5
A2 10
A1 12
A0 6
REF 27
NC
8
AGND
14
REF-AJ 26
DGND 3
NC
22
NC
24 NC 28
NC 25
NC
11
U1
MAX1270BCAI+
+5V
GND
GND
+5V-ISO
SCL
SDA
AGND
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
+5V-ISO
1 6
52
U4A
NC7WZ17P6X
ISO-GND
+5V-ISO
ISO-GND
1
3
2
4
5
6
U2
SMS12
C13
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
C12
0.1uF
C11
0.01uF
BLU
DS1
SDA
C8
0.1uF C9
0.1uF
C2
0.1uF
C3
0.1uF
C4
0.1uF
C5
0.1uF
C6
0.1uF
C7
0.1uF
C10
4.7uF
AN-CH0
AN-CH1
AN-CH2
AN-CH3
AN-CH4
AN-CH5
AN-CH6
AN-CH7
R9
4.99
C27
4.7uF
+5V-ADC
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
R3
1K
R5
2.2k
R6
2.2k
1
3
2
4
5
6
U3
SMS12
3 4
U4B
NC7WZ17P6X
R4
1K
BLU
DS2
SCL
C15
.01/2KV
GND1 1
NC 2
VDD1 3
NC 4
SDA1 5
SCL1 6
GND1 7
NC 8
GND2
9
NC
15 VDD2
14
NC
13 SDA2
12
SCL2
11
GND2
16
NC
10
U5
ADuM2250
R17
49.9
ISO-GND
TP7
TP8
TP5
TP6
C29
1nF
R18
49.9
C30
1nF
AGND
AGND
C1
0.1uF
TP4 AGND
ISO-GND
CHASSIS
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
DCN:6092
D-34
06873B DCN6388

Navigation menu